10,000 Matching Annotations
  1. Last 7 days
    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: the authors have revised the work in response to the original reviews.]

      Summary:

      This paper describes experiments with alpha-synuclein (aS) with acetylated lysines (acK) at various positions. Their findings on how to use non-canonical amino acid (ncAA) mutagenesis to generate aS with acetylated lysines are valuable. The paper then continues with a range of experiments to characterise the acetylated alpha-synuclein constructs at different positions, with the aim of providing insights into which sites are relevant to disease or their function inside cells. The paper concludes these experiments with the suggestion that inhibiting the Zn2+-dependent histone deacetylase HDAC8 to potentially increase acetylation at lysine 80 may have therapeutic benefit. However, the relevance of most of these experiments is unclear, mainly as the filaments that form from these constructs are different from those observed in human disease (but see below for more details). Moreover, using the recombinantly produced acetylated versions of alpha-synuclein to normalise mass-spectrometry data, the authors themselves report that acetylation of alpha-synuclein does not differ between individuals with Parkinson's disease or healthy controls.

      Strengths:

      The authors report difficulties with chemical synthesis and then decide to make these constructs using non-canonical amino acid (ncAA) mutagenesis, which seems to work reasonably well (yields vary somewhat). In the Conclusion section, the authors report that they used these recombinant proteins to obtain quantitative insights into the levels of acetylation of lysines in individuals with PD versus healthy controls, for which they find no significant differences. This part of the work is valuable.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors then use circular dichroism to show that aSyn with acK at position 43 has less alpha-helical content. From this result, they deduce that "only this site could potentially perturb aS function in neurotransmitter trafficking", but no experiments on neurotransmitter trafficking were performed.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Shimogawa et al. studied the effect of lysine acetylation at different sites in the alpha-synuclein (aS) sequence on the protein-membrane affinity, seeding capacity in the test tube and in cells, and on the structure of fibrils, using a range of biophysical methods. They use non-canonical amino acid (ncAA) mutagenesis to prepare aS lysine acetylated variant at different sites.

      Strengths:

      The major strength of this paper is the approach used for the production of site-specific lysine acetylated variants of aS using ncAA mutagenesis, as well as the combination of a range of biophysical methods together with cellular assays and structure biology to decipher the effect of lysine acetylation on aS-membrane binding, seeding propensity, and fibril structure. This approach allowed the author to find that lysine acetylation at positions 12, 43, and 80 led to lower seeding capacity of aS in the test tube and in cells, but only acetylation at lysine 80 did not affect aS-membrane interaction. These results suggest that lysine acetylation at position 80 may be protective against aggregation without perturbing the proposed functional role of aS in synaptic plasticity.

      Weaknesses:

      SDS is not a good membrane model to investigate the effect of lysine acetylation on aS membrane-binding because it is a harsh detergent and solubilizes membranes. Negatively charged vesicles or vesicles made of a mixture of lipids mimicking the lipid composition of synaptic vesicles are more accepted in the field to study aS-membrane interactions. The authors used such vesicles for the FCS experiments, and they could be used for the initial screening of the 12 lysine acetylated variants of aS.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Shimogawa et al. describe the generation of acetylated aSyn variants by genetic code expansion to elucidate effects on vesicle binding, aggregation, and seeding effects. The authors compared a semi-synthetic approach to obtain acetylated aSyn variants with genetic code expansion and concluded that the latter was more efficient in generating all 12 variants studied here, despite the low yields for some of them. Selected acetylated variants were used in advanced NMR, FCS, and cryo-EM experiments to elucidate structural and functional changes caused by acetylation of aSyn. Finally, site-specific differences in deacetylation by HDAC 8 were identified.

      The study is of high scientific quality, and the results are convincingly supported by the experimental data provided. The challenges the authors report regarding semi-synthetic access to aSyn are somewhat surprising, as this protein has been made by a variety of different semi-synthesis strategies in satisfactory yields and without similar problems being reported.

      The role of PTMs such as acetylation in neurodegenerative diseases is of high relevance for the field, and a particular strength of this study is the use of authentic acetylated aSyn instead of acetylation-mimicking mutations. The finding that certain lysine acetylations can slow down aggregation even when present only at 10-25% of total aSyn is exciting and bears some potential for diagnostics and therapeutic intervention.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In the manuscript by Fabian-Fine et al., the authors employ neuroanatomy to investigate aquaporin-4 expression in cells they consider tanycytes and their supposed involvement in tau tangles and amyloid-beta plaques in the hippocampus. This study includes samples from three mice and two Alzheimer's disease (AD) patients.

      My key concern and question is whether the cells presented in the manuscript are tanycytes. Tanycytes are specialized ependymoglial cells located in the circumventricular organs and are known to express specific markers. Importantly, they are not myelinated cells, which is a crucial distinction that the authors do not address.

      Additionally, the methodologies described in the manuscript lack clarity and controls. For instance, the use of Cdh5-GCaMP882 mice is not adequately justified. It is unclear what these mice contribute to the study's objectives, particularly concerning the aim of investigating waste removal processes in the brain. Moreover, the rationale behind the purported "fluorophore uptake experiments" is unclear and appears to involve the uptake of fluorophore-labeled goat anti-rabbit secondary antibody, which seems implausible to me.

      The hypotheses and claims presented in this manuscript are not sufficiently substantiated and are conceptually unclear. The notion that amyloid beta and tau proteins play structural roles in a hypothesized "tanycytes"-derived canal network is not sufficiently supported by the evidence. Furthermore, the study lacks rigorous data to convincingly establish the proposed interactions between these proteins and the processes of waste internalization.

      In conclusion, due to conceptual and methodological issues, I consider the current evidence as inadequate to support the primary claims.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors propose the existence of an AQP4-positive tanycyte-associated canal system in the hippocampus and suggest that this system participates in waste clearance and contributes to Alzheimer's disease pathology. Using histological, ultrastructural, immunohistochemical, and RNA-based approaches, the manuscript attempts to reinterpret amyloid-β plaques and tau-associated structures as components of a tanycyte-derived waste-internalization system. The work is conceptually ambitious and raises observations that may stimulate discussion regarding glial organization and waste clearance in the diseased brain.

      Strengths:

      A strength of the manuscript is the combination of imaging modalities and anatomical observations across mouse and human tissue. Some of the reported morphological features are intriguing and may warrant additional investigation. The study also attempts to integrate structural observations with broader hypotheses regarding neurodegeneration and Alzheimer's disease.

      Weaknesses:

      The central interpretation depends almost entirely on identifying the observed hippocampal structures as tanycytes, and the evidence supporting this conclusion remains insufficient. Tanycytes are classically associated with ventricular regions in circumventricular organs, particularly in the third ventricle and median eminence region, yet the manuscript does not provide sufficiently specific anatomical or molecular evidence to convincingly distinguish the described structures from astrocytic, ependymal, radial glial-like, oligodendroglial, myelin-associated, vascular-associated, or degenerative elements. The marker profile used throughout the study, particularly the reliance on AQP4 labeling and Luxol-positive structures, is not sufficiently selective to establish tanycyte identity, especially in pathological tissue where reactive glial changes may occur.

      This becomes particularly important because the manuscript repeatedly interprets Luxol-positive and myelin-associated structures as tanycytic processes or "myelin-derived tanycyte protrusions," despite tanycytes not being known to produce myelin. Alternative explanations are not sufficiently explored. Some of the canal-like structures shown in Figure 4 also resemble vascular profiles, and additional vessel markers would be necessary to exclude this possibility.

      Several of the proposed structures and mechanisms are also difficult to reconcile with established cell biology and neuroanatomy. The introduction of new terminology such as "tanysomes," "waste receptacles," and "toroids" further extends the interpretation beyond what is currently demonstrated experimentally.

      The discussion and integration of the existing literature on tanycytes are also insufficient. Tanycytes themselves are not clearly introduced; the manuscript does not adequately discuss what is currently established regarding tanycyte anatomy, ventricular localization, morphology, and function. Foundational literature defining tanycyte biology, including work from the Prévot group or others, is largely absent despite its central importance to the field. Because the manuscript proposes a substantial departure from established neurobiological concepts, it is particularly important that previous literature be discussed comprehensively and critically. The current version does not sufficiently contextualize the proposed model within the existing literature on tanycyte, AQP4, glymphatic, and Alzheimer's disease, making it difficult to evaluate what is genuinely novel versus what is merely being reinterpreted. It is also not entirely clear what is genuinely new here compared with the authors' previous work, particularly reference 11, which appears to present a highly similar conceptual framework.

      More broadly, several of the manuscript's mechanistic conclusions extend well beyond the available evidence. The proposal that amyloid-β plaques and tau pathology represent hypertrophic tanycyte-derived waste structures is provocative and potentially interesting, but currently remains largely correlative and speculative. At several points, it becomes difficult to distinguish direct observations from broader mechanistic interpretation. The manuscript itself acknowledges that the proposed glial-canal hypothesis contradicts the current understanding of nervous system organization and states that ultrastructural serial-section analysis would be required to unambiguously determine the origin of the myelinated profiles described. This point is critical because the study's central conclusions depend on the assumption that these structures are tanycyte-derived. At present, this interpretation remains insufficiently demonstrated, which substantially limits the strength of the broader pathological and mechanistic conclusions proposed throughout the manuscript.

      Although access to human material is understandably limited, the study appears to include only one male and one female AD patient, making it difficult to assess the reproducibility or frequent these structures are across individuals and pathological conditions. The manuscript would benefit from clearer characterization of prevalence, reproducibility, and variability across samples.

      Overall, the manuscript presents an unconventional and thought-provoking model that may stimulate discussion. However, the evidence currently provided does not convincingly establish tanycyte identity for the described hippocampal structures, and several of the broader disease-related interpretations would require substantially stronger anatomical and molecular evidence before the proposed model can be convincingly supported.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript describes the development and validation of a low-cost device to identify viruses from saliva samples of animals non-invasively. This device was tested under laboratory conditions to assess whether viruses could be recovered in different environmental conditions and after different durations of time. The devices were then used to sample mice and cats in shelters to assess utility.

      Strengths:

      Sampling animals is cost-effective and highly labour-intensive, and this device has the potential to substantially improve surveillance. The device is relatively low-cost, and the authors demonstrate that the virus can be obtained from these filter papers after different durations of time and in different environmental conditions.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors do not discuss if different volumes were obtained from different animals (for example, due to different behaviours or attractiveness of the odour baits). Additionally, it appears the virus results were cross-validated using the serological status of the animals. While I am not an expert on FIV, there seems that there could be potential for different levels of viral shedding, and it would be more prudent to cross-validate against blood or another gold standard sample. Finally, the statistical analysis could be improved as there appear to be relatively few replicates and limited analysis conducted.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study introduces an innovative device designed to collect non-invasive saliva samples from animals using disposable cassettes with odor attractants and filter paper. The authors aimed to validate this tool for pathogen monitoring, specifically by detecting pathogen RNA in animal models. While the concept is compelling and the problem statement well-framed, the validation of the device for pathogen detection was not achieved. For example, the rabies virus was not detected in the chosen model, and results were limited primarily to FeLV. The work highlights the potential of saliva-based sampling for microbiota analysis, but the rationale for virus selection and the experimental design require further clarification. Overall, the study presents a novel approach with promise, though its current scope is better suited to microbiota monitoring rather than pathogen surveillance.

      Strengths:

      The innovative design of the device, which enables non-invasive saliva collection through disposable cassettes with odor attractants, represents a creative and practical advance in sampling methodology. The authors undertook an extensive experimental effort, generating a substantial amount of data that highlights the feasibility of saliva-based monitoring. The rationale for exploring saliva as a medium is valid, and the work successfully shows that the device can be applied to microbiota profiling, where the strongest results were obtained. This methodological innovation could be valuable for expanding non-invasive approaches to animal health monitoring.

      The authors acknowledge that metabarcoding sequencing has limitations; however, the study could be refocused on the microbiota in general rather than on pathogen detection. They could give greater prominence to the taxonomic composition of microorganisms in saliva using high-throughput sequencing. That is where they obtained the most results.

      Weaknesses:

      Despite the enormous experimental effort undertaken, the results fall short of the expected success of the proposed test. The rationale and criteria for virus selection are not clearly explained, leaving the experimental design insufficiently justified.

      The central aim of validating the device for pathogen detection was not achieved, particularly in the case of the rabies virus. The mouse infection model used for the rabies virus does not seem to adequately replicate the natural course of the disease. This could explain, at least in part, the negative results obtained.

      Of the three viruses evaluated, satisfactory results were obtained only for FeLV, and the sample size remains limited. According to the literature reviewed, this virus is not common in wild cats, so the applicability of the results would appear to be limited primarily to domestic cats.

      The collected samples were stored at −80 {degree sign}C for later analysis, which likely contributed to the high Ct values observed with the device. The need to store samples at low temperatures may be a limitation to applying this technique in wildlife sampling scenarios where access to dry ice or liquid nitrogen tanks may be difficult.

      Stating that the device can be used for pathogen monitoring in wild animals is not desirable, since the viruses for which results were obtained are not relevant in wild animals. On the other hand, claiming that this is a tool for monitoring diseases in endangered species is also misleading. Endangered species are typically scarce and therefore would not be the reservoirs that these surveillance efforts should target. In fact, groups such as wild rodents would be a better target for monitoring zoonotic pathogens.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This carefully executed study uncovers the functional relevance of curl signals that impinge on the retina every time an observer's gaze direction and movement direction are not aligned. This finding is important, highlighting the functional role of an abundant incidental signal (curl in retinal motion) that has thus far believed to be a nuisance that needs to be filtered out of the retinal motion stream. As such, the study forms an important contribution to the emerging recognition that incidental sensory signals are not a challenge to the sensorimotor system, but contain functionally relevant and effectively used visual signals. The study's evidence is compelling: A combination of psychophysical experiments and critical manipulations, control theory and neural modeling makes an internally consistent and biologically plausible case for the role of curl signals in estimating heading direction. The experimental and modeling results clearly go beyond previous studies and significantly advance our understanding of vision-based navigation.

      Strengths:

      The study has its strengths in the combination of psychophysical experiments and critical manipulations, control theory and neural modeling, which together make an internally consistent and biologically plausible case for the role of curl signals in estimating heading direction.

      This study uncovers the functional relevance of curl signals that occur on the retina when an observer is moving and gaze is not straight ahead. The experimental and modeling results clearly go beyond previous studies and significantly advance our understanding of vision-based navigation.

      Another clear strength is that the study uses tightly controlled experimental manipulation to provide strong test cases for the hypothesis that curl is used for visual navigation. These conditions are important to constrain the proposed model (and future models) of heading control.

      The modeling is very clearly described and the modeling and analysis code is published and freely available. The authors go beyond a back-of-the-envelope control model and show how it might be implemented at the neural-circuit level. The model is biologically plausible.

      Weaknesses:

      I see no major weaknesses of the study. I expect it to inspire future research that extends these findings to a wider range of visual environments (including walking in natural scenes), motion speeds and kinds of movements.

      Comments on revised version.

      I have no additional comments for the authors.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This study examines how curl in the retinal flow field can be used as a control variable for estimating and controlling the heading of a moving observer. The basic idea (which is not entirely new, see Matthis et al. 2022) is that translation along a path with eccentric gaze (meaning that the subject is not heading toward the point they are looking at) produces a pattern of optic flow on the retina with a rotational component around the point of fixation (which can be captured by the mathematical "curl" operator). The sign and magnitude of retinal curl varies with heading relative to the point of fixation, such that curl can be used as a control variable to steer rightward or leftward to move toward the fixated target. The authors perform behavioral experiments and show that there are biases in perceived heading that seem to be largely governed by retinal curl. They also show that a simple controller model can use curl to steer toward a target, and they provide a neural network model that provides a biologically-plausible implementation of the controller (although there are some questions about that).

      There is a core of interesting work here that I think can be important to the field. However, there is a lack of clarity on several important fronts, including design of the behavioral experiments, presentation of the behavioral data, conceptual framing of what curl can and cannot do, etc. Equally importantly, the manuscript is not written in a manner that will make it accessible to most vision scientists. I consider myself to be pretty knowledgeable about optic flow, and I had to read most of the manuscript 3 or 4 times to be able to understand the bulk of it. And my experience is that most vision scientists do not understand optic flow well, so I fear that most of the readers that the authors should want to reach would struggle to understand the work. As written, this is mainly going to make an impact on a handful of optic flow gurus. Thus, this manuscript is going to need a major overhaul to clarify important issues and make this more accessible.

      Major issues:

      (1) The manuscript contains inconsistent, if not misleading, messaging about what information retinal curl does, and does not, provide regarding heading estimation. In the Abstract, the authors state: "We propose an alternative: the visual system utilizes retinal curl directly to estimate heading, rendering the explicit recovery of the FOE unnecessary." Based on my understanding of the rest of the manuscript, I find this statement to be a misrepresentation for two main reasons:<br /> a. To "directly estimate heading" relative to what? When not qualified, most people interpret "heading" to mean an observer's heading relative to the world (or some allocentric reference frame). But retinal curl only gives information about an observer's heading relative to the point on which their eyes are fixated. Moreover, that point of fixation will change every few hundred milliseconds in natural viewing, so the retinal curl will change with each new fixation even as heading relative to the world remains unchanged. So, I think most readers would grossly misinterpret the claim that retinal curl can be used "directly to estimate heading". Indeed, in the authors' controller model, the initial heading needs to be given and then the controller can work. But from where does the visual system get the initial heading, since it does not come from curl? These issues are left hanging. Thus, while curl can provide a very useful input for steering toward a fixated target, other signals are needed to estimate heading relative to the world. This has to be made much clearer early on, and a conceptual schematic diagram might help. Also, the authors generally do not specify the reference frame of the variables they are talking about, leaving lots of room for misinterpretations. It should be clear each time they are talking about a variable, such as heading, whether it is relative to the fixation target, body, world, etc.<br /> b. It seems to me that retinal curl will depend on other variables, in addition to heading relative to the fixation target. For example, it seems to me that the magnitude of retinal curl will depend on self-motion speed, the depth structure of the scene, the angle of elevation of the fixated target, and perhaps others. This is not discussed at all, and many readers would get the misguided impression that there is a 1:1 mapping from curl to heading (relative to fixation). If I am right that this is not correct, it means that retinal curl can tell the observer whether to steer right or left to move toward the fixated target, but it cannot tell them how much to steer. Indeed, in the authors' controller model, there is a free parameter that calibrates curl to angle. It makes sense that this works to fit trajectory data that are given from a fixed environment, but it is unclear how the brain would use retinal curl to control steering when these other variables are uncertain or changing unpredictably. Moreover, how does the system change the mapping from curl to steering command as the location of fixation changes relative to the current heading? These are issues that need to be brought up in framing the problem and discussed at some length. If the authors can show mathematically that retinal curl is only dependent on heading (relative to fixation) and not any of these other variables, it would be very valuable to show the equations for this relationship.

      (2) The description of the behavioral experiment and presentation of behavioral data leaves a lot to be desired.<br /> a. First, it is stated (line 158) that "Participants continuously reported their perceived direction of self-motion while maintaining fixation on the yellow dot." Again, reference frame is completely unspecified. Participants were reporting their perceived heading relative to what? The fixation target? The world? What exactly were the instructions given to the subjects to perform the task? Based on the description of how perceived paths are computed (line 166-), it seems to be presumed that subjects are reporting their heading relative to the world because those angles are then converted into x and z coordinates in what I presume is a world-centered reference frame. But how do we know that subjects are accurately reporting their heading relative to the world? What if they are biased in their reports by the location of the fixation target relative to the scene, or by some other reference signal? Is it possible for the authors to rule out the possibility that perceptual biases seen in the unaltered curl condition result from observers not fully adopting the assumed reference frame of the task? If this cannot be firmly excluded, it seems to create problems for the rest of the study.<br /> b. I also feel that there is a mismatch between what the behavioral task requires and what the controller model does. Subjects are apparently asked to report their heading relative to the world, but the controller model only controls their heading relative to the point that they are fixating. I understand how this is resolved in the model, but I think this type of distinction is buried and will not be apparent to most readers. Again, the reference frames of what is being measured and controlled need to be specified explicitly in all parts of the paper, and the authors needs to explain how the system would combine curl-based control with some other measures of (at least initial) heading for world-centered heading to be computed. All of the assumptions need to be clearly specified.<br /> c. Second, I found it frustrating that the authors never present raw perceptual data from the observers. Rather, in Figure 2, we see reconstructed trajectories that are perfectly smooth with no indications of noise whatsoever. Since these paths are computed from the perceptual reports, there must be some noise inherent in them. The figures should represent this uncertainty somehow, and it should be explained how these perfectly smooth trajectories are obtained.

      (3) "...the magnitude of retinal curl in the fovea can specify the body trajectory relative to gaze (Matthis et al., 2022)." The main idea put forward by the authors here seems to overlap heavily with this statement that they attribute to Matthis et al. 2022. While I think this paper still adds importantly to the topic, the authors do not discuss how their findings are different from those of Matthis et al. 2022, why they are an important extension, etc. Readers should not have to go read this other paper to have any idea how the present findings are placed in importance relative to the literature.

      (4) The analysis and treatment of eye movements is extremely weak. The authors discarded trials for which gaze deviated from the fixation point by more than 3 degrees (which is a LOT given that the eye speeds are generally in the neighborhood of 0.5 deg/sec), and they provide basic stats on the distribution of positions. But this largely misses the point: it is not small position errors that are likely to matter, but rather velocity errors. Even a small amount of retinal slip of the target while it is being pursued will cause image motion that is going to alter the optic flow field around the fixation target. So, for example, the retinal curl field may no longer be centered on the fixation target. How do we know that some of the perceptual biases are not influenced by image motion resulting from imperfect tracking of the fixation target? This needs to be analyzed and discussed.

      (5) I found the sections of text comparing the separate and joined fits (starting line 287) to be a bit too rosy. The authors show the separate fits in the main text, and it is not very surprising that these fits are good given that the model has 30 parameters, and these data are pretty low dimensional. The authors only show the joined fits in the supplement, and they say that they are almost as good as the separate fits (indeed they are better in a model comparison sense, but this is 30 parameters vs. 2 parameters). However, when I look at the fits of the joined model in the supplement, I don't find them to be very impressive. In particular, the model grossly misses the data for the straight paths for several subjects (e.g., id5, id6, id8, id10). And fitting the straight paths would presumably be easiest. This implies that the joined model is really missing something and that fitting the curved paths interacts strongly with fitting the data for different fixation target locations on the straight path. I think that the authors should discuss the results a bit more soberly and tone down their conclusions here.

      (6) The section of the paper on neural simulations (starting line 387) has a few weaknesses. First, why are only straight paths simulated here? This does not seem to provide a very rigorous test of the model. Second, it is awkward that the simulation results are presented in units of pixels, rather than degrees. Third, the authors seem to downplay the fact that the neural estimates of heading seem to oscillate rather wildly (over a range of hundreds of pixels, whatever that means, see especially Fig. S16). It was far from clear to me how an estimate of heading with these large oscillations is useful. It would seem to require that heading estimates are integrated over substantial lengths of time to be reliable. It was therefore unclear how the model produces such smooth paths from these oscillating estimates.

      Comments on revised version.

      Overall, the authors have done a responsible job of responding to the comments of my previous review, and the manuscript is substantially improved. There are a few points on which I still do not completely agree with the authors, and I think these are important to document for the record:

      (1) Introduction: "Pure visual decomposition should function regardless of 3D depth or whether the rotation stems from an active eccentric fixation." Perhaps in a world of noiseless perfect computation, this might be true. But I generally disagree. When there is more depth structure in an environment, then translation of the observer is generally going to create greater motion parallax. That is a fact that I don't think can be disputed. And greater motion parallax should help to decompose optic flow into components related to translation and rotation (the latter of which is not depth dependent), especially when there is noise in estimating location motion vectors.

      (2) Related to point #9 of my previous review: I had asked why the authors believed that retinal curl was computed in area MSTd. Their response is that previous studies (i.e., Graziano et al. 1994) show selectivity to spiral motion stimuli in MSTd. That is true, but those studies typically placed the spiral stimulus centered on the MSTd receptive field, hence they were not presenting something like retinal curl as defined here. So, I think it is still an open question as to where in the brain retinal curl is encoded, and from which areas it would be possible to decode retinal curl from population responses.

      (3) Related to point #10 of my previous review: I had asked about biological plausibility of the gaze-centered inhibition signal in the model. The authors' response is that parietal neurons show gain fields in which response depends (usually monotonically) on eye position. This is true, but it is not a trivial jump from gain fields in individual neural responses to a gaze-centered inhibition signal, and I think the authors should have been more forthcoming about the lack of an established neural signal that directly signals what they want in their model.

      (4) The authors point out that the perceptual biases they measure take a few seconds to emerge and they attribute this to temporal integration. But in their curl manipulations, they temporally average over a 2.4 second window in computing the curl signals that they use to cancel or over-cancel curl. So, it is not clear whether some of the delay in the behavioral effects might result from their computations.

      (5) Related to point #13 of my previous review: I had asked about empirical evidence for the assumption of a relationship between the heading preferences of MSTd neurons and their receptive field locations. In response, the authors state that such a relationship is built into the Layton and Browning (2014) model. While that is a precedent, citing another model as a response to a question about empirical evidence is not a convincing response. If there is no empirical evidence to support such a relationship, it would have been better for the authors to acknowledge this.<br /> Given the way that the eLife review model works, it is not necessary for the authors to address these comments, but I think they should be included in the public review record.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Major strengths include the use of realistic retinal motion recorded during virtual walking, an elegant manipulation of curl, converging behavioral and modeling evidence, and grounding in control theory. This provides a novel and important contribution to our understanding of how the brain processes motion information and intuition about how that information might be used to guide steering. In addition, they provide a computational mechanism by which retinal flow curl can be used as a control signal.

      The revised ms has been strengthened by more explicit discussion of the literature where there has been mixed evidence for the use of the Focus of Expansion. Since the ms is a strong test of the use of curl as a heading signal, this allows a deeper understanding of the importance of the finding and historical context. The ms has also been strengthened by a more explicit discussion of integration of the time-varying signal over periods of several seconds, which is an important demonstration. The implications of the ms are still a little unclear, as the results involve visual judgements in seated subjects. The use of different sources of information when humans walk from one place to another in real life may be complex and involve a variety of different sources of information.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Poh and colleagues investigate dopamine signaling in the nucleus accumbens (ventromedial striatum) in rats engaged in several forms of go/no-go tasks, that differed in reward controllability (self-initiated reward seeking or cue-evoked/quasi-pavlovian), and in the specific timing of the action-reward contingencies. They analysis dopamine recordings made with fast scan cyclic voltammetry and find that dopamine signals vary most consistently to cues that signal a required action (go cues) vs cue signaling action withholding (no go cues). Through various analysis they report that dopamine signals align most clearly with action initiation and with the approach to the reward-delivery location. Collectively these data support aspects of a variety of frameworks related to accumbens dopamine signaling in movement, action vigor, approach, etc.

      Strengths:

      These studies use several task variants that consolidate a few different components of dopamine signal functions and allow for a broad comparison of many psychological and behavioral aspects. The behavioral analysis is detailed. These results touch on many previous findings, larger showing consistent results with past studies.

      Weaknesses:

      The paper is dense and could benefit from some revision to increase clarity of the figures, the methods and analysis. The inclusion of many tasks is a strength but also somewhat overshadows specific points in the data, which could be improved with some revision to focus. There is a lack of strong connection between some of the findings, which if revised would help to emphasize the impact of the work.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Here, the authors record dopamine release using fast-scan cyclic voltammetry in the nucleus accumbens/ ventromedial striatum (VMS) while rats perform variants of a go/no-go task. Two versions are self-paced, in that the rat can initiate a trial by nosepoking at the odor port at any time once the ITI had elapsed, whereas the other two require the rat to wait for a cue-light before responding. Two "long" variants also require either more lever-presses on go trials, or a longer nosepoke time for no-go trials, and also incorporate "free" trials in which the rat is rewarded for just heading straight to the food tray. The authors find that dopamine levels increase more during the response requirement for go than no-go trials, indicating a role for invigorating to-be-rewarded actions. Dopamine levels also steadily increased as rats approached the site of reward delivery, and the authors demonstrate quite elegantly that this was not due to orientation to the food tray, or time-to-reward, or action initiation, but instead reflects spatial proximity to the rewarded location. Contrary to previous reports, the authors did not discern any differences in dopamine dynamics depending on whether the trials were cue- or self-paced, and dopamine release did not scale with effort requirements.<br /> The manuscript is well-written and the authors use figures to great effect to explain what could otherwise be a hard-to-parse set of data. The authors make good use of the richness of their behavioral data to justify or negate potential conclusions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study by Gangadharan and colleagues provides significant progress towards a quantitative biochemical mechanism for Stu2 polymerase activity. A key conceptual advance is the novel application of an enzyme-like model, initially developed for the actin polymerase Ena/VASP, to Stu2.

      Strength:

      New refined affinity measurements for a Stu2 TOG domain using Bio-layer interferometry show more than an order of magnitude higher affinity of TOG domains to tubulin compared to previously published reports.

      The findings reinforce the "concentrating reactants" or, more specifically, for TOG-domain proteins, the "tubulin-shuttling antenna" model, compared to the "polarized unfurling" model, a more speculative structural hypothesis.

      The manuscript builds upon a series of previous manuscripts that showcase the profound intellectual engagement with microtubule polymerization mechanisms by TOG-domain proteins from the Rice lab, a thought leader in microtubule polymerization for over a decade.

      Minor weakness:

      The affinity discrepancy is not fully resolved by side-by-side measurements, which seem to be not feasible as not all buffer conditions are compatible with all assays.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript from the Rice lab by Gangadharan et al., submitted to eLife, investigates the polymerization mechanism of the yeast microtubule polymerase Stu2. The lab has published a number of articles demonstrating the structural basis by which the two TOG domains of Stu2 each bind free tubulin heterodimers and has developed a tethered polymerization model by which the TOG domains drive polymerization by shuttling those tubulin subunits onto the microtubule plus end. A second model was proposed by Nithianantham et al. (eLife, 2018) based on a closed - to - open transitional state in which Stu2 unfurls and loads two longitudinal associated tubulin heterodimers onto the microtubule plus end. While the second model is not directly tested, the current work aims to further characterize/model the tethered polymerization model using a kinetic framework developed by developed by Breitsprecher et al. for Ena/VASP actin polymerization activity, using a model that is enzymatic (EMBO J., 2011). The general architecture and function of Ena/VASP on actin polymerization versus Stu2 on microtubule polymerization is a reasonable relation and hits upon, as the authors note, potential convergent mechanistic evolution across distinct cytoskeletal networks. The model effectively treats tubulin as the substrate, and the polymerized microtubule plus end as the product. If Stu2 is "enzymatic" in this framework, the model predicts it would behave with Michaelis-Menten kinetics, that there would a Vmax, and polymerase activity would either be "affinity limited" by TOG:tubulin affinity (KD) and/or "kinetically limited" by TOG:tubulin association (Kon) and transfer of tubulin to the microtubule plus end (Kt). The authors find that the Brietsprecher model works well for Stu2 activity, and that Stu2 best aligns with a "kinetically limited" model. The work is interesting and adds to the growing elucidation of the Stu2 microtubule polymerase model. While yeast microtubule polymerases are somewhat distinct in their architecture, there is significant overlap that findings from the manuscript can be utilized to inform the mechanisms of larger, more complex microtubule polymerases such as human ch-TOG.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript invokes the enzymatic model of Breitsprecher et al. used for Ena/VASP and conducts an elegant series of (mostly established) experiments to determine whether Stu2 microtubule polymerase activity aligns with the model - which they conclude does align, supported by the data/results obtained.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors used biolayer interferometry to measure TOG:tubulin affinity. The affinities obtained were significantly higher affinities than the lab obtained in an earlier publication using analytical ultracentrifugation. While differences in buffer and salt conditions may underlie these differences, additional runs using comparable buffer systems, or use of a third independent assay to measure affinities would have added rigor.

      The discussion could be expanded to better compare and contrast the results with both existing polymerase models introduced in the introduction, as well as expanded to look at reversible enzymatic activity (microtubule depolymerization at low to zero tubulin concentrations) and microtubule plus versus minus end activity.

      Comments on revised version.

      The revised submission has addressed these comments adequately.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study by Gangadharan and colleagues seeks to establish a quantitative biochemical model for the microtubule polymerase activity of Stu2. Stu2 is the budding yeast member of the XMAP215 protein family, which is broadly conserved across eukaryotes. XMAP215 proteins play a wide variety of important roles in cells, and these are attributes to effects on microtubule dynamics. Many studies over the last ~20 years have shown that XMA215 proteins selectively associate with microtubule ends where they increase rates of microtubule assembly and disassembly. More recently, structural biology and biochemical studies by the authors and other groups have shown that the multiple TOG domains on XMAP215 proteins are tubulin-binding domains that selectively bind to curved tubulin, which is present in solution and at microtubule ends, but not to straight tubulin which is present in the walls of the microtubule lattice. This has led to the general model that XMAP215 proteins promote polymerization by delivering soluble tubulin to the growing plus end, and two distinct models have been proposed to explain the mechanism. The 'concentrating reactants' model proposed previously by the authors suggests that TOG domains grab hold of tubulin in solution and concentrate at the microtubule end. The 'polarized unfurling' model proposed by the Al Bassam lab suggests that XMAP215 delivers multiple tubulins to the end, using a stepwise mechanism involving different roles for each TOG domain. The current study seeks to improve our understanding of the mechanism by developing a quantitative model to explain the binding and release of tubulins, the number of Stu2 molecules at the end, and the overall rate of tubulin addition. The authors accomplish this goal using new experimental data. The final model fills in new details of the mechanism. The authors draw a comparison between Stu2 and the actin polymerase which bears similarity to the Ena/VASP and suggest a convergent strategy for cytoskeletal polymerases.

      Strengths:

      This is a focused and clearly written study that incorporates prior knowledge of XMAP215 and draws inspiration from the actin field. The data are clear and convincing, and the study accomplishes its goal of generating a new, quantitative model for Stu2. The model will be important for microtubule researchers to predict and test key points for altering XMAP215 activity across different organisms and potentially for different tubulin substrates. The comparison to Ena/VASP may also inspire similar comparisons across other microtubule and actin regulators, which could lead to new insights across cytoskeletal fields.

      Weaknesses:

      The study is without major weaknesses.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The factors that create and maintain diversity in host-associated microbiomes remain poorly understood. A better understanding of these factors will help in the efforts to leverage the adaptive potential of the microbiome to help solve pressing problems in health and agriculture.

      Experimental evolution provides a promising path forward as we can track the causes and consequences in the emergence of novel variants, but experimental evolution remains underutilized in host-microbiome interactions. Here, Gracia-Alvira utilizes a long-term experimental evolution study in Drosophila simulans under hot and cold temperature regimes to identify strain-level variation in an important fly bacterium, Lactiplantibacillus plantarum. They identify three strains of L. plantarum, which are most prevalent in their respective three temperature regimes, suggesting that these are locally adapted bacteria. Then, using a combination of genomics, in vitro, and in vivo, Gracia-Alvira et al attempt to understand the factors that led to the differentiation of the hot and cold L. plantarum and their impacts on the fly host.

      Strengths:

      This is an excellent use of experimental evolution to track the emergence of novelty in the microbiome. The genomic analyses are all solid and appropriate for the data sets. It is especially striking that the comparisons with the other, independent experimental evolution studies in different labs (and across continents between Portugal and South Africa) show a consistent response to temperature. Many have disregarded the microbiome as it is something that is too sensitive to seemingly innocuous variables (particularly in the fly microbiome), such that we cannot find generalities. However, this finding highlights the potential for experimental evolution to uncover these dynamics. The question of how strains emerge and are maintained is timely and is one of the key open questions in host-microbiome evolution currently.

      Comments on revised version:

      I thank the authors for their thoughtful responses to my concerns, and I appreciate the additional experiments to help resolve the questions about subspecies competition. The manuscript remains strongest in the genomic assessment of changes in the L. plantarum genomes, and it is striking and noteworthy that the isolates across multiple countries but same temperature conditions group together phylogenetically.

      I appreciate the additional clarity also incorporated in this revision, but there are still a few key concerns that are unresolved about the microbial ecology described here. I will also note that I apologize if I missed something in the text as no line numbers were provided to point me to where the changes were incorporated in the revised manuscript.

      (1) Competition has many different meanings and many different measurements (see Hart 2018 https://doi.org/10.1111/1365-2745.12954) -and incorporating the effects of competition in shaping an ecological community is, has been, and will continue to drive much research in community ecology. Measuring strain level competition is one of the major questions in host-associated microbiomes, and it is difficult-though there have been significant advances in doing so (see isogenic barcodes, e.g., Daniel 2024 doi: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41564-024-01634-9b, Ordon 2024 https://doi.org/10.1038/s41564-024-01619-8, as well as my previous suggestion to track the outcomes of competition). The inability to directly track and measure competition of the isolates remains a limitation of this manuscript. The authors' explanation of measuring competition is unusual, simplistic, and at times inconsistent.

      They need to be crystal clear about their definitions, logic for making these inferences, and weaknesses in their approach. I think what the authors mean is that competition between the unevolved and C or H in their respective regimes leads to the decrease of the U clade over experimental evolution. But it is not clear how the authors are thinking about competition between C and H clades in the different temperatures.

      The authors state that competition is inferred because changes in relative abundance across the time series-and this is unusual because there are alternative explanations that require no ecological interactions among sub-strains, as I described in my comments on the prior version. This is then combined with in vitro work that shows that the H and C clades can both grow in their mismatched temperature regimes-and thus I think it is to be inferred that because they can grow alone in vitro (and C isolates show lower growth than H isolates in hot temperature), then changes in the relative abundance over fly generations can be attributed to competitive interactions among C and H clades. But then the logic is inconsistent because then the authors just say that in vitro growth curves don't support the differences in relative abundance observed in the flies (lines 224-225). Then the authors argue is it about a combination of diet/sugar metabolism and temperature (line 373), which doesn't make any sense because temperature previously didn't matter (lines 224-225).

      All of this is to say is that the authors need to make clear their logic to the readers-and explain these inconsistencies appropriately. To me, it suggests that there are clear methodological weaknesses that inhibit the ability to track competitive microbial dynamics. Because you can't really assess the microbial dynamics in vivo, it remains further unresolved why clade C isolates have such strong negative fitness effects on the fly but reach such high relative abundances in the C evolving flies. I find that this series of logical inconsistencies (and see my point #2) distracts from the important finding that the C and H clades evolved to utilize sugars differently from the U clade, which is an interesting finding!

      (2) There are also inconsistencies in the patterns observed between the text and the figures. Some of this arises because the authors are not clear what comparisons they are making. For example, line 450 says that clade C outcompeted the other clades, which I presume means only in the cold temperature. Line 456 says that C and H isolates grow faster in the sugar-rich lab diet, but that is not really true because U and C have similar growth rates in Fig. 5, and U and H have similar growth rates in Fig. S4. The text about microbial load is a bit misleading (lines 271-273), as it is confusing that clade C is significantly higher load in both hot and cold temperatures (Fig. S6), which is counterintuitive given Fig. 4, 5, S4. But it is also overly speculative to say that these results suggest that fitness effects depend on microbial load of clade C without connecting the load to the fly fitness measures (and also given the inconsistency with the time series data from evolving lines). Please take care to more carefully phrase these statements to ensure the inference is supported by the experiment design (e.g., clarifying comparison) and statistics (e.g., ensuring agreement with what the figure shows).

      (3) I understand the concern about focusing the reader on the L. plantarum strains. However, it should be clear to the readers that you did not examine the other parts of the microbiome, and that L. plantarum is often very rare in lab and wild fly populations. The data presented on Table S4 (cited line 552, I think citation at line 176 is incorrect) is confusing. If these were colonies picked and then identified, this should be explicit. If it is based off on colonies, then please clarify if this was sampled randomly or occurred when trying to enrich/focus on L. plantarum isolates. If the data was computational (e.g., Kraken to classify), then only taxa richness is not necessarily relevant, but please also include to the relative abundance of each taxa.

      To me, this is relevant information to contextualize these results, particularly because you test this in both D. mel and D. simulans (apologies for the confusion over Mazzucco & Schlotterer 2021), and we have insight into how combinations of Lactobacillus and other taxa impact fitness (Gould PNAS 2018). If the results from D. melanogaster are not applicable to D. simulans, then the authors need to explain this. I understand if incorporating analysis of the broader microbiome is beyond the scope of this manuscript, but at least acknowledging the general rarity in Lactobacillus frequency in Drosophila microbiome and variation in fitness effects will more accurately contextualization these results.

      One small point is that line 452 the citations are OK, but there are fly-specific examples to support this statement, like Gould PNAS 2018, Henry Proceedings B 2025.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Gracia-Alvira et al. investigated how environmental temperature affects competition among members of the microbiome, with a focus on intraspecific diversity, using the Drosophila model.

      Notably, the authors identified three clades of Lactiplantibacillus plantarum from a natural population of Drosophila simulans collected in Florida. They tracked the dynamics of these three bacterial clades under two temperature conditions over the course of more than ten years. Using comparative genomics and phylogeny, they showed that these three bacterial clades likely adapted to their host independently in a temperature-specific manner. Further, by combining in vitro culture and in vivo mono-association assays, they demonstrated the functional divergence of these three bacterial clades phenotypically, including their growth dynamics and effects on host fitness. Lastly, they performed pathway analysis and speculated on key genomic variance supporting such functional divergence.

      Strengths:

      The laboratory evolutionary experiment in response to cold or hot environmental temperature is impressive, given its more than ten years of experimental time period. This collection of achieved microbiome samples paired with the fly host data can be a valuable resource for the field.

      Comments on revised version:

      The revised version has addressed my major points raised in the original review.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study presents an analysis of 297 pangenomes derived from 20 populations of Drosophila simulans, at 19 time points for fast-reproducing individuals in a hot environment, or at 10 time points for slow-reproducing individuals in a cold environment, over a period of more than 10 years. The authors select a particular microbial component of the pangenomes and study the dynamics of Lactiplantibacillus plantarum strains in two environments. They discover that the revealed operational taxonomic units could be divided into three phylogenetic clades, which have their own genomic and genetic features, different adaptive capabilities that depend on the environment, and have a distinct impact on the fitness of the host.

      Strengths:

      The authors prove that bacterial microbiome components are sensitive to the environment and could rapidly (years) be fixed in eukaryotic populations. This study establishes a tractable model that potentially enables the study of variability of the physiological influence of distinct strains of an important commensal species, Lactiplantibacillus plantarum, on the Drosophila host. It is clearly shown that this single species consists of several phylogenetically and functionally diverse strains. The authors did not limit their interest to their own model, but rather they have integrated a comparative approach by analysing phylogenetic relationships among 92 described L. plantarum strains.

      Overall, the study is novel and delivers important discoveries of a longitudinal, well-replicated experiment, generating a substantial amount of genomic data. It highlights an important dimension of research that environmental selection operates at the subspecies level.

      Weaknesses:

      Even though the authors show only one particular example by conducting their longitudinal experiment, they honestly acknowledge failures important for interpretation of the biological significance of the results (gnotobiotic mono-association experiments was done with D. melanogaster, but not D. simulans) and therefore they state limitations of their conclusions (weaker effects in the non-axenic flies are due to the presence of other taxa or to higher-order interactions with other members of the microbiome). These interactions could significantly affect bacterial growth, metabolism, and physiological influence on the host.

      The authors exploit the results of their experiment to speculate about a wide range of evolutionary phenomena, like within-species competition, ecological adaptation and evolution of the host, fitness advantage of bacteria to the host, the benefits of parasitism or mutualism, the domestication of the microbiome, etc. At the end, they conclude that their study "highlights that even subspecies diversity plays a key role in adaptation to environmental temperature". However, the potential mechanisms of such adaptation are barely discussed, so that the focus of the study shifts from the temperature-induced changes in microbial population structures toward metabolism-related adaptations of clade representatives that enable them to diversify their carbon and nitrogen sources. The role of the temperature factor remains elusive.

      In addition to that, the paper has a clearly minimalistic experimental approach to address functional properties of the revealed L. plantarum strains, so that their own fitness, or their relationship with the Drosophila host, is characterised superficially. Therefore, the authors' discourse can be speculative rather than factual (especially when the authors use the expression "likely" to share their guesses in the "Results" section). Nevertheless, these minor drawbacks do not underscore the novelty of the discovered phenotypes and the importance of their further investigation.

      Comments on revised version:

      I have read the authors revisions and find them compelling and they address fully the minor points raised in my review.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Uphoff et al. propose a structural and mechanistic model in which the multidomain ECM protein SVEP1 enables Angiopoietin (ANG) binding to the orphan receptor TIE1, thereby promoting downstream receptor phosphorylation and signaling. Using AlphaFold-based modeling, the authors predict that the CCP20 domain of SVEP1 binds to TIE1, creating a composite surface that facilitates Angiopoietin association and TIE1 activation. The resulting ternary model (SVEP1-TIE1-ANG) offers a structural rationale for how SVEP1 converts TIE1 into a functional, ligand-responsive receptor. Additional models and biological assays suggest roles for other domains of SVEP1, such as CCP5-EGF-L7, although these interactions are predicted with low confidence. The authors interpret these findings as the first structural framework for how SVEP1 enables ANG-TIE1 signaling.

      Strengths:

      (1) The central hypothesis - that SVEP1 enables ANG binding to the orphan receptor TIE1 - is biologically compelling and addresses an important question in vascular biology.

      (2) The AlphaFold-predicted ternary complex (SVEP1-TIE1-ANG) is plausible, high-confidence, and structurally consistent with prior functional data (e.g., poly-Ala scanning from Sato-Nishiuchi et al.).

      (3) The authors' model offers a potential explanation for the previously observed role of SVEP1 in enhancing ANG signaling through TIE1 and may represent the first structural insight into TIE1's transition from orphan to ligand-activated receptor.

      (4) The potential clinical implication - that a combinatorial ligand (ANG+SVEP1) can activate TIE1- could have translational relevance for vascular leak and inflammatory disease.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have adequately addressed my concerns.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Uphoff and colleagues present the results of a study focused on characterizing the binding of SVEP1 to TIE1 along with Angiopoietin-2. Starting with computational prediction of SVEP1 binding to TIE1, the authors identify the region of SVEP1 that serves as a high-affinity ligand for TIE1. Advanced studies identify a weak secondary binding site within SVEP1 that appears to be sufficient but not necessary for its interaction with TIE1 based on in vivo rescue experiments. The most novel contribution of the manuscript seems to be the identification of angiopoietin-1 and -2 as co-factors that seem to enhance the binding of SVEP1 with TIE1 and impact downstream AKT signaling. They propose a complex in which SVEP1 binds to TIE1 and ANG2.

      Although the first set of results is essentially confirmatory, the identification of ANG-2 as a "co-factor" enhancing the binding of SVEP1 to TIE1 and associated downstream signaling (i.e., Figures 3 and 4) is novel and is of interest. However, the manuscript and its conclusions would greatly benefit from some clarifying details and additional experiments to ensure rigor and support specific claims.

      Comments on revised version:

      I have no further comments. The authors have addressed my concerns.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript describes a study examining the relationship between microsaccades and covert attention. This question has been widely investigated, with numerous studies showing that during sustained fixation, when subjects covertly attend to a peripheral stimulus, microsaccades tend to be biased toward the attended location. Here, the authors ask whether this microsaccade bias reflects a shift of covert attention or the maintenance of covert attention. They conclude that the bias is primarily driven by attention shifts, a finding that also helps reconcile the seemingly conflicting results of prior research, where the bias was questioned in paradigms that largely involved attention maintenance rather than shifting.

      Strengths:

      A large sample size was used.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness is that the authors' response does not adequately resolve concerns about the robustness of the microsaccade analyses. The newly reported event counts reveal that the number of microsaccades per participant is very low, especially in Experiment 2, and highly variable across subjects. Because the key analyses rely on proportions of microsaccades toward versus away from the attended location, estimates based on so few events are likely unstable and may not provide reliable subject-level measures.

      A second major concern is that several additional analyses introduced in the revision appear to suffer from the same limitation. The permutation analyses and angle-partition analyses may give the impression of statistical rigor, but if the underlying averages are based on very few microsaccadic events, the resulting probabilities are difficult to interpret. Further subdividing already sparse data into narrower angular bins likely makes the estimates even less reliable.

      A third concern is that the authors have not fully addressed issues related to microsaccade detection and fixation control. The presence of very small-amplitude events with relatively high velocities raises the possibility that some detected microsaccades may be artifacts. The authors also did not implement the requested exclusion of microsaccades smaller than 5 arcmin or the suggested reanalysis using stricter fixation criteria. These omissions leave open the possibility that the reported effects are influenced by detection errors.

      A fourth weakness is that some of the requested analyses or clarifications were addressed only superficially. The comparison with Brandolani et al. remains minimal, despite being highly relevant to interpreting whether the observed microsaccade-direction effect is transient or sustained. Similarly, the gaze-density plots do not show the raw gaze-position distributions that were requested and may therefore be misleading, because difference maps cannot determine whether subjects were actually fixating centrally.

      Overall, the revision raises additional concerns rather than resolving the original ones. The main conclusions remain insufficiently supported unless the authors can demonstrate that the effects are robust at the individual-subject level, based on adequate numbers of microsaccadic events, reliable detection criteria, and appropriate controls for fixation behavior.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study aims to test the hypothesis that microsaccades are linked to the shifting of spatial attention, rather than the maintenance of attention at the cued location. In two experiments, participants were required to judge an orientation change at either a validly cued location (80% of the time) or an invalidly cued location (20% of the time). This change was presented at varying intervals (ranging from 500 to 3,200 ms) after cue onset. Accuracy and reaction times both showed attentional benefits at the valid versus invalid location across the different cue-target intervals. In contrast, microsaccade biases were time-dependent. The authors report a directional bias primarily observed around 400 ms after the cue, with later intervals (particularly in Experiment 2) exhibiting no biases in microsaccade direction towards the cued location. Noteworthy, it would have been interesting to observe whether directional biases in microsaccades are also evident when compared to a neutral condition. The authors argue that this finding supports their initial hypothesis that microsaccade biases reflect shifts in attention, but that maintaining attention at the cued location after an attention shift is not correlated with microsaccade direction.

      Strengths:

      The results are straightforward given the chosen experimental design. The manuscript is clearly written, and the presentation of the study and its visualisations are of a high standard.

      Weaknesses:

      The link between attention and microsaccades has been the subject of extensive research over the past two decades. The authors present a potential solution to the conflicting past findings, arguing that attention should be considered a dynamic process that can be broken down into an attention shift and a sustained attention phase. To differentiate between the two components, the authors varied the interval between the onset of the attention cue and the test stimulus. It would have been nice to use a theory-driven criterion (or an independent measure), in addition to their data-driven approach, to distinguish between these components of a dynamic attention concept. Moreover, it is important to note that the current experiments take a purely correlational approach.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this article, the authors investigate how glutamate transporter function regulates excitability and synaptic coding in T-stellate cells in the mouse ventral cochlear nucleus. They test this in acute brain slices using whole-cell electrophysiology and artificially raise the relative local concentration of glutamate via pharmacological inhibition of transporter proteins. The main finding is that when sub-saturating doses of DL-TBOA are applied, cells become much more sensitive to synaptic input, diminishing the normally high fidelity of EPSP-spike coupling in these neurons. Notably, high-frequency stimulation in the presence of DL-TBOA reveals a large and slowly decaying AMPA receptor component that underlies persistent/rebound firing in earlier recordings. These effects are not seen in other ventral cochlear neurons, suggesting that rapid glutamate clearance in T-stellate cells, particularly, is important for auditory intensity coding. Overall, these experiments are well-performed, and the findings are robust, though there are some aspects that could be expanded to make the work more impactful. These include a better understanding of the relative contribution of neuronal vs glial transporters and an ability to separate the relative contributions of tonic glutamate concentrations in the cleft vs changes in membrane potential in action potential output. Additionally, there were some minor issues of clarity in both the figure presentation and the main text language that should be addressed.

      Major Points:

      (1) Given the dramatic effect of saturating DL-TBOA on tonic leak/RMP and that the sub-maximal concentration used in most of the experiments still varied between 25-50 uM, Figure 1 would be strengthened substantially by a dose-response curve. Ideally, 5 or 6 concentrations, plotting the effect on tonic current or RMP increase.

      (2) Examining the contribution of glial (EAAT1/2) vs. neuronal (EAAT3) transporters (Fig 8) is intriguing but comes across as incomplete here, especially given the small number of recordings. Using a different non-selective EAAT inhibitor (TFB-TBOA) to chase the EAAT1/2 blocker combo seems like an odd choice, given that you have already characterized the effects of DL-TBOA well. One could also try a lower concentration (~50-100 nM) of TFB-TBOA since it is somewhat selective itself for glial EAAT1/2. Given the data presented, neuronal transporters (presumably EAAT3) appear to dominate the rapid clearance of glutamate at this synapse, but this point isn't emphasized or explored sufficiently.

      (3) Separating the effects of depolarization vs. glutamate clearance was never explored. What effect does depolarizing the cell ~10 mV in control conditions (i.e., without TBOA) have on AP number/fidelity during synaptic stimulation experiments? The authors state that submaximal DL-TBOA generally causes no more than a 5 mV change in RMP, but tonic depolarization could also influence spike fidelity. This experiment could demonstrate that the increase in excitability during/after stimulation is not due to increased engagement of voltage-gated channels.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript addresses an important and mechanistically interesting question: whether plasma membrane glutamate transporters contribute only to slow clearance of ambient glutamate or whether they can rapidly shape synaptic signaling during high-frequency auditory activity. This manuscript provides important evidence that EAAT-mediated glutamate uptake is not merely a slow background clearance mechanism but is essential for maintaining reliable synaptic transmission and linear stimulus-intensity coding in ventral cochlear nucleus T-stellate cells during sustained auditory nerve activity.

      Strengths:

      The finding that EAATs may be required for rapid, local control of glutamate during high-frequency auditory nerve activity is interesting and could have broad relevance to auditory processing. The electrophysiological evidence is generally strong, particularly the use of patch-clamp recordings, stimulus trains, partial versus complete EAAT blockade, and comparison with bushy cell/endbulb synapses. The comparison between T-stellate cells and bushy cells/endbulb synapses strengthens the manuscript. The authors demonstrate that EAAT blockade disrupts coding in T-stellate cells but has little effect on bushy cell spike transmission, supporting a cell-type- and synapse-specific role of glutamate uptake.

      Weaknesses:

      However, some mechanistic conclusions, especially the specific contribution of neuronal versus glial EAATs and the absence of glutamate crosstalk between auditory nerve inputs, rely mainly on pharmacological and indirect electrophysiological inference and would be strengthened by additional anatomical, genetic, or direct glutamate-sensing evidence.

      (1) Clarification of DL-TBOA concentration.

      The authors used bath application of 200 µM TBOA and 25-50 µM in the other experiments, stating that "sub-maximal concentrations (25-50 µM)". The authors should provide a clearer rationale for why different concentrations were used across experiments rather than a fixed concentration.

      The reversibility of DL-TBOA effects should be demonstrated by washout experiments. In addition, potential off-target effects of DL-TBOA on postsynaptic receptors, intrinsic membrane excitability, or presynaptic release (e.g., PPR measurement) should be carefully considered. It would also be useful to test the effects of the submaximal DL-TBOA concentrations (25-50 µM) on membrane potential and inward currents, shown in Figure 1, to determine whether these concentrations depolarize the membrane potential in current-clamp mode or induce inward currents under voltage-clamp conditions.

      (2) Potential contribution of altered intrinsic excitability.

      In Figures 3B and 3C, DL-TBOA appears to induce additional action potentials even immediately after the first stimulation, whereas Figures 6 and 7 suggest that the first EPSC is not substantially altered. This raises the possibility that the enhanced firing may partly result from a modest depolarization caused by background glutamate accumulation or from other changes in intrinsic membrane properties after drug treatment. To address this, the authors should provide a quantitative analysis of physiological parameters under submaximal DL-TBOA conditions, including spontaneous action potential frequency, resting membrane potential, input resistance, and spike threshold.

      (3) Spillover/ crosstalk between AN-fiber-synpases.

      The authors should provide more explanation of how altering the number of active auditory nerve fibers demonstrates the absence of glutamate spillover/crosstalk between bouton synapses. Strong stimulation likely recruits more AN fibers, but it may also change release probability, axonal synchrony, or stimulation spread. The authors should more clearly justify the interpretation that strong stimulation recruits additional independent AN fibers rather than altering release probability or activating fibers with different intrinsic properties.

      (4) Interpretation of glial versus neuronal EAAT contributions.

      The authors claim that both neuronal and glial transporters contribute to rapid uptake using pharmacological approaches. The pharmacological data demonstrate that glial EAATs play a major role in glutamate clearance at T-stellate cell synapses. The strong increase in EPSC decay time and synaptic charge after UCPH-101/DHK application supports the conclusion that glial transporters contribute substantially to limiting glutamate accumulation during sustained auditory nerve activity. However, the conclusion that neuronal EAATs contribute directly should be stated with some caution. The evidence for neuronal EAAT involvement is indirect and depends on the pharmacological specificity and completeness of glial EAAT blockade. The conclusion would be strengthened by additional evidence, such as EAAT subtype expression/localization in T-stellate cells or auditory nerve terminals, transporter current recordings, immunohistochemistry, or genetic manipulation of neuronal EAATs. In addition, fitting the decay phase with a double-exponential model may help determine whether glial and neuronal EAATs contribute over distinct temporal windows.

    1. Joint Public Review:

      Summary:

      This manuscript couples a 32-parameter model with simulation-based inference (SBI) to identify parameter changes that can compensate for three canonical hyperexcitability perturbations (interneuron loss, recurrent-excitatory sprouting, and intrinsic depolarisation). The study demonstrates a careful implementation of SBI and offers a practical ranking of "compensatory levers" that could, in principle, guide therapeutic strategies for epilepsy and related network disorders.

      Strengths:

      (1) By analysing three mechanistically distinct hyper-excitable regimes within the same modelling and inference framework, the work reveals how different perturbations require different compensatory interventions.

      (2) The authors adopt posterior estimation to systematically rank the efficiency of different mechanisms in balancing hyperexcitability.

      (3) Code and data are available.

      Comments on revised version:

      I appreciate the authors' extensive efforts in revising the manuscript and responding to the previous review. The revised version is substantially improved in clarity, organization, and presentation. In particular, the addition of schematic figures, the reorganization of the Methods section, the improved explanation of the model, and the inclusion of replication analyses all strengthen the manuscript.

      The manuscript remains entirely computational, and therefore its conclusions should be interpreted as predictions generated by a specific model rather than validated biological mechanisms. I believe the work has the potential to make a useful methodological contribution. However, several concerns remain regarding validation, interpretation of inferred posteriors, organization of the manuscript, and presentation.

      Major comments:

      (1) The manuscript states that simulation-based calibration showed the amortized posterior estimator was unreliable (85-88), but these results are not shown. The manuscript explicitly states that simulation-based calibration demonstrated substantial failures of the amortized posterior estimator, yet the corresponding analyses are not presented. Since these results motivate the transition to sequential NPE and are central to assessing inference reliability, they should be reported quantitatively, either in the main text or supplementary material.

      (2) The authors present two independently trained estimators and show strong agreement between them. This is a useful robustness analysis. However, the rebuttal occasionally presents this as addressing concerns regarding cross-validation and generalization. The new analysis does not constitute cross-validation in the usual sense and does not directly assess generalization to held-out targets or posterior accuracy.<br /> I recommend that the authors explicitly describe Figure 4 as a reproducibility analysis and avoid presenting it as a substitute for validation.

      (3) Posterior correlations are useful for generating hypotheses about compensatory mechanisms, but they should not be interpreted as direct evidence of compensation. The compensatory interpretation should instead be supported by the perturbation analyses (e.g., Figure 6), which provide mechanistic validation.

      The manuscript consistently treats posterior correlations and conditional posterior shifts as direct evidence of compensatory mechanisms. These are consistent with compensatory mechanisms, but they do not by themselves establish that the corresponding biological parameters causally compensate for the perturbation. I recommend clarifying this distinction and emphasizing that the conditional posterior analyses generate hypotheses regarding compensation, which are then partially supported by the perturbation experiments shown later in the manuscript.

      The language throughout the manuscript should therefore be softened.

      (4) The manuscript repeatedly suggests that the inferred conditional distributions may be useful for identifying precise interventions or guiding personalized treatments (examples include lines 24-29, lines 217-223, lines 242-246, lines 277-282, lines 283-286). These claims go beyond what is directly demonstrated.

      The study does not evaluate treatment outcomes, patient-specific inference, intervention efficacy, or clinical decision-making. Rather, it demonstrates differences in inferred parameter distributions within a computational model. While these results are valuable and may generate clinically relevant hypotheses, they do not yet establish predictive utility for treatment selection or precision medicine. I therefore recommend substantially softening these translational claims and emphasizing that the current findings generate hypotheses that could be tested experimentally in future work.

      (5) The revised manuscript still mixes presentation of findings with interpretation.

      For example, lines 217-226 largely continue to describe findings from Figure 6 and would fit better in the Results section. The Discussion would be strengthened by focusing more exclusively on biological implications, limitations, and future directions.

      A similar issue appears later in the discussion comparing posterior correlations and conditional distributions. Much of this section effectively reinterprets Figures 2 and 3 rather than discussing broader implications.

      (6) The discussion around lines 271-282 overstates what can be concluded from the inferred posteriors.<br /> The statement that correlations "discover broadly applicable mechanisms" whereas conditionals "identify specific mechanisms" is stronger than the presented evidence supports. Likewise, the conclusion that conditional distributions are more useful for precision treatments is speculative and not directly demonstrated.

      I recommend reformulating these statements as interpretations or hypotheses rather than conclusions.

      (7) Around line 84, the manuscript introduces q(theta|x) without clearly defining θ, x, or q. Readers unfamiliar with SBI may struggle to follow the notation. All quantities should be defined when first introduced.

      (8) The manuscript equates larger KS distances between conditional posteriors with greater compensatory potential. While KS distance provides a useful measure of posterior redistribution, it is not obvious that it should be interpreted as a measure of biological efficacy.

      (9) The manuscript would benefit from a discussion of parameter identifiability. The inference problem maps 32 model parameters to 7 summary statistics, implying substantial non-identifiability. While complete identifiability analysis is likely beyond the scope of the current work, this limitation should be discussed explicitly.

      All in all, the revised manuscript is significantly improved and addresses several concerns raised in the previous review. However, important issues remain as discussed above.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Qiu et al. examine the effects of the estrogen mimic STX on mitochondrial function and its interaction with VDAC2 in PMOC neurons.

      Strengths:

      The authors employ a broad range of molecular, cellular, and chemoproteomic approaches with generally sound methodology.

      Weaknesses:

      The work suffers from major conceptual and experimental issues that substantially limit its scientific impact.

      Major Concerns

      (1) Lack of Rationale.<br /> The study provides no justification for investigating sex specific aspects of Alzheimer's disease by focusing on VDAC-mediated mitochondrial dysfunction in PMOC neurons. These hypothalamic neurons are not recognized as early or primary sites of AD vulnerability, making the biological premise unclear.

      (2) Weak Link to AD Pathogenesis.<br /> Although mitochondrial dysfunction is well established in AD, the authors do not convincingly demonstrate a mechanistic or pathological connection between VDAC2 and AD. VDACs are not established contributors to AD etiology, and the manuscript does not strengthen this association.

      (3) Unclear Relevance to AD Contexts.<br /> While the data support an interaction between STX and VDAC2 affecting mitochondrial parameters (ATP production, membrane potential, glycolysis, respiration) in PMOC neurons, the study does not show whether this mechanism is relevant to mitochondrial dysfunction in AD. No validation is provided in AD-related models or in contexts related to sex specific AD phenotypes.

      (4) Interpretation of Competitive Binding Data.<br /> The competitive binding results in Figure S4B are not adequately interpreted. The dose-dependent competition observed for VDAC3 suggests it may be a stronger candidate than VDAC2, yet this possibility is not addressed.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      STX is a non-steroidal, CNS-selective estrogenic compound with neuroprotective effects in stroke and Alzheimer's disease models, but its molecular target has remained unknown for nearly 20 years. In this study, the authors identify VDAC proteins as the direct mitochondrial targets of STX using chemoproteomics, single-cell qPCR, electrophysiology, and metabolic flux analyses. They further show that VDAC2 is the primary functional target in female POMC neurons, linking STX-mediated VDAC modulation to enhanced mitochondrial bioenergetics and neuroprotection.

      Strengths:

      This study is strengthened by its innovative chemoproteomic approach, in which the authors developed a novel bifunctional STX probe (BF-STX) containing a photo-crosslinkable diazirine group and an alkyne handle to capture transient STX-protein interactions in living cells. The experimental design is further reinforced by rigorous controls, including no-UV negative controls and competition assays with excess unlabeled STX, which provide convincing evidence that VDAC1, VDAC2, and VDAC3 are genuine STX-binding targets rather than nonspecific artifacts. Finally, the authors validate the STX-VDAC interaction using multiple complementary approaches, including chemoproteomics, single-cell qPCR, planar lipid membrane electrophysiology, and Seahorse metabolic flux analyses, providing strong mechanistic support for their conclusions.

      Weaknesses:

      While the study provides convincing evidence that STX directly modulates VDAC function, several limitations remain. Most experiments were performed in immortalized cell lines rather than primary neurons or in vivo models, limiting their physiological relevance. In addition, the exact structural binding site of STX on VDAC remains unresolved, and no loss-of-function experiments (e.g., VDAC2 knockdown) were performed to establish a direct causal link between VDAC2 and STX's bioenergetic and neuroprotective effects. The non-linear dose-response at higher STX concentrations also requires further investigation.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This work evaluates the impact of reproductive history on growth, body weight and body composition in mammals. In mice, somatic growth is stimulated by the first pregnancy while the second pregnancy increases body weight mainly by increasing adiposity. To probe the role of pituitary growth hormone (GH), the key regulator of somatic growth in these processes, was addressed by comparing the impact of reproduction on growth in normal ("wild type") and genetically GH-deficient females and by detailed characterization of the profile of fluctuations in circulating GH levels in both types of animals. Additional studies addressed the possible role of other endocrine pathways (ghrelin and estrogen) in the pregnancy-related growth. Surprisingly, reproduction-related growth was independent of GH, ghrelin and estrogen. To determine whether these results may apply ("translate") to human physiology, data on various parameters of somatic growth were collected from women with hereditary GH deficiency. The findings indicate that GH-independent stimulation of growth by reproductive events also occurs in women.

      Use of multiple animal models, rigorous characterization of GH levels in normal and GH-deficient females, and inclusion of data derived from a unique and well-characterised population of people with hereditary isolated GH deficiency and no GH replacement therapy are important strengths of these elegant and innovative studies. The results address a broader and clinically significant issue of permanent changes in body size, composition and function that result from pregnancy and lactation. This work also provides important background for further studies aimed at the identification of the mechanism involved and the role of specific reproductive events in the regulation of growth.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This manuscript describes the fascinating phenomenon of growth hormone (GH)-independent growth occurring in the mother during pregnancy. This growth was most pronounced in dwarf mice that are lacking the receptor for growth hormone-releasing hormone (GHRH) and therefore showing isolated GH deficiency. However, the pregnancy-induced growth could also be observed in wild-type mice, suggesting that it is a normal part of the maternal adaptation to pregnancy. The study falls short of identifying the mechanism(s) driving this pregnancy-induced growth response, but it certainly reveals a novel insight into maternal physiology. The authors have completed a range of experiments in mice to prove that, as well as being GH independent, the pregnancy-induced growth also did not require GH signaling in the liver (i.e. not another pregnancy-specific ligand operating through the GHR to promote IGF). They also provided complementary data from a population of humans with untreated isolated GH deficiency that are broadly consistent with the hypothesis. While it is important to consider the significant species differences between rodents and humans, both in terms of growth physiology and also in terms of evolution of placental somato-mammotrophic hormones, this unique population are a valuable resource and adds credence to the study. Overall, I find this a compelling research story, but disappointingly unfinished. There are some areas where additional information could improve the ability to interpret the data, and some additional concepts that could be considered in the discussion. There are also areas where additional experiments might provide important insights. However, I think that such suggestions can be considered as appropriate for future research, rather than delaying consideration of the current manuscript.

      Main comments:

      (1) Data in Figure 1 are remarkable - not so much the growth in pregnancy in the wildtype mice, because while elevated GH is well known in pregnancy, but growth in the dwarf mice is indicative of GH-independent growth. From these data, it seems that there is good evidence that growth in pregnancy is an adaptive function. However, it is possible that growth is achieved in dwarf mice and that in wildtype mice may have been mediated through different mechanisms. The dwarf mice showed an increase in liver and plasma IGF1, suggestive of an additional ligand driving IGF in pregnancy. One could hypothesize that such an effect could be mediated by an additional pregnancy-specific ligand activating the GH receptor. In humans, placental growth hormone could be such a ligand, but as far as we know, there is no placental GH in mice. In contrast, the wildtype animals showed suppression of liver and circulating IGF1, and low levels of pSTAT5 in the liver during pregnancy. These data (in Figure 5) are very surprising. Given the high circulating GH in pregnancy, as well as high placental lactogen (which would be expected to activate STAT5 in the liver through the Prlr), the low levels of pSTAT5 are unexpected and would seem to indicate some sort of acquired insensitivity to GH. Is this entirely driven by down-regulation of STAT5b protein, or could there be activation of other, negative regulators of STAT signalling, such as SOCS? What is causing such a profound suppression of STAT5? Regardless of the mechanism, this suggests that pregnancy-induced growth in wildtype mice is independent of circulating IGF1 (potentially a different mechanism or in addition to that seen in IGHD mice).

      The data shown in Figure 6 are a major strength of the study, showing that the pregnancy-induced changes are not specific to one particular transgenic model, but still occur in a variety of models affecting GH through different approaches. Given the pregnancy-specific nature of the changes, however, it seems an oversight not to have evaluated the role of placental lactogens. Prlr is highly expressed in the liver, but the function of this hormone in the liver is not well established. Could the extremely high levels of PL be mediating this growth response? Given the low expression of STAT5 in the liver and the fact that plasma IGF1 is not markedly elevated, it seems more likely that this growth response may be mediated by locally produced IGF1 in target tissues.

      I think these possibilities could be addressed by an expanded discussion of species variation in placental hormones, to highlight that humans have expansion of the GH locus, but rodents have expansion of the prolactin axis (see Soares, M. J. The prolactin and growth hormone families: pregnancy-specific hormones/cytokines at the maternal-fetal interface. Reprod Biol Endocrinol 2, 51, 2004). Importantly, placental GH and chorionic somatomammotropins (CSM) in humans are all variants of the GH gene, but CSM have preferential activity at Prlr. This seems to be a fundamental species difference in pregnancy biology, but has been interpreted as an example of convergent evolution, with conservation of prolactin and GH-like functions at the maternal-fetal interface, mediated by different mechanisms, likely contributing to the metabolic adaptations of the mother (see Newbern D, Freemark M. Placental hormones and the control of maternal metabolism and fetal growth. Curr Opin Endocrinol Diabetes Obes. 2011; 18: 409-416). While the preceding function has focused on explaining the evolution of placental lactogens (either prolactin or GH variants), the present data suggest that there are also mechanisms to maintain growth in pregnancy, independent of GH (even in the absence of a placental GH).

      (2) The human data are very interesting, and my initial impression was that it seemed unlikely to be the same phenomenon. Was there any real evidence for "growth" in pregnancy? Pubertal maturation of long bone growth might be expected to prevent further growth in adulthood. However, these issues were appropriately discussed, and it seems well justified to evaluate this unique population of women with IGHD who underwent pregnancy. It would be very interesting to know if these women experienced elevated IGF1 during pregnancy, indicative of placental GH contributing to growth. Mechanistically, this might be more like the dwarf mouse situation of IGHD, that the situation in wildtype mice (associated with liver insensitivity to GH and low IGF1).

      (3) It would be useful to include investigations that isolate the effects of pregnancy and the placental hormones. Such studies could include evaluating growth in pseudopregnant mice with IGHD (pregnancy-like changes in hormones but lacking the placental contribution) and in IGHD animals that experience pregnancy but not lactation (pups removed at birth). I accept that this might be too large an additional study to add for the present manuscript.

      (4) It is an important and translationally relevant observation that pregnancy increased the risk of long-term weight gain, and that after the first pregnancy, the pregnancy-induced growth response was more directed to promoting fat deposition. Does this provide any mechanistic insight? Could a metabolic adaptation result in growth?

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study describes an increase in body growth and body composition in both mice and women. In mice, the impact on growth is mainly seen during the first pregnancy, and the changes postpartum on body composition are also different during the first and second pregnancies. The study has used various knock-out models in the growth hormone axis to understand these changes as well as some gene expression analysis related to GH, IGF-1 and estrogen signalling pathways.

      Strengths:

      (1) The inclusion of various knock-out mouse models that allow for exploration of mechanisms related to the above-mentioned changes.

      (2) The investigation of gene expression of GHR, IGF-1R and ER pathways.

      Weaknesses:

      The human findings are dependent on the patient's recollection of bodily changes after their pregnancies.

      Conclusion:

      The authors have partly achieved their aim of describing changes in growth and body composition that remain after pregnancy and the mechanisms behind these changes. This study may have importance for a wide variety of research areas as well as in the clinical setting. The study is also unique in its attempt to bridge findings in mice to a unique human model of congenital GH deficiency.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Zhang et al. investigated EEG neurofeedback as a method to modulate brain activity prior to painful stimulation and its effect on pain perception. Neurofeedback was designed to train participants to upregulate alpha power contralateral to the site of painful stimulation. Real or sham neurofeedback was administered to two independent groups. Each group performed two tasks: one in which participants were asked to modulate their brain signals (training task) and another in which they were asked to passively watch the feedback (non-training task). The authors reported an increase in alpha power during real neurofeedback training compared with sham training and non-training conditions. The authors also reported a decrease in pain perception during the training task, both in the real and sham neurofeedback groups. Additionally, in an offline analysis, the authors investigated brain dynamics with microstate analysis during the neurofeedback training. Also, they implemented a mediation analysis to infer which brain responses to neurofeedback training mediated changes in pain perception.

      Strengths:

      (1) The research question is licit and sound. EEG neurofeedback is a promising non-invasive technique with the potential to alleviate at least the sensory component of pain. The rationale for applying neurofeedback at the alpha band in the somatosensory cortex is well justified by the alpha-gating theory in pain modulation.

      (2) The sample size is adequate to capture neurofeedback effects. The effort to conduct a double-blind study with a complex design paradigm and an adequate sample size is valuable and appreciated.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Reported behavioral effects on pain reduction might be due to the placebo effect rather than neurofeedback, as pain ratings were reduced both in the real and sham neurofeedback groups during training. It is important that authors report this effect appropriately and disclose which information was given to the participants when they enrolled in the study, i.e., whether the paradigm was designed to reduce pain perception.

      (2) The utility of training effects, especially in the sham group, is unclear. I understand that including the non-training condition allows the distinction between neurofeedback effects and arousal effects. However, interpreting training effects should not be the point of this study. What does it tell us that participants who received sham stimulation increased or decreased alpha power in the training session vs the non-training session?

      (3) There might be hidden time effects (habituation/sensitization) on pain responses and/or on brain responses to neurofeedback. A within-session analysis comparing the first half of the training with the second half should be conducted to discard them.

      (4) Connectivity analysis reflects spurious effects. In EEG, deriving phase-based functional connectivity at the sensor level is problematic due to volume conduction effects. EEG functional connectivity should be performed after source reconstruction, and measures discarding instantaneous phase lags should be preferred, which is not the case with magnitude-squared coherence. See (Bastos and Schoffelen, 2015).

      Although neurofeedback is a promising technique for modulating pain perception, the current study adds limited novelty to the field, as its design could not disentangle whether behavioral effects (reductions in pain intensity and unpleasantness) were specific to neurofeedback training or due to non-specific effects (e.g., placebo). Nevertheless, the authors corroborated that brain states before painful stimuli could be modulated with neurofeedback (enhancement of alpha power).

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study uses neurofeedback to modulate alpha-band activity and examines how this influences pain-related processing. The question is timely and methodologically elegant, because it addresses whether noninvasive modulation of ongoing oscillatory activity can causally shape pain perception and/or expectation-related processes.

      Strengths:

      The use of neurofeedback as a tool to modulate alpha activity is a major strength, because it provides a noninvasive and conceptually clean approach to probing the functional role of oscillatory brain activity. The design is also attractive because it links neurophysiological regulation to a psychologically meaningful outcome, namely pain processing. Further, the induced changes were also related to different EEG microstates and ERP components during the processing of the pain stimulus, and therefore the authors demonstrate a clear relation between preparatory prestimulus states and stimulus processing.

      The manuscript appears to address an important and clinically relevant question, and the idea of testing whether alpha regulation can alter pain-related responses is of high interest for systems neuroscience and pain research.

      Weaknesses:

      Methodologically, it is unclear what alpha values were used in the analyses. It is stated that alpha was extracted within 2s windows of the 16s long feedback period. However, the values change across this period. Which value is used for the correlation with the pain ratings and all other analyses? Using the average across the 16s could reflect large values in the first half and low values in the final half, but for the relationship between alpha and pain, the last segments should be more relevant. If the initially elevated alpha activity subsides several seconds before the onset of the pain stimulus, it is difficult to see how it could influence subsequent pain processing.

      Related, after the 16s feedback period, a fixation period is used with a 3-5s length. If alpha band activity is relevant for the consecutive pain processing, the amount of alpha in this period should be relevant. The authors should demonstrate that the induced alpha change during the feedback period remains stable during the fixation period and that the activity in this period is related to pain processing.

      Further, it should be noted that the alpha band modulations related to alpha band training were accompanied by significant effects in other frequencies. Therefore, a clear relationship between alpha and behavioral pain ratings is not the only interpretation. Correlations with other frequencies or combinations of frequency band modulations should be incorporated to allow a more precise interpretation. Furthermore, in the sham feedback group, an increase in alpha band activity was observed (p=0.06), and the small difference in the pain intensity rating may be related to a clear outlier in the Sham group (Figure 4a).

      In both groups, a main effect of training, regardless of sham or real feedback, was reported with a small difference between groups. But the main modulator seems to be related to the instruction to modulate the neural activity, and this large effect should be discussed in more detail regarding, for example, possible attentional processes.

      A further central concern is that the visual feedback signal (the ball movement) may generate expectations that are not specific to alpha activity and that these expectation processes modulate the pain processing (ball down may indicate more pain). It is well known that intensity cues can generate expectations about upcoming perceptions, and the used feedback signal with an increasing or decreasing visual curve clearly signals what intensity should be expected. Therefore, it is important to show that the amount of positive (ball up) and negative visual displays is matched between the sham and real feedback group. Further, the authors should report whether the final ball position can predict the latter pain rating in both groups or differentially. Following this interpretation, alpha band activity is not directly related to pain processing but only serves as a signal that is transformed to a visual stimulus that then generates expectations.

      Finally, the manuscript would benefit from a more explicit analysis of whether individual alpha changes are related to pain ratings within each subject. If higher alpha is truly linked to reduced pain perception, this should be visible at the participant level during learning of the neurofeedback procedure. Relatedly, there is no learning period incorporated, and usually participants are not able to regulate their alpha activity from the first trial on. The authors should include an analysis of the development of alpha band activity over learning and a relation of these individual alpha values and the corresponding pain ratings.

      I cannot find a link to the preregistration in the current manuscript.

      In summary, a "causal" relation of alpha activity with pain perception -that is mentioned several times in the manuscript- is not fully supported by the present results

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript investigates whether the human brain contains a shared category-general representation of gender across faces, bodies, and gender-associated objects. The authors acquired fMRI data while participants viewed male and female stimuli from three categories in a one-back task. They then used searchlight MVPA, cross-category decoding, regression-based RSA, CNN vs. brain representational comparisons, and PPI analyses. Their main finding is that gender information could be decoded from distributed occipitotemporal regions within each category, whereas a cluster in the rMTG showed convergence across cross-category decoding and RSA. The authors concluded that this rMTG representation resembles intermediate layers of fine-tuned CNNs and that face and body gender processing share similar functional connectivity patterns.

      Strengths:

      The question is potentially important, particularly for social cognition, object recognition, and the use of neural network models to interpret high-level visual representations. Previous behavioral studies have shown cross-category adaptation between bodies and faces, and even between gender-associated objects and faces, so the attempt to test for a neural counterpart using fMRI is well motivated. The use of multiple complementary analyses including within-category decoding, cross-category decoding, regression RSA, CNN comparisons, and effective connectivity analyses is also a strength. The convergence of cross-category MVPA and RSA in a right MTG cluster is potentially interesting and deserves attention.

      Weaknesses:

      The largest problem is conceptual. The term gender is used as if it refers to the same construct across faces, bodies, and objects. This is not self-evident. In faces and bodies, the stimuli seem to contain visual cues from which observers infer binary gender categories. In objects, however, the relevant information is almost gender stereotype, cultural association, or learned semantic association. These are not equivalent constructs. The manuscript therefore needs to distinguish much more carefully between perceived gender, biological sex cues, gender-associated visual features, and gender stereotypes. Without this distinction, the title and main conclusion are too broad. The object condition is particularly problematic. Javadi & Wee (2012) showed that gender-associated objects can bias subsequent judgments of ambiguous face gender, and they discussed two possible mechanisms, including shared neural substrates or top-down modulation induced by the gender concept. However, their behavioral adaptation study does not directly demonstrate that objects, faces, and bodies are encoded in the same neural representational format. The present manuscript treats these object stimuli as if they provide evidence about the same kind of gender representation as faces and bodies, but that step requires additional empirical support. Independent ratings of object gender association, cultural familiarity, visual similarity, and semantic category are essential here.

      A second major concern is stimulus control. The face images were taken from Chinese male and female actors, the body images were headless bodies in underwear, and the object images were selected because of prior gender associations. This design introduces many possible confounds: hairstyle, makeup, skin texture, body shape, clothing, color, luminance, object category, object function, curvature, spatial frequency, and cultural familiarity. Cross-category decoding can be significant even when a classifier relies on shared visual statistics rather than an abstract gender code. For example, female-associated stimuli may differ from male-associated stimuli in color, shape, brightness, texture, or semantic category in ways that are consistent across faces, bodies, and objects. The present analyses do not adequately rule out these alternatives. Foster et al. (2019) are especially relevant in this respect. They reported that body sex could be decoded from both body- and face-responsive regions. However, the sex of well-controlled faces, for example faces excluding hairstyle cues, could not be decoded from face- or body-responsive regions. This finding should make the authors more cautious. The fact that the present study used more ecological face stimuli may increase sensitivity to gender-related cues, but it also increases the possibilities that decoding is driven by uncontrolled external features rather than by an abstract gender representation. Accordingly, because no additional visual, semantic, or stereotype-based model RDMs were included in the RSA analysis, this result alone cannot establish an abstract, category-independent gender representation. Any systematic difference between male- and female-associated images will load onto the gender RDM. At least, the authors should include additional model RDMs for low-level visual features. In addition, the current RSA analysis has another limitation. The neural RDMs are based on only six condition-level patterns, producing a 6 × 6 matrix. The theoretical model includes only binary gender and category RDMs. This is too coarse to support the claim of category-independent gender representation. Ideally, all the RSA analysis should be performed at the item level rather than at the condition level.

      The cross-category decoding result in rMTG is promising but not yet conclusive. The authors identify a right MTG cluster by overlapping thresholded maps from three cross-category decoding analyses. This is useful descriptively, but it does not by itself establish a common representational code. The overlap of thresholded maps depends on the chosen threshold. If the authors want to make a formal conjunction claim, they should use a valid conjunction-null approach such as a minimum-statistic conjunction evaluated under the appropriate conjunction null, rather than simply displaying the intersection of thresholded maps. Even if this approach cannot be adopted in this study, the issue should be included as a limitation.

      In the PPI analysis, the reported similarity between face and body connectivity matrices is a little bit small (r = 0.08). The claim of a shared functional network should therefore be softened unless the authors test whether this correlation is significantly larger than the face-object and body-object correlations, correct for multiple comparisons, account for the non-independence of matrix elements, and report participant-level distributions and confidence intervals.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study tests whether male/female-related information is represented in a form that generalizes across faces, bodies, and gender-associated objects. Using within- and cross-category MVPA, regression RSA, comparisons with fine-tuned CNNs, and connectivity analyses, the authors identify a right middle temporal gyrus region whose patterns generalize across the three stimulus classes. They conclude that this region provides a category-general, mid-level representation of gender and acts as a neural hub.

      Strengths:

      The question is novel and important, while the logic of the study is straightforward. Examining faces, bodies, and objects within the same participants provides a useful extension beyond the predominantly face-based literature. Cross-category decoding is also a stronger test of shared information than simple anatomical overlap between within-category maps. The combination of MVPA, RSA, computational modelling, and connectivity analysis is ambitious, and the replication of the CNN layer profile with both AlexNet and VGG16 is a useful characterization of relevant information.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The construct labelled "gender" is not equivalent across stimulus classes. For faces and bodies, the male/female label is intended to track a property of the depicted person, albeit one inferred imperfectly from appearance; for objects, masculinity or femininity is not an intrinsic property of the object but a culturally contingent association that may vary across observers and contexts. Treating both as levels of a single binary factor risks conflating person-category information with gender-stereotypic object associations and interpreting their common neural discriminability as evidence for one abstract concept of gender. The term "object gender" could also be confused with grammatical gender in some languages (e.g., French or German).

      (2) The CNN analysis does not isolate the shared male/female component. The authors correlate the complete six-condition neural RDM with the complete CNN RDM. However, rMTG also carries substantial information about whether an image is a face, body, or object. Consequently, the peak correspondence with Conv4 may reflect category structure rather than the representation that supports cross-category male/female decoding. The current analysis does not establish that shared gender-related information specifically depends on mid-level features.

      (3) The connectivity interpretation is overstated. PPI measures task-dependent covariance; it does not establish information transmission, directionality, or an upstream-to-downstream processing sequence. The reported face-body connectivity similarity is also small (r=.08). Also, describing rMTG as a "hub" is not justified without network-centrality measures, lesion evidence, or causal perturbation.

      The authors partly achieve their aims. The results provide credible evidence that patterns in rMTG contain information that generalizes across binary male/female-labelled faces and bodies and masculine/feminine-associated objects. They do not yet establish a genuinely abstract representation of gender, a specifically gender-related correspondence with intermediate CNN layers, or a neural hub that transmits information through a directed network. With more precise framing and targeted reanalysis, the study could make a useful contribution to research on social vision and cross-category representation.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this work, the authors investigate whether gender information is encoded in the brain in a way that is invariant to the object being perceived. They design an fMRI experiment in which 22 participants perform a one-back repetition detection task in a block design. Images shown are of three types (faces, objects, and bodies) and of two perceived genders, male and female. They perform MVPA, RSA, and functional connectivity analyses to determine whether gender information is invariant to the type of image being perceived. They report an area in the posterior right middle temporal gyrus (rMTG) that is found in their gender decoding analysis across categories. To confirm that this area encodes gender information, they perform a regression-based RSA with category and gender model RDMs, and report that the gender model RDM is significantly correlated with brain representations in that area. Finally, to further investigate the representations in this area, they perform a model-based RSA in which they first fine-tune a deep neural network for gender classification, and then study the correlation between model RDMs and brain RDMs. Consistent with a previous report in face processing (Jiahui et al., 2023), they find that gender information is more consistent with representations in middle-to-late layers of the networks. Additional functional connectivity and PPI analyses are reported to reveal differences in co-fluctuation of brain activity within occipital and parietal nodes when perceiving different types of male/female images. Based on these results, the authors conclude that rMTG represents gender information invariant of the category perceived, although rMTG also afforded decoding of category information.

      Strengths:

      Whether perceived gender is represented in a manner invariant to the category of the stimulus is a legitimate and interesting question, and one of relevance particularly to the face and person perception literature.

      The model-based RSA, in which RDMs from networks fine-tuned for gender classification are compared against brain RDMs, is an interesting approach, and the layer-wise profile the authors obtain converges with a previous report in the face processing literature (Jiahui et al., 2023).

      Weaknesses:

      A substantial number of inferences are drawn on the basis of weak statistical methods and a suboptimal design. My concerns are set out below, ordered by severity.

      (1) The statistical tests are not appropriate for classification and RSA, and are prone to false positives. Classification accuracies and RSA correlations may be positively biased, and the true null distribution may therefore be centered above the nominal chance level, or above zero in the case of RSA. Testing against a theoretical value with a one-sample t-test under these conditions inflates the false positive rate, especially with few test samples per classification, and does not afford valid population inference for information-like measures (Combrisson & Jerbi, 2015; Allefeld et al., 2016). The concern applies to every inferential claim in the manuscript, including the identification of the rMTG cluster on which the paper's central conclusion rests. The established remedy is permutation testing, in which the labels are randomly permuted and the full analysis, including cross-validation, is re-computed so that any bias is captured in the empirical null distribution (Stelzer et al., 2013; Etzel & Braver, 2013). This approach has been applied in comparable face-decoding studies using both classification and RSA (Guntupalli et al., 2017). I raise this methodological concern here because it is the clearest way to convey why the reported statistics cannot be safely interpreted at face value.

      (2) The decoding analyses do not appear to test generalization to left-out stimuli. From my reading of the design, each run contained all six conditions presented three times in random order, with each block containing 12 images (10 unique plus two repetitions serving as catch trials). If all images were presented in every run, the same images would be present in both the training and test sets of the cross-validation. Under these conditions, the interpretation of a general "gender" code is difficult to justify: the classifier may be exploiting low-level image features specific to the particular exemplars rather than gender per se. This bears directly on the paper's central claim, which concerns an abstract, category-invariant representation of gender, a claim that requires decoding to generalize to stimuli the classifier has not encountered.

      (3) There is no evidence that participants perceived the stimuli's gender as the authors assumed. Perceived gender may be subject-specific, yet no norming is reported establishing that participants actually rated or processed the stimuli according to the gender the authors assigned to each image. Some images are likely to be more ambiguous than others. This is a construct validity issue rather than an analysis issue: the class labels used throughout the decoding analyses, and the gender model RDM used in the RSA, both rest on an assumption about the participants' percepts that is never tested against the participants themselves.

      (4) The rMTG ROI reported in Figure 2c appears to overlap almost perfectly with the motion-sensitive area hMT+. The reported effects may therefore be driven, at least in part, by low-level motion signals arising from the rapid on/off changes of the stimuli and the associated optic flow. I am not claiming that the results are fully driven by this, but no control reported in the manuscript rules it out, and this region is the centerpiece of the paper's conclusion.

      (5) Stimulus size is confounded with category in the functional connectivity analyses. The authors report that functional connectivity differed between faces and objects, and between bodies and objects. However, faces and bodies were shown with the same visual extent, while objects were larger. Given that the nodes being investigated are in visual areas, it is unclear how these differences can be attributed to category rather than to the low-level difference in stimulus size. The same confound bears on the behavioral task performed within the scanner: participants can perform the one-back task more easily, simply by detecting size differences, since two images of different sizes are clearly not the same image, rather than by processing the image content. This affects what can be assumed about participants' attention to the stimulus category or gender.

      (6) No motion quality control is reported for the functional connectivity analyses. Functional connectivity is well known to be highly susceptible to head motion, yet the manuscript reports no summary of how much subject motion there was, no indication of whether volumes with excessive motion were removed or censored, and no account of quality control on the measured data more generally.

      (7) The use of famous faces introduces an avoidable confound. The face stimuli were famous faces. Famous and familiar faces are known to recruit substantially more widespread activity than unfamiliar faces, extending well beyond the core visual system (Gobbini & Haxby, 2007; Natu & O'Toole, 2011; Visconti di Oleggio Castello et al., 2017; Kovacs, 2020). For a study focused specifically on gender, this introduces a source of variance that unfamiliar faces would have avoided, and it complicates the comparison of the face conditions against the body and object conditions.

      (8) The rationale and benefit of fine-tuning the deep neural networks are not established. The manuscript does not report the original, non-fine-tuned accuracy of the models that required fine-tuning, so the benefit of the procedure cannot be assessed; given that the final validation accuracy is low, it is unclear that fine-tuning actually helped. AlexNet and VGG are trained for object classification on large datasets, and fine-tuning with 2,000 training images may not be sufficient to genuinely shift the objective. Whether the activation patterns and RDMs changed in any significant manner after fine-tuning is not reported, and the rationale for selecting the specific layers used is not stated.

      (9) Taken together, the analyses as presented do not establish the paper's central claim. My concern is not that the reported effects are necessarily absent, but that the combination of statistical tests that do not account for possible positive bias, a cross-validation scheme that may not guarantee generalization across stimuli, a key region that coincides with a motion-sensitive area, and gender labels that were never validated against participants' own perception leaves too many open questions for the results to be evaluated as they stand.

      (10) I would add one broader consideration. Perceived gender is likely to depend on culture and to vary across individuals. A binary male/female contrast in 22 participants, without evidence that those participants perceived the stimuli as the authors intended, is a narrow operationalization of a construct that is unlikely to be so simple. Even if the analyses were fully sound, caution would be warranted in generalizing from this design to claims about how the brain universally represents gender.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this paper, Pal and colleagues propose a mechanistic unification of two influential accounts of inter-areal communication: communication through coherence and communication subspaces. A major strength of the paper is that it does not treat coherence and communication subspaces as independent phenomena, as typically done, but instead derives both from the same circuit with divisive normalization. In this framework, noise-driven fluctuations around the normalized fixed point determine covariance and cross-power structure (which, in retrospect, makes so much sense to be related). Then, they show how these determine linear prediction performance and the effective dimensionality of the communication subspace. They also show (however not very visually, see recommendation below for a figure) how divisive normalization is crucial to shape inter-areal coherence and the dimensionality of communication.

      I found this conceptual contribution potentially very influential, but somewhat obscured by the technical complexity of the model. The central intuition (I think) is that recurrent normalization can organize cross-area fluctuations, both frequency-specific correlations and cross-covariances. Took me a while to grasp this insight, mostly because I was stuck with the model details. Note that I have some experience with network dynamics, but not with this particular model.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors extend the ORGaNICs framework (a recurrent circuit that dynamically implements divisive normalization) to connected cortical areas with explicit top-down feedback. Because the network has a known analytical fixed point that coincides with (or closely approximates) the normalization equation, the authors can linearize about that fixed point and derive closed-form expressions for the power spectral density, inter-areal coherence, and communication subspaces. Using a two-area instantiation (V1 & V2) with a single fixed parameter set and no data fitting, they show the model reproduces: (i) contrast-response functions with steeper slope V2; (ii) gamma-band power and coherence peaks that shift to higher frequency with contrast; and (iii) a low-dimensional inter-areal communication subspace that is lower-dimensional than the within-area subspace. They derive parallel predictions of what happens by changing model parameters: feedback gain enhances inter-areal and suppresses within-area communication, and normalization is necessary for both the oscillatory dynamics and the reduced subspace dimensionality. A three-area extension (V1&V4, V1&V5/MT) is used to argue that differential top-down feedback can dynamically route functional connectivity.

      Strengths:

      (1) Analytical tractability: Deriving power spectra, coherence, and communication-subspace structure in closed form from a known fixed point is genuinely valuable.

      (2) Conceptual unification: Framing coherence and communication subspaces as arising from the same normalization-driven dynamics is an elegant and useful contribution.

      (3) Breadth from few assumptions: A large range of phenomena (contrast gain, gamma dynamics) emerges from normalization-based model assumptions.

      (4) Biological grounding: The mapping of model variables onto identified cell types connects the abstract computation to known cortical microcircuitry.

      (5) The prediction that input-gain versus feedback-gain modulation produce distinct spectral signatures gives experimentalists a clear way to test the framework.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Comparisons are qualitative, not quantitative: The theory/experiment panels are visual side-by-side comparisons. There is no quantitative goodness-of-fit for any predictions.

      (2) The simulations use τ ≈ 1 ms for all cell types, which the authors acknowledge is unrealistically short; realistic values would shift the gamma peaks to lower frequencies.

      (3) Divisive normalization is a special case and is recovered exactly only for the identity recurrent matrix (self-normalization). Some statements that the circuit implements divisive normalization exactly need softening.

      (4) The element-wise (multiplicative) interaction in the modulator dynamics is not tied to a specific cellular mechanism.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary

      The work of Pal and colleagues considers a hierarchical and multi-population version of the "oscillatory recurrent gated neural integrator circuits" (ORGaNICs) model, showing through analytics that the model captures multiple relevant experimental results: first of all, its oscillatory dynamics produce a profile with high resemblance to experimental results, both in terms of decay of power at high frequency and in terms of shifting peak as a function of stimulus contrast. Second, inter-areal communication subspace dimensionality is lower than within-area dimensionality. The authors then proceed to further characterize the model's response properties as a function of input and feedback gain. In particular, they find that frequencies transmitted with higher strength also carry more information, that changing gain modifies the dimensionality of communication subspaces, and that these properties can be used in a three-layer model, where an upstream area can select which downstream area to communicate to, based on the strength of feedback gain.

      Strengths

      This work demonstrates that a single-circuit model with normalization properties can capture both the oscillatory dynamics and the inter-areal communication properties measured in cortical circuits, matching multiple experimental results. The full analytical tractability of the model is highly advantageous, allowing for easier exploration of parameters, replicability, and effective interpretations of results compared to purely numerical approaches.

      The work also makes a useful conceptual link between normalization, coherence-based communication, and subspace-based communication. In particular, it shows how both phenomena can emerge from the same circuit dynamics, where normalization is a key factor.

      Interestingly, the model is also extended to multiple areas, showing how attention (in the form of changes in feedback gain) can synchronize the activity of a downstream area with one of two upstream areas, thus effectively selecting which area to communicate with.

      In general, this is an interesting computational framework and a useful starting point for future modeling work. A particular strength is that it connects normalization, oscillatory dynamics, coherence, and communication subspaces within one analytically tractable model, making it possible to generate mechanistic hypotheses about when inter-areal communication should be stronger, lower-dimensional, or preferentially routed through feedback.

      Weaknesses

      Although I see the analytic approach as a strength, at the same time I regard the lack of any numerical comparison as a big weakness. Circuit simulations would not only confirm the correctness of the analytics, but also offer further insights on the error margins and on the regimes where the analytics are valid. This is because, to my understanding, the analytics are based on a linear approximation around the operating regime, which means deviations might be expected, especially for high gain levels in the input, or in the feedforward and feedback pathways.

      Another problem is that the analytically tractable model seems to rely on effective connectivity weights that break Dale's law. Numerical simulations with explicitly modeled excitatory and inhibitory units might give insights into effects due, e.g., to the additional transmission delays mentioned in the Discussion.

      Another weakness is the use of the term "predictions" to indicate features of the model dynamics that are purely described in the context of the model parameters. Although the model's response properties may certainly lead to predictions, I think the term requires a better contextualization in terms of neurophysiology and experimental neuroscience. The Discussion draws very interesting and valuable bridges between neuron morphology, interneuron types, and model parameters. But it seems it's left to the reader to backtrack and figure out which biological mechanisms or experimental manipulations should correspond to changes in input or feedback gain, and how these should be distinguished from possible changes in feedforward gain.

      Relatedly, the manuscript places substantial emphasis on modulation of feedback gain, but does not comparably explore modulation of the feedforward gain, β2, which regulates the V1-to-V2 drive. This seems important because changes in feedforward gain could also influence communication subspace dimensionality and oscillatory dynamics. Therefore, predictions related to top-down feedback modulations should be taken with a grain of salt.

      Last but not least, the model dynamics are split among multiple elements and nonlinear interactions, reaching a level of complexity far higher than the other ORGaNICs formulations present in the literature. The authors derive these dynamics in the supplementary material, as a dynamical system that converges to a fixed-point solution that includes "exact divisive normalization". I wonder, however, if there could be simpler solutions that also produce normalization, either approximate or in a different form than the one proposed by the authors. Note also that the designation of "excitatory neurons" is misleading: despite the presence of two explicitly inhibitory populations, the "excitatory" units also interact with negative effective weights both recurrently and in the inter-areal interactions, thus breaking Dale's law.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Pang et al. investigated the expression pattern of the transcription factor foxQ2II in an adult beetle brain. They find nine distinct clusters, with many neurons expressing Glut/ChaT and dopamine. Some of the dopamine neurons resemble cell types described in Drosophila. Several neurons seem to project to prominent higher brain regions such as the MB and CX, and might even connect to both.

      Strengths:

      The authors use state-of-the-art labeling techniques for the analysis of individual cell types, such as beetle brainbow, to investigate the until now unknown expression of the transcription factor in the adult beetle brain.

      Rigorous cell reconstruction and image analysis revealed a better understanding of the anatomy of the labeled cells.

      Weaknesses:

      The brainbow labeling seems to include all cells labeled by the enhancer trap line, as well as the ones not expressing foxQ2II. Thus, it is unclear how useful this data is to compare individual cells to other insects.

      The functional relevance of this transcription factor in the adult brain cell is still unknown. It is therefore unclear if the described neurons have any specific function and if they require this transcription factor for normal function.

      Overall, the neural reconstructions are missing single-neuron details; it is difficult to compare the shown cell types to specific cell types in Drosophila based on the presented data, and this finding remains speculative.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors provide the first thorough profiling of neurons in Tribolium characterized by the expression of the transcription factor foxQ2, which will be useful for developmental neurobiology. They use state-of-the-art methods convincingly to not only identify the neurons, but also to further characterize them anatomically and neurochemically.

      Strengths:

      Thorough and meticulous application of state-of-the-art anatomical methods in a non-standard laboratory organism.

      Weaknesses:

      No weaknesses were identified by this reviewer.

      Comments:

      I don't really have any major suggestions at all. Loved the work.

      There is only one tiny nitpicking aspect:

      P21: "Biogenic amines are involved in learning and memory and setting arousal threshholds (Davis, 2023), which are functions performed by the mushroom bodies and related to the function of the central complex in goal directed navigation, respectively."

      MBs mainly process olfactory memory. At least in Drosophila, most other kinds of memories are being supported elsewhere.

      https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/10454381/

      such as, e.g., visual pattern learning in the CX

      https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/16452971/

      or motor learning in motor neurons

      https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/38779314/

      or ventral ganglion, antennal lobes, and median bundle for place learning:

      https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/10706599/

      If the authors focus on MBs, this sentence ought to reflect the fact that the function of the MBs is much narrower than the current sentence appears to suggest.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Esfahany et al. describe a new platform (Toothy) to identify and analyze dentate spikes and sharp wave ripples from silicon probe electrophysiology data. The goal is to facilitate and standardize the extraction of DS1 and DS2 events, which have highly variable properties across recordings from different labs. The manuscript describes the basic workflow of the Toothy pipeline, including loading data, assigning channels along a linear probe, customizing parameters, selecting ideal channels for analysis, and classifying DS1 and DS2 events.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is clear and easy to follow and does a good job of describing the platform. Overall, this will be a useful analysis pipeline that can help to standardize DS analysis across labs and datasets.

      Weaknesses:

      The current version has several bugs that prevent analysis, and the documentation of analysis parameters needs to be improved.

      (1) In limited testing, the pipeline had several bugs, and I was not able to complete the full analysis of a dataset. Loading data from .mat or .npy files gave errors (it seemed that the metadata was not loaded correctly from the pop-up window). I was able to load a .nwb file, which worked well. The probe configuration tool was a bit difficult to understand, and there was not much documentation to help, although it worked when simply entering the x-y coordinates of the channels. It also crashed several times while trying to make a probe configuration due to it trying to save when a small typo was briefly entered. The initial analysis worked well, and the auto-selected channels matched our recording notes and seemed appropriate. DSs and ripples were extracted. An error came when trying to classify DSs, and the program repeatedly crashed across a variety of parameters. Overall, parts of the pipeline worked well, but others had significant bugs that need to be addressed.

      (2) The authors should provide test data that can be run through the pipeline. Ideally, this could use a variety of data types, probes, and conditions so that it is clear how they differ.

      (3) There are a lot of parameters that can be adjusted, but very little information about how they are chosen and what goes into parameter selection for a dataset. Additional documentation with more information on adjustable parameters, channel selection, and best practices would help improve the utility of the tool. Ideally, this could also integrate citations (either in the manuscript or documentation) to support some of the choices made during parameter selection.

      (4) There is no validation presented against other analysis methods or datasets. While there is no ground truth of when DSs occur, this may limit the ability of this tool to become the standard for DS analysis. A section comparing the analysis used in the pipeline to other published analyses would be helpful.

      (5) In the manuscript, it would be helpful to further describe the rationale for initially detecting DSs and SPW-Rs on all channels, when they are network events that occur across channels.

      (6) A section on what hardware and software are necessary to run the pipeline should be added.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work provides an open-source, Python-based, graphical user interface for curating the detection and classification of dentate spikes (DSs) from hippocampal local field potential (LFP) recordings. The tool may also be used to detect, but not classify, sharp wave-ripples (SPW-Rs). The tool utilizes previously published Python packages for loading LFP files and creating experiment-specific probe objects. Detection and classification parameters are clearly defined and logged in a parameter file before starting processing. Once LFP data has been mapped to the probe object, event detection occurs across all channels. DSs are detected as qualifying peaks in the filtered DS band LFP, while SPW-Rs are detected as qualifying peaks in the filtered ripple band amplitude envelope. An initial curation step allows visualization of the LFP, instantaneous current source density (CSD), and depth-by-frequency band power plots for determining the approximate channel locations of key anatomical regions (i.e., CA1, the hippocampal fissure, and the hilus of the dentate gyrus). The optimal channel for detection is further refined in the next step by comparing event waveforms and quality metrics across channels. Artifacts and noisy waveforms can also be manually excluded during this step. Finally, DSs detected from the optimal channel are classified by computing the CSD profile around events and then clustering the first two principal components of all CSDs. The authors claim that this customizable tool will standardize DS detection and classification.

      Strengths:

      Toothy's detection and classification algorithms are appropriate and well-validated in the literature. The ability to change many parameters, the CSD calculation method, and clustering algorithm is helpful for precise replication of methodology that has varied previously. Default parameters optimized for mouse recordings provide a standardized starting point for rodent researchers.

      The authors' commitments to transparency and user-friendliness are to be commended (e.g., clear instructions, defined and logged parameters, multiple visualization options, etc.) and are likely to be appreciated by new users. Researchers with little-to-no coding experience should find this tool especially powerful for jumpstarting their own DS analyses.

      While not the focus of the paper, the capability to detect SPW-Rs provides an additional use case for Toothy and streamlines simultaneous analysis of SPW-Rs and DSs.

      Weaknesses:

      I encountered unexpected errors while trying to load LFP data into Toothy for testing, indicating that the "data ingestion" stage of Toothy requires minor code revision.

      Toothy's utility for recordings that do not produce an LFP depth profile is unclear. According to the authors, Toothy allows probe designs with irregular spatial sampling (e.g., tetrodes) to be used. However, recording from a linear probe with electrodes spanning from approximately the hippocampal fissure to the hilus of the dentate gyrus is required for Toothy's full functionality. For example, Toothy uses a DS type classification algorithm that relies on sufficiently sampled CSD depth profiles that tetrode recordings cannot provide. As such, usage is currently restricted to detection only for certain recording setups.

      The documentation on Toothy's output could be improved. Specifically, the work does not state which files different data are saved to or list the properties saved per detected event. Furthermore, the work does not discuss the potential importance of DS properties that are saved besides those related to the timing of the DS and its type.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Esfahany et al present a novel, UI-based tool to detect dentate spikes from hippocampal local field potential recordings, called Toothy. Toothy is easily accessible, compatible with many popular recording formats, and guides users entirely via UI through the dentate spike curation and analysis process. The functional and interactive visualizations enable users to gain a detailed understanding of their data and rigorously analyze dentate spike phenomena. This tool will be broadly useful for anyone who studies hippocampal electrophysiology. Furthermore, by expanding access to dentate spike analysis, it may encourage more scientists to explore this understudied but critical phenomenon.

      Strengths:

      (1) Toothy provides several ways for users to interact directly with parameters, revealing the ramifications of these choices. Most parameters are adjustable and made obvious via a UI panel. Their effects are then visualized across channels and individual events. This will help users think critically when selecting parameters.

      (2) Toothy is fully UI-based and pip-installable, lowering the barrier to entry far below what most electrophysiology analysis tools offer.

      (3) The channel selection tool is broadly useful for identifying DG hilus and CA1 pyramidal locations. Since subregional and laminar localization of electrode sites is critical to correctly interpret hippocampal recordings, this tool could be more generally used to identify site locations across the hippocampus.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The rationale behind parameter choices is not explained. In order to function "not as a black-box detector", as the authors state, all initial parameter choices should be explained with citations. If possible, these citations would also be available from Toothy directly, alongside citations describing alternative parameter choices. This will help users make informed choices. For instance, a user analyzing data from rats would need to adjust the default ripple frequency band upwards (150-250Hz), and would benefit from guidance to adjust this properly.

      (2) The Results describe the functions of Toothy from the perspective of the user, but there is no Methods section describing what Toothy does between UI displays. This would allow readers to compare the tool directly to analysis pipelines as described in the Methods sections from other papers. Particular attention should be paid to justifying the analysis decisions that cannot be changed by the user, such as detecting events off of a single representative channel instead of across a consensus of multiple channels.

      (3) It's unclear whether or how Toothy evaluates data quality to confirm that its analyses return interpretable results. At a minimum, the tool should confirm adequate sampling rate (e.g. <=1kHz) and inter-site spacing for CSD (e.g. <=50um).

      (4) The paper does not put Toothy into context among the other common open-source electrophysiology analysis toolboxes. Consider Rippl-AI (Navas-Olive & Rubio et al, 2024) or pynapple (Viejo et al, 2023), to give a few examples. The paper would be strengthened by addressing how Toothy extends beyond the capacities of these other tools and how Toothy can be integrated into a workflow that also uses these other tools.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In natural visual behavior, such as when one is looking for a face in the crowd, the eyes are moved from site to site, seeking possible matching targets. This involves attention both to the current view at center of vision (the foveal location) as well as to upcoming views via attention to targets in the periphery. While it has been established that attention generally enhances neuronal response (compared to simple visual activation) at the attended spatial location, this study provides solid evidence that attention during active visual search leads to neuronal response enhancement only when the eye moves towards targets that exhibit the desired feature and category. This study thus moves the field towards understanding the neural encoding of active vision.

      This study examines the neuronal basis of feature selective attention during active, freely behaving visual search. Traditional electrophysiological studies on visual attention in monkeys commonly used an eye fixation with covert attention paradigm, but have not sufficiently addressed the roles of both foveal and peripheral attention in play during natural looking behavior. Here, the authors present a novel paradigm in which, during eye movement mediated search neuronal receptive fields are recorded in multiple cortical areas (sensory V4, temporal and prefrontal areas). In this manner, as the eye foveates, items in the array fall into foveal or non-foveal recorded sites. Thus, the experimental paradigm is elegant, offering the opportunity to make multiple types of comparisons: target/distractor, towards/away from fovea, areal. Specifically, following a category cue (face, house, hand, flower), freely initiated saccades are made to locate a categorically matching 'target' in an array of distractors. Feature attention is assessed by comparing eye saccades made to targets vs to distractors. Spatial attention is assessed by comparing saccades made 'towards' vs 'away' from targets. Statistics are rigorous and nicely designed. Detailed association of simultaneously obtained eye movement sequences and neural parameters are well done. These are valuable data which will contribute to our understanding of attentional modulation in visual search.

      The significance of these findings is fundamental. Decades of attention research in vision have been based on the paradigm of visual fixation and covert peripheral attention. However, increasingly the field has moved towards understanding how the visual system works during active vision. Here, the authors use an active visual search paradigm and record from key mid-tier (V4) and higher order (IT, PFC) areas. They find enhancement of attention both in the foveal and peripheral locations, and, furthermore, marked by a high degree of feature and categorical specificity. That is, while attention generally enhances neuronal response (compared to simple visual activation) at the attended spatial location, this study provides solid evidence that attention during active visual search leads to neuronal response enhancement only when the eye moves towards targets that exhibit the desired feature and category. This provides valuable data for the concept of a foveal-peripheral spatiotemporal attentional window in natural vision. The controls (comparisons of neuronal response during looks to targets vs distractors and looks towards and away from the target) and statistical rigor make these findings compelling. There will likely be additional future impacts of this study. For example, the eye movement patterns collected in this study may also provide a valuable dataset for future study of understanding search strategies. Goal-directed vs non-goal-directed task comparisons could be designed to test possible circuit models. Although much remains unknown regarding how and where frontal and temporal signals are integrated during active search, these data contribute important guideposts for future models of active visual search.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, the authors investigate the role of attention in foveal processing during a naturalistic task. They record neural activity from extrastriate visual areas V4 and inferotemporal cortex, as well as from the lateral prefrontal cortex, in macaques performing a free-gaze visual search task. In this task, animals searched for a face or house target among multiple complex stimuli, with no constraints on eye movements. Unlike classic studies of visual attention, which often rely on controlled fixation, this work examines neural activity in both foveal and peripheral receptive fields during naturalistic eye movements.

      The main question addressed by the authors is how feature-based attention is distributed and coordinated across foveal and peripheral visual fields during active search, and how this attentional processing influences saccade behavior. The authors show that foveal units in visual areas exhibit feature-based attentional enhancement, with stronger responses when a fixated stimulus is a target compared to when the same stimulus serves as a distractor. Peripheral units in visual and prefrontal areas show both feature-based and spatial attentional modulation, consistent with prior work. Finally, the authors show that attentional modulation depends primarily on stimulus category rather than response magnitude, with neurons showing similar enhancement for all images within the target category regardless of how strongly individual images drive the cell.

      There are several notable strengths of this paper including:

      (1) Disentangling feature-based and spatial attention during naturalistic vision remains a central challenge. This paper tackles both simultaneously, parsing neural populations by object selectivity (face-selective, house-selective, non-selective) and RF position (foveal vs. peripheral).

      (2) The unconstrained search task (Fig. 1A) moves beyond the dominant fixed-gaze, cued-attention designs (Zhou & Desimone, 2011) to study attention as it operates during natural behavior, with sequential fixations and voluntary saccades.

      (3) The scale of the multi-area recordings is a major strength and is well aligned with current trends in primate and human neuroscience toward large-scale, multi-area recordings. Simultaneous recordings from visual and prefrontal areas, comprising over 4,900 foveal units and more than 1,500 peripheral units, enable meaningful cross-area latency comparisons and area-specific analyses of attentional modulation. This study builds on the authors' previous analyses of this dataset by expanding the scope to show that feature-based attention generalizes across neuronal classes and operates on categorical identity rather than response magnitude.

      (4) The combination of simultaneous multi-area recordings and a rich behavioral paradigm provide a dataset that is well suited for population decoding, cross-area interaction analyses, and trial-by-trial prediction of saccade choices, which could substantially deepen mechanistic understanding beyond the largely univariate comparisons presented here.

      While the data broadly support the paper's main conclusions, several issues limit the strength of the mechanistic interpretation and should be taken into consideration:

      (1) Receptive field size is not explicitly quantified and may confound foveal-peripheral comparisons. Units are classified as foveal or peripheral based on responsiveness to the cue versus the search array (Methods, p. 17), but the manuscript lacks essential information about receptive field sizes, eccentricities, and the number of search stimuli falling within each receptive field and related proper controls. This is critical because receptive fields in visual area V4 at foveal eccentricities are relatively small (Gattass et al., 1988; Desimone & Schein, 1987), whereas receptive fields in inferotemporal cortex can span several degrees to tens of degrees and often include the fovea (Op de Beeck & Vogels, 2000; DiCarlo & Maunsell, 2003; Zoccolan et al., 2007). Given the 2{degree sign} × 2{degree sign} stimulus size, multiple search items could potentially fall simultaneously within peripheral receptive fields. This introduces a potential confound, as attentional modulation is known to be strongest when multiple stimuli appear within a single receptive field (Reynolds et al., 1999). Although the authors acknowledge this issue for visual area V4 (p. 17), it is neither quantified nor controlled for. Without explicit receptive field mapping relative to the search array, comparisons between foveal and peripheral units, as well as between visual areas, are difficult to interpret cleanly.

      (2) Attentional modulation is difficult to dissociate from saccade planning and decision-related signals. The free-gaze paradigm enhances ecological validity but introduces a temporal confound: mean distractor fixation durations are approximately 156 ms (p. 9), while attentional effects emerge between 137 and 170 ms after fixation onset (Fig. 2). As a result, the reported attentional modulation coincides with preparation of the subsequent saccade. Neural activity measured in the primary analysis window (150-225 ms; p. 19) therefore likely reflects a mixture of visual, attentional, motor planning, target recognition, and behavioral relevance signals, all of which are known to modulate responses in visual areas at similar latencies (e.g., Chelazzi et al., 1998). Moreover, target fixations (~257 ms) and distractor fixations (~156 ms) occur on fundamentally different behavioral timescales, which may inflate apparent foveal attentional effects. While the authors suggest that these timing differences support the idea that foveal feature-based attention facilitates prolonged fixation on target stimuli, this interpretation is not fully supported by the current analyses. That said, the saccade-aligned analyses of peripheral units (Fig. S3) partially mitigate this concern by demonstrating that feature-based modulation persists through saccade execution.

      (3) The "attention-out" condition for spatial attention lacks directional control. In the spatial attention analyses (Fig. 4D-F), the "attention-out" condition appears to include all fixations followed by saccades directed away from the receptive field, regardless of saccade direction. This differs from classic spatial attention designs, which typically use controlled anti-saccades or saccades to fixed locations opposite the receptive field (e.g., Moore & Armstrong, 2003; Gregoriou et al., 2009). Saccades directed toward locations adjacent to, but outside, the receptive field may still partially engage spatial attention mechanisms near the receptive field via broad attentional fields or motor preparation gradients (Bisley & Goldberg, 2010). In addition, the "attention-out" condition likely contains a heterogeneous mixture of trials in which the stimulus in the receptive field is either a target or a distractor, since feature-based attention effects are derived from this same pool of trials. As a result, spatial and feature attention effects are not fully orthogonal, and variance related to feature attention may already be embedded in the spatial attention baseline.

      [Editors' note: the authors have provided responses to each of these points.]

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Based on previous work showing that viral evolution follows reproducible patterns in diverse animals, the authors sought to examine whether the antibody response operates under similar constraints. By analyzing over 17,000 B cells isolated from 6 monkeys at 3 different time points, the authors convincingly show that the immune response does follow specific patterns of responses to different classes of epitopes based on the infecting virus. Moreover, each of these clusters has characteristic (cross-) binding and neutralization properties. Importantly, these classes are independent of the underlying immunogenetics, which (as expected) vary significantly between monkeys. This last point is particularly relevant for vaccine design, as it means that immunogens may not need to be as narrowly focused on specific germline genes as previously thought.

      Strengths:

      The large number of B cells cultured for this study is a particular strength, as is the fact that they were isolated in an antigen-unbiased fashion. The experiments are well-designed and comprehensive.

      Weaknesses:

      The genetic element is a relatively minor component overall and more qualitative than quantitative. It would be nice to investigate other properties of the repertoire like CDRH3 length and possible public clones, as well.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Song et al. comprehensively analyzed the SHIV-infected macaque B cell repertoires and commonalities among their antibody responses, despite their diverse genetic background. They suggest these studies would inform HIV-1 vaccine design.

      Strengths:

      This study is well-designed and used proper analysis methods, and the figures are clear and effectively presented.

      Weaknesses:

      However, it tends to overstate its novelty and significance, emphasizing points that are relatively obvious (e.g., different classes of antibodies can recognize a common epitope) and appears to have been overwritten and unnecessarily fancy ("conceptually analogous to ecomorph evolution", "epitopic convergence"). Moreover, some limitations of the rhesus macaque model and the differences between bnAbs and nAbs should be discussed. That said, the underlying data are solid and important in their detail, and the manuscript will be a useful resource for HIV-1 vaccine and pathogen studies.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Foik et al. report that hypochlorous acid, a reactive chlorine species generated during host defense, activates the transcription of the froABCD in P. aeruginosa. This gene cluster had previously been associated with a potential role during flow of fluids and appears to be regulated by the sigma factor FroR and its anti-sigma factor FroI. In the present study, the authors show that froABCD is expressed both in neutrophils and macrophages, which they claim is likely a result of HOCl but not H2O2 production. Fro expression is also induced in a murine model of corneal infection, which is characterized by immune cells invasion. Expression of the fro system can be quenched by several antioxidants, such as methionine, cysteine, and others. FroR-deficient cells that lack froABCD expression during HOCl stress, appear more sensitive to the oxidant.

      Strengths:

      The authors provide a number of data supporting their claim that transcription of the froABCD system is induced by reactive chlorine species. This was shown by RNAseq, qRT-PCR, and through microscopy using a transcriptional reporter fusion. Likewise, elevated expression of froABCD was shown in vitro and in vivo, excluding potential in vitro artifacts. The manuscript, while mostly descriptive, is easy to follow and the data were presented clearly and convincingly. The authors have also been responsive to concerns from the previous review.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Line 10: "HOCl preferentially oxidizes....". Please consider modifying the language to: "the second-order rate constant of HOCl is significantly higher with Met/Cys compared to other aa."

      (2) I am not sure I completely understand Fig 1B. Is the promoter right upstream of yfp or is yfp located downstream of froA? If the latter is the case, wouldn't this be a translational fusion?

      (3) My previous comment regarding why fro expression is higher during phagocytosis in macrophages compared to neutrophils has been somewhat (albeit not convincingly), addressed by the authors in the response to the reviewer, but this discussion should be part of the manuscript as the macrophage data were shown.

      (4) Line 122: The statement "The degree of fro inhibition by 4-ABAH...." is incorrect unless the authors can provide experimental evidence. Fro expression is not upregulated because MPO is inhibited by 4-ABAH, which results in less hOCL production.

      (5) Can Supp Fig. 1 be quantified in a similar way it was done for HOCl to allow for a better comparison if HOCl or flow is the more potent inducer?

      (6) Overall, the fro expression (YFP/mCherry) seems highly variable for treatment with HOCl (Fig. 2C: ~65; 2D: ~20; why is fro expression 3x lower?

      (7) The authors should provide evidence that N-chlorotaurine can activate fro expression also. They said they weren't able to obtain chlorinated taurine, but this is quite simple to produce: PMCID: PMC1219228

      (8) Fig. 4 supplement 1: Please provide concentrations for the oxidants used in these experiments.

      (9) Lines 251/252: change to: upregulation of instead of in

      (10) Chaperones and other heat-shock genes are more upregulated in ∆froR, indicating elevated HOCl-mediated oxidative damage, which supports their findings.

      (11) Complementation of ∆froR is missing

      (12) Line 198: The growth experiment at 4 uM shows differences between WT and mutant, but at 2 uM cells showed already low fro expression due to cell death (which has not been proven by CFU counts). This discrepancy should at least be discussed.

      (13) The critical in vitro experiment is missing: does purified FroI get oxidized by HOCl and dissociated from FroR?

      (14) Lines: 350-355: The claim that the fro system is the first-line defense is unproven.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Foik et al. studied the regulation of the fro operon in response to HOCl, an oxidant derived from immune cells, especially neutrophils. They use a transcriptional fusion of YFP to the froA promotor in an mCherry expressing P. aeruginosa strain to determine fro-induction under the microscope. They use this system to study fro expression in medium, in the presence of neutrophils and macrophages, neutrophil-conditioned medium, and several chemical stimuli, including NaCl, HOCl, hydrogen peroxide, nitric acid, hydrochloric acid, and sodium hydroxide. They also use a corneal infection model to demonstrate that froA is upregulated in P. aeruginosa 20 h post infection and perform transcriptional analyses in WT and a froR mutant in response to HOCl.

      Strengths:

      Their data clearly shows that HOCl is a strong inducer of the fro Operon. Addition of HOCl-quenching chemicals together with HOCl abrogates the response. They also show that a froR mutant is more susceptible to HOCl than WT. Their transcriptomic data reveals genes under control of the FroR/FroI sigma factor/anti sigma factor system.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the presented evidence is mostly solid, some of their findings need to be evaluated more carefully; explaining the rationale behind some of the experiments might enhance the article; and some of the models proposed by the authors seem far-fetched, as outlined below:

      Unexpected outcomes and open questions for future research:

      (1) As outlined above, HOCl seems to be the main inducer of the fro operon. Interestingly, during interaction with immune cells, macrophages and neutrophils seem to induce a reporter gene under fro control in a similar manner, although macrophages are generally thought to produce less HOCl, when compared to neutrophils. May be this view needs to be revised, or another reactive species, produced by macrophages, can activate the fro operon as well.

      (2) HOCl is typically unstable in the presence of biomolecules. Nevertheless, medium conditioned by activated neutrophils is a strong inducer of the fro operon. The medium used by the authors for this experiment contains taurine, and, as the authors acknowledge, this taurine will likely react with HOCl to form the more stable taurine N-chloramine. Similarly, the MinA bacterial medium used to treat P. aeruginosa with HOCl directly also contains ammonium ions at mM concentrations, which could potentially react with HOCl to form monochloramine. It could be speculated that taurine N-chloramine and other chloramines are as effective as HOCl in activating the fro-operon.

      (3) The fro operon was originally described to be activated by shear stress ("flow-regulated operon"). How shear stress and HOCl-stress are related, or if fro activation by both stimuli is a coincidence, remains unclear. The authors propose a model, in which flow transports oxidizing molecules, which ultimately activate the fro operon. However, the initial work by Sanfilippo et al. (2019, Nat Microbiol) used plain LB medium in a fluidic chamber to induce the shear stress, which should be free of oxidants, and certainly of HOCl.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have addressed my concerns appropriately.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have considered and discussed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      The authors aim to use state-of-the art behaviour, imaging and connectome techniques to identify the neural interaction between sleep and long-term memory consolidation in the PAM-DPM circuits, a well-known dopaminergic pathway within Drosophila Mushroom Body.

      Strengths:

      The investigation follows a logical strategy to collect huge dataset of sleep, appetitive memory and live imaging. The authors identified and showed that activation of a PAM subset: alpha-1 reduces sleep quality and memory consolidation in a starvation dependant manner. The author also convincingly demonstrated the corresponding neuronal responses of DPM neurons following PAM alpha-1 activation, and the positive role of DPM neural activity in sleep and memory consolidation. Moreover, the new data provide TRIC-LUC provided better temporal resolution of neural activity correlates for PAMalpha1-DPM inhibition. Importantly, the author demonstrated that memory loss derived from PAM alpha 1 activation can be partly restored by ectopic sleep enhancement via feeding THIP at the memory consolidation period after training.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the revised version carries arguments to satisfy the reviewers' concern, the writing is now less cohesive. Crucially an explanation however remains required for the following experimental contradiction: the central observation of the study indicates that PAM alpha1 activation cause DPM inhibition which disrupt sleep and memory consolidation. Therefore, one would expect a reduced PAMalpha1 and increased DPM activities after memory training, but the authors found the opposite is true from now enhanced TRIC-LUC dataset. The authors indicate this data reinforce the inhibitory nature of PAM-alph1-DPM, but it does not explain why such a reduced DPM activity is observed after training.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Sleep plays a critical role in memory consolidation, but the neural mechanisms underlying this relationship remain incompletely understood. The authors examined a specific subset of PAM dopaminergic neurons, PAM-α1, and DPM neurons in Drosophila. These neurons have previously been implicated in memory, and DPM neurons have also been linked to sleep. The study explores whether this circuit provides a mechanistic link between sleep and memory consolidation.

      Strengths:

      The authors report several novel findings. Brief activation or inhibition of PAM-α1 neurons, or brief inhibition of DPM neurons during the first few hours after training, impairs 24-hour LTM. Notably, these brief manipulations disrupt sleep for many hours afterward, particularly during the night. The authors further show that perturbation of PAM-α1 and DPM neurons impairs sleep and appetitive memory consolidation under starvation conditions, and that pharmacological sleep induction during the night rescues the LTM defects. Together, these findings suggest that PAM-α1 and DPM neurons are involved in sleep regulation and LTM consolidation under starvation. These are important observations that advance our understanding of the circuits regulating sleep and memory consolidation.

      Weaknesses:

      Some claims require additional evidence or clarification.

      (1) Previous studies linking impaired memory to reduced sleep have primarily examined conditions involving severe sleep deprivation. In contrast, this manuscript argues that relatively modest decreases in total sleep, accompanied by sleep fragmentation, are sufficient to impair memory consolidation. It remains unclear whether sleep fragmentation of this magnitude is itself critical for LTM consolidation. An independent method for inducing comparably mild sleep loss and fragmentation would be needed to directly test this interpretation.

      (2) It is unclear why both activation and inactivation of PAM-α1 neurons produce similar effects on sleep and memory. In addition, MB299B-labeled neurons exert stronger effects on memory than MB043B-labeled neurons, whereas MB043B-labeled neurons have stronger effects on sleep. If sleep disruption is the primary driver of impaired memory consolidation, a stronger correspondence between the sleep and memory phenotypes might be expected. The authors speculate that MB043B may affect sleep through non-PAM neurons, but without identifying the relevant neurons, this remains speculative.

      (3) The complex schematic model (Fig. 12), with parallel circuits and unidentified neuronal groups, underscores the difficulty of interpreting the current data. In the "less activity" arm of the model, distinct circuits are proposed to regulate sleep and LTM, respectively, and DPM neurons are not included. This makes it difficult to reconcile the model with the central claim that the PAM-α1-to-DPM microcircuit links sleep and LTM consolidation.

      (4) The TRIC-LUC reporter system is not ideal for resolving dynamic changes in neuronal activity. Activity-dependent Ca²⁺ signaling must first reconstitute the TRIC transcriptional system, which then drives luciferase transcription, translation, and accumulation. The original characterization of TRIC indicates that TRIC signals accumulate and decay over several hours. Thus, the kinetics of the TRIC-LUC reporter should be interpreted cautiously, particularly when inferring transient or precisely timed changes in neuronal activity.

      (5) Including data from training under fed conditions would provide a more complete understanding of state-dependent neural activity and would help distinguish starvation-specific effects from more general circuit mechanisms.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Understanding the neural circuits that link sleep and memory remains a fundamental challenge in neuroscience. In this study, Lin Yan and colleagues investigate how dopamine signaling in Drosophila regulates long-term memory (LTM) formation in the context of sleep. They identify a specific microcircuit between protocerebral anterior medial dopamine neurons (PAM-DANs) and dorsal paired medial (GABAergic DPM) neurons that modulates memory consolidation. Their findings suggest that disrupting the basal activity of PAM-α1 neurons during early consolidation impairs LTM, with particularly pronounced effects under starvation conditions. Notably, sleep fragmentation caused by this disruption can be pharmacologically rescued, restoring LTM. These results provide compelling evidence how dopamine signaling plays a crucial role in linking sleep and memory, offering new insights into the underlying mechanisms.

      Strength:

      This study presents a well-executed investigation into sleep-memory interactions, utilizing a combination of connectomics, behavioral assays, functional imaging, and pharmacological manipulations. The authors convincingly demonstrate that the PAM-α1 and DPM circuit interact, highlighting a potential mechanism by which sleep influences memory consolidation. The anatomical and functional dissection of this circuit is of high interest to the field, and the study's integration of sleep and memory processes contributes significantly to our understanding of the role of dopamine in cognitive functions. Additional experiments investigating the contribution of MBON-α1 to the circuit, connectomic analysis together with a dissection of dopamine receptor function further strengthen the proposed circuit motif and its biological relevance.

      Weaknesses:

      While the study is well designed, presents compelling findings and has been further strengthened by additional experiments, some aspects remain unclear. The role of DPM neurons in memory consolidation seems not yet fully resolved, as different genetic approaches yield variable results. Furthermore, some manipulations impair memory without affecting sleep fragmentation - or vice versa, suggesting that the observed memory deficits cannot be explained solely by impaired sleep-dependent consolidation. It would also have been interesting to discuss potential mechanisms by which dopamine receptor-mediated cAMP signaling could lead to a reduction in Ca²⁺ signals. I am confident that these questions can be addressed in future studies.

      Conclusion:

      Overall, this study provides valuable new insights into how sleep and dopaminergic circuits interact to regulate memory consolidation in Drosophila and may reveal general principles underlying the neural regulation of memory.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents the "NoSeMaze", a novel automated platform for studying social behavior and cognitive performance in group-housed male mice. The authors report that mice form robust, transitive dominance hierarchies in this environment and that individual social rank remains largely stable across multiple group compositions. They further demonstrate that social dominance and aggressive behaviors, like chasing, are partially dissociable and that dominance traits are independent of non-social cognitive performance. The study includes a genetic manipulation of oxytocin receptor expression in the anterior olfactory nucleus, which showed only transient effects on social rank.

      Strengths:

      (1) Innovative Methodology:<br /> The NoSeMaze platform is a technically elegant and conceptually well-integrated system that enables fully automated, long-term monitoring of both social and cognitive behaviors in large groups of group-housed mice. It combines tube-test-like dominance contests, voluntary chase-escape interactions, and an embedded operant olfactory discrimination task within a single, ethologically relevant environment. This modular design allows for high-throughput, minimally invasive behavioral assessment without the need for repeated handling or artificial isolation.

      (2) Experimental Scale and Rigor:<br /> The study includes 79 male mice and over 4,000 mouse-days of observation across multiple group reshufflings. The use of RFID-based identification, automated data logging, and longitudinal design enables robust quantification of individual trait stability and group-level social structure.

      (3) Multidimensional Behavioral Profiling:<br /> The integration of social (tube dominance, proactive chasing), physical (body weight), and cognitive (olfactory learning task) measures offers a rich, multi-dimensional profile of each individual mouse. The authors' finding that social dominance traits and non-social cognitive performance are largely uncorrelated reinforces emerging models of orthogonal behavioral trait axes or "animal personalities".

      (4) Clarity and Data Analysis:<br /> The analytical framework is well-suited to the study's complexity, with appropriate use of dominance metrics, mixed-effects models, and permutation tests. The analyses are clearly explained, statistically rigorous, and supported by transparent supplementary materials.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Scope Limitations (Sex):<br /> The study is limited to male mice, which represents a common but problematic bias.

      (2) Ambiguity of Dominance as a Construct:<br /> While the study robustly quantifies social rank and hierarchy structure, the broader functional meaning of "dominance" remains unclear.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This convincing study builds on previously published findings in both mice and humans to advance quantitative insights into the coupling between noradrenergic activity fluctuations during mouse NREM sleep and heart rate fluctuations. The work reaffirms the presence of coordinated infraslow fluctuations in sigma power and heart rate during NREM sleep and that this coordination is enabled by noradrenaline-releasing neurons in the locus coeruleus. Also supporting previously published work in mice and humans, the authors describe a link between the strength of these infraslow fluctuations and memory consolidation in mice and humans.

      Strengths:

      A major finding of this study is the mechanistic insight it provides into the regulation of the previously understudied very-low-frequency (0-0.15 Hz) component of heart rate variability, and the demonstration, through elegant optogenetic bidirectional interference, that infraslow noradrenergic fluctuations are an underlying driving force. This finding will promote recognition of heart rate variability in sleeping mice as a read-out of neuronal activity patterns that control autonomic balance.

      Another strength of the study is its translational part, whereby the sigma power-heart rate coupling in mouse is used to identify a previously unrecognized correlation between such coupling and memory consolidation in humans. This widens the applicability of heart rate variability measures, highlighting their use as biomarkers for noradrenergic fluctuations and associated sleep-dependent memory consolidation.

      Weaknesses:

      The study impresses by the thorough parallel analysis of both mouse and human correlational data between electrophysiological and fluorescent activity measures of the sleeping brain. Further work will be needed to disentangle the mechanisms by which heart rate is regulated, notably the contribution of parasympathetic and sympathetic nervous systems, to establish the very low frequency heart rate variability in mice as a novel biomarker for noradrenergic dynamics in the sleeping brain.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Scheib et al. identify distinct calcium dynamics in the somata and tuft dendrites of layer 5 pyramidal cells in mice performing a licking task. Animals are trained to lick water ports on the left or right following an acoustic cue, and can adjust their targeting when the ports are displaced. For tongue premotor cortical neurons projecting to the ventromedial thalamus, calcium transients in tuft dendrites are tightly locked to the direction-instructive cue, while somatic calcium signals are more broadly dispersed and more frequently synchronized with tongue motion and port contact. Finally, when the targets are shifted, tufts exhibit a sparse but large corrective signal on an improperly-targeted first lick, and the changes in population activity in the tufts and somata differ after adaptation to the new port locations.

      Strengths:

      In my opinion, this is a very strong manuscript which reports several novel and significant observations, contains high-quality data and (for the most part) reasonable analyses, and is clear and well-written. Most prior studies of cortical sensorimotor processing have measured the output of neurons using extracellular recording - an approach which obscures potentially important signaling differences between neuronal compartments. This study leverages cutting-edge imaging techniques in mice to document large, time-dependent differences between calcium signals at cortical somata and tuft dendrites. This phenomenon could have major implications at the cellular level for synaptic plasticity, and at the systems and behavioral levels for motor adaptation.

      Weaknesses:

      At a conceptual level, the authors may wish to elaborate a bit on what sensorimotor computation they think the circuit is implementing, and how their results help explain this implementation. Several possibilities are raised: tuft activation could "prime" the pyramidal cells in advance of movement initiation (line 319ff), or could track errors to engage plasticity (line 351ff) and solve the credit assignment problem (line 362ff). It might be helpful to make one of these proposals more concrete with a computational model, but this is not strictly necessary. [The authors explain that they will address this with modeling work in subsequent research.]

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors set out to compare functional encoding in the tuft dendrites and somata of a specific cortical cell type during motor planning and learning.

      Strengths:

      The investigation of a specific projection type (L5 ET) is a strength that aids reproducibility and interpretation. The elegant approach to increasing the depth of field of dendritic imaging is another strength. The data analyses are largely clear in their methods, scope, and interpretation. The writing is extremely clear and appropriately referenced, with an excellent Introduction, in particular.

      Weaknesses:

      This work is largely observational, describing signals that might reflect computational transformations and/or instruct plasticity, but those possibilities have not yet been deeply investigated. The manuscript does a good job of laying out these as future directions.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This article by Scheib et al. investigates how layer 5 extratelencephalic (ET) neurons in the frontal cortex encode sensorimotor information during motor learning, focusing on differences between their apical tuft dendrites and somas. The authors alternated recordings among these ET neuronal compartments in the mouse anterior lateral motor cortex (ALM) during a cued directional licking task with a target port shift. They found that while tuft dendrites predominantly encode sensory cues, with a subset selectively active during corrective actions, somatic activity was more strongly associated with action timing. Additionally, learning induced divergent plasticity: tuft dendrites increased their selectivity but decreased response gain, maintaining stable net selectivity, whereas somas showed increased net selectivity early in learning. Together, these findings reveal distinct sensorimotor representations and learning-related plasticity in dendritic and somatic compartments, providing insight into how compartment-specific activity in the frontal cortex may contribute to motor skill acquisition.

      Strengths:

      The authors developed an innovative imaging approach and a comprehensive data analysis pipeline to address a knowledge gap in the literature. By alternating imaging of dendritic tufts and somas in the same animals, they compare compartment-specific activity during motor learning and identify distinct encoding of task variables and learning-related plasticity across these compartments. Interestingly, a subset of dendritic tufts shows activity associated with corrective actions. The findings are discussed in the context of current theories of dendritic computation, credit assignment, and motor learning, providing a useful foundation for future mechanistic studies.

      Weaknesses:

      No major weaknesses were identified.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The paper investigates how AVP modulates pancreatic alpha and beta cell activity using acute mouse pancreatic tissue slices, calcium imaging, hormone secretion assays, RNAscope, and newly synthesized receptor-selective ligands. The Authors report that AVP regulates islet cell activity in a glucose- and state-dependent manner, with maximal effects occurring within physiological AVP concentrations and a bell-shaped concentration-response profile. They conclude that V1b receptors are the principal mediators of these effects and propose that IP3 receptor-dependent signaling underlies the observed nonlinear responses.

      Strengths:

      The use of fresh pancreatic tissue slices preserves islet architecture and cell-cell interactions, providing a physiologically relevant experimental model compared with isolated islets or immortalized cell lines.

      The combination of live calcium imaging, hormone secretion measurements, RNAscope, and pharmacological characterization of newly synthesized receptor-selective ligands represents a technically comprehensive experimental approach that addresses AVP signaling from multiple complementary perspectives.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The central mechanistic model of the manuscript is not supported by the experimental data. Although the Authors repeatedly attribute the observed bell-shaped responses to IP3 Receptor activation and inactivation, no direct mechanistic evidence is provided to implicate IP3 receptors. Experiments assessing IP3 receptor function using genetic manipulation and direct measurements of IP3 signaling are necessary before such mechanistic conclusions can be drawn.

      (2) The Authors should directly demonstrate V1b receptor expression in β cells using complementary approaches, since the RNAscope data indicate broader expression but do not convincingly establish receptor localization within specific endocrine populations.

      (3) In my opinion, the central conclusion that V1b receptors are the predominant mediators of the observed effects is insufficiently supported because definitive loss-of-function experiments are lacking. Genetic deletion or selective silencing of V1b receptors should be provided to validate the proposed mechanism.

      (4) The heterogeneous responses observed among islets substantially weaken the proposed mechanistic model. Data should be provided to identify the determinants responsible for activation, absence of response, or inhibition in individual islets.

      (5) Please explain why the marked changes in alpha-cell calcium activity were not accompanied by corresponding alterations in glucagon secretion. This apparent discrepancy requires additional experimental evidence.

      (6) The Authors need to provide stronger evidence linking the observed calcium dynamics with insulin secretion, since calcium measurements alone cannot establish the proposed functional consequences.

      (7) Proper assays should be provided to assess whether the newly synthesized ligands exhibit comparable selectivity and efficacy at murine receptors rather than relying primarily on pharmacological characterization performed using human receptor-expressing cell lines.

      (8) The proposed absence of V1a receptor involvement is based primarily on pharmacological inhibition. Independent experimental approaches should be provided to exclude a contribution of this receptor subtype.

      (9) They must provide additional quantitative analyses demonstrating that the reported bell-shaped concentration-response relationship is robust across individual experiments rather than reflecting substantial biological variability.

      (10) The Authors should include experiments evaluating endogenous AVP signaling under more physiological conditions instead of relying predominantly on exogenous agonist administration.

      (11) I believe the role of forskolin deserves further clarification because many conclusions were obtained under cAMP-permissive conditions that may substantially influence AVP responses. Additional experiments without pharmacological cAMP stimulation should be presented.

      (12) Please clarify how beta cells and alpha cells were identified exclusively from functional activity patterns during calcium imaging and provide independent validation of cell identity within the analyzed recordings.

      (13) In my opinion, the manuscript relies heavily on changes in intracellular calcium activity as a surrogate for endocrine function, whereas the secretion data do not consistently support the proposed functional conclusions. Additional evidence is needed to establish a direct relationship between the observed calcium dynamics and hormone release.

      (14) The Authors should better reconcile their findings with previous reports showing minimal or absent AVP receptor expression in β cells and explain how the current data resolve these discrepancies rather than adding another possible interpretation.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper Drs. Kercmar, Murko and Bombek make a series of observations related to the role of AVP in pancreatic islets. They use the pancreatic slice preparation that their group is well known for. The observations on the slide physiology are technically impressive. However, I am not convinced by the conclusions of this manuscript for a number of reasons. At the core of my concern is perhaps that this manuscript appears to be motivated to resolve 'controversies' surrounding the actions of AVP on insulin and glucagon secretion. This manuscript adds more observations, but these do not move the field forward in improving or solidifying our mechanistic understanding of AVP actions on islets. A major claim in this manuscript is the beta cell expression of the V1b Receptor for AVP, but the evidence presented in this paper fall short of supporting this claim. Observations on the activation of calcium in alpha cells via V1b receptor align with prior observations to this effect and can explain the effects of beta cell calcium and insulin secretion better than an explanation where beta cells express functional V1BR, for which direct evidence is lacking.

      I have focused my main concerns below. I hope the authors will consider these suggestions carefully - please be assured that they were made with the intent to support the authors and increase the impact of this work.

      Strengths:

      The main strength of this paper is the technical sophistication of the approach and the analysis and representation of the calcium traces from alpha and beta cells.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) There are excellent data that indicate that the actions of AVP are mediated via V1bR on alpha cells and that V1bR is 1) not expressed by beta cells and 2) does not activate beta cell calcium at all at 10 nM - which is the same concentration used in this paper (Figure 4G) for peak alpha cell Ca2+ activation (see https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cmet.2017.03.017; cited as ref 30 in the current manuscript). Any published stimulatory actions of AVP on insulin secretion can be explained by the potentiating effects of glucagon, released in response to AVP stimulation of alpha cells.

      (2) The RNAscope data offered in the revision as a second line of evidence for the expression of the V1bR in beta cells do not convince. I applaud the authors for trying as these are hard experiments to do well, as evidenced from the Gcg RNAscope signal that is not at all concentrated in the islet periphery, and in fact both color puncta occur outside of the islet at similar density. Absent a convincing concentration of Gcg signal (which is a very abundant transcript in alpha cells), it is hard to depend on these results. They certainly do not substitute experiments to determine cell autonomous activation of isolated beta cells by AVP. Claim of beta cell expression of V1br, require a more direct demonstration by staining (if appropriate antibodies exist), by beta cell-specific deletion of V1br, or by documenting the direct calcium activation in isolated beta cells in the absence of alpha cells. This should include a demonstration of Gaq-dependence in isolated beta cells.

      (3) We know from bulk RNAseq data on purified alpha, beta, and delta cells from both the Huising and Gribble groups that there is no expression of V2a. I will point you to the data from the Huising lab website published almost a decade ago (http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.molmet.2016.04.007) - which is publicly available and can be used to generate figures (https://huisinglab.com/data-ghrelin-ucsc/index.html). They indicate the absence of expression of not only AVP2 receptors anywhere in the islet - but the lack of expression of V1bra, V1brb, and Oxtr in beta cells. These AVP/OXT receptor expression data are largely and helpfully confirmed by the efforts in this paper that involved the generation of the V1aR agonist and V2R antagonist.

      (4) Importantly, the lack of V1br from beta cells does not invalidate observations that AVP affects calcium in beta cells, but it does indicate that these effects are mediated 1) indirectly, downstream of alpha cell V1br or 2) via an unknown off-target mechanism (less likely). The different peak efficacies in Figure 4G would also suggest they are not mediated by the same receptor. The recent work by Huixia Ren and colleagues (PMID: 41916313) that demonstrates that glucagon accelerates the frequency of beta cell calcium is in line with such a scenario.

      (5) The use of forskolin across almost all traces complicates the interpretation of the results. The design does not account for the elevation of cAMP in alpha cells and subsequent release of glucagon - particularly upon co-stimulation with AVP which permits glucagon release by activating a calcium response in alpha cells. This glucagon then could activate beta cells. If resolving the mechanism of action is the goal, often less is more. The activation of Gaq-mediated calcium is not cAMP dependent (although the downstream hormone secretion clearly often is). As was shown, AVP does not activate calcium in beta cells in the absence of cAMP. The experiments should have been completed in the absence of cAMP/forskolin, which would likely have had different outcomes on the beta cell responses and to the hormone secretion.

      (6) It is motivated by a desire to 'study the AVP dependence of both alpha and beta cells at the same time'. As best as I can determine, the design choice to conduct most studies under sustained forskolin stimulation is related to the permissive actions of AVP on hormone secretion in response to cAMP-generating stimuli. The permissive actions by AVP that are cited are on hormone secretion - which in many cell types requires activation of both calcium and cAMP signaling. Whether the activation of V1br and subsequent calcium responsive is permitted by cAMP is unclear. I believe the argument the authors are making here is that the activation of beta cell calcium by AVP is permitted by forskolin. i.e. the cAMP stimulated by it in beta cells.

      (7) Figure 9 suggests a pharmacological activation of beta cell V1bR in the low pM range. How do the authors reconcile this compare with the apparent absence of an effect of AVP stimulation at low pM to low nM doses in beta cells (Figure 5A). I note that there are changes over time with sustained beta cell stimulation with 8 mM glucose, but these changes are relatively subtle, gradual and quite likely represent the progression of calcium behaviors that would have occurred under sustained glucose irrespective of these very low AVP concentrations. I will note that the Kd of the V1bR for AVP is around 1 nM, with tracer displacement starting around 100 pM according to the data in figure 6B, which is hard to reconcile with changes in beta cell calcium by AVP doses that start 10-100-fold lower than this dose at 1 and 10 pM (Figure 9).

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work aims to better understand the role of arginine vasopressin (AVP) in the control of islet hormone secretion. This builds on previous literature in this area reporting on the actions of AVP to stimulate islet hormones. The gap in literature being addressed by these studies is primarily focused on the glucose-dependency of AVP on both insulin and glucagon secretion. A secondary objective is to explore the role of individual receptors with the use of newly generated peptides and existing tools. The methods include the use of Ca2+ imaging in pancreas slices from mice, with additional outcomes including insulin secretion in some areas. The conclusions presented are that AVP acts through V1b receptors in both alpha- and beta-cells, that this activity occurs in the high cAMP environment, and is glucose dependent.

      Strengths:

      The area of research is emerging with plenty of room for new contributions. The concept of AVP stimulating islet hormone secretion is important and deserving of further insight. The use of pancreas tissue to image primary cells makes the experiments physiologically relevant. The advancement of novel tools in this area should be helpful to other groups investigating the actions of AVP.

      Comments on revised version:

      Overall, the authors have modified their conclusions to more accurately capture the results of this manuscript. They also add the significant limitations outlined in the review process to the Discussion. With the addition of new data, however, a few concerns have emerged.

      (1) The rational for showing somatostatin staining in Figure 1 a is unclear. It also does not appear to be the same region of interest as in panel B.

      (2) It is difficult to assess the success of the RNAscope with the representative image used in Figure 1b. It is surprising how low the Gcg signal is in this image, suggesting some optimization is required. Additionally, how many mice were used (biological replicates) and how many V1b receptor+ and Gcg+ cells per mouse were quantified for the RNAscope images? This must be indicated in the methods section and should be sufficiently powered to make a conclusion.

      (3) While the addition of insulin and glucagon secretions with AVP ramp provide a functional output to the calcium imaging, it is unclear why the measurements are sometimes log10 transformed (Figure 5 K and L) but not always (Figure 5E). It is difficult to interpret negative glucagon values. What is the functional output of the dose-dependent calcium response to AVP in alpha cells if it is not glucagon?

      (4) Finally, the highlights section has not been refined to the revised interpretations of the manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper develops a formalism for quantifying epidemic dynamics in terms of relative fitnesses of circulating variants, uses the formalism to elucidate fundamental tradeoffs of epidemics driven by variants with increased transmissibility versus immune escape capability, shows the formalism implies a natural quantity measuring the impact of selection on epidemic growth, and demonstrates that the formalism enables a decomposition of epidemic dynamics into circulation among different immunity groups. The relative fitness formalism enables these analyses to be performed with genetic sequence data only, a major benefit of the model given the relatively high availability of sequence data compared to other data streams such as case counts and titers.

      Strengths:

      Linking epidemic dynamics to pathogen evolution is a fundamental problem in studies of antigenically variable pathogens, with models of epidemic dynamics and immune-driven evolution going back decades in applications to respiratory pathogens such as influenza. The COVID-19 pandemic heightened the urgency for developing methods for quantifying epidemic growth in contexts where novel variants emerge, leading to differential susceptibility among individuals with diverse exposure histories with implications for vaccination strategies. Real-world data streams such as case counts and immunological measurements have a variety of shortcomings that pose major challenges for quantitative models aiming to inform policy. In recent years, genetic sequencing data has become widely available for pathogens including SARS-CoV-2 and influenza, allowing tracking of pathogen evolution at unprecedented detail in real time, yet biases in the collection of sequence data across different populations make connections between absolute epidemic size and variant frequencies from sequence data not immediately transparent.

      This paper's contributions are exciting because they demonstrate new ways to link pathogen evolution and epidemic dynamics using very accessible data. From a theoretical perspective, the model is appealing because of its simple derivation in terms of compartmental models of epidemics, which are standard in the literature, and its clear extension to populations with heterogeneous immune histories. The latter extension leads directly to new methods for inferring immune groups with differential susceptibility to antigenically distinct variants in populations with heterogeneous immune histories without access to immunological data such as titers, an important advance given the wide applicability of quantification of antigenic relationships among variants in real populations.

      Weaknesses:

      While the demonstrated methods for forecasting short-term epidemic growth and for quantifying population immunity using sequence data are exciting as proofs of principle, the validation and statistical support provided in the analyses have drawbacks that are not fully addressed in the manuscript, weakening the evidence for the usefulness of the methods in their current form.

      The analyses forecasting epidemic growth using Gaussian process models are justified using Pearson correlation coefficients whose values are extremely low for the test data period. The explanation given for this is that the case data used to validate the predictions has worse ascertainment over time, but it is not shown directly that the model may be working well despite the low correlations. Whereas, by eye, the predicted epidemic growth curves appear to capture features of the observed epidemic growth curves, the computed metrics don't support the claim of success of the predictions. Additionally, nearly all the model fits lack estimates of uncertainty, so it is not possible to discern the significance of departures between the model and data, or subtle differences in relative fitness calculations across geographies.

      The analysis of latent pseudo-immune components also suffers drawbacks that render it more of an interesting proof of principle than a convincing tool for prediction at this point. In particular, in figures S18 and S19, metrics meant to quantify the statistical significance of the results show no difference from null models computed by permuting variants and their escape vectors, yet no interpretation is given for the lack of significance. Moreover, the model fits relating titer distance to pseudo escape distance seem unsuccessful for JN.1 infection and XBB infection histories, which is not adequately accounted for in the text, which cites just "weaker correlations" in these cohorts.

      In several instances, the evidence for the new data analyses is weakened by a lack of clarity in the presentation of the technical details of the methods. For example, in the discussion of the Gaussian process models, it was not clear what features of the problem inform the choice of kernel (Matern 5/2), which hyperparameters were used, and how novel this use of Gaussian processes is. In the section describing methods for predicting epidemic growth rate from selective pressure, the discussion of the gradient boosting regressor model provided no intuition as to why this method performed better than the others tested or whether this was particularly important to the conclusions, and the lack of discussion of uncertainty or variability in the model predictions makes it difficult to assess the significance of the time series estimates alone. In the discussion of the latent immune factor model, the mismatch between the notation used in Equation 5 compared to that in Equation 18 made the derivations more difficult to follow. Subsequently, the explanation of the fitting of the pseudo-immune model left out details, such as an explicit definition of distance in pseudo-escape space, to what extent the group-level mean aggregated titer measurement captured features of the titer data (despite ignoring interindividual variability), and a thorough discussion of the successes and shortcomings of the fits in different scenarios. More explicit presentation of the mathematical choices going into the methods, sources and quantification of uncertainty, and cases where the model performs well or poorly could significantly bolster the case for the usefulness of sequence data in quantitatively predicting epidemic growth and antigenic relationships among variants in practice, in more general settings than those carried out here.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors first introduce a framework to understand how different phenotypic drivers of viral evolution, i.e., changes in transmissibility versus immune escape, complicate epidemic forecasting using only genetic data. To overcome these complications, they advance an evolutionary "selective pressure" metric to predict population-wide epidemic growth from genetic data alone. Separately, they introduce a latent space model to infer a "pseudo" population immune structure from geographic variation in viral lineage dynamics, and find that the inferred pseudo-structure predicts human serological data.

      Strengths:

      This paper begins with a useful pedagogical exposition on the connection between fitness-driven frequency dynamics and underlying mechanisms of viral-immune co-evolution. A major contribution of this paper - a method to infer variant-specific escape properties from geographically non-uniform variant frequency dynamics alone - is an interesting and potentially timely one, given the advance of sequencing-based surveillance.

      Weaknesses:

      The logical flow of the pedagogy part of the text works against the reader, which is problematic since it motivates the rest of the text. Moreover, some important modelling choices and procedures, particularly with respect to the selective pressure metric, are only cursorily described in the methods section. The lack of explanation and detail, especially relative to more simple choices that are seemingly motivated by the authors' own theory, makes it difficult to understand and therefore assess their validity and/or necessity.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study introduces a new analytical framework to analyze how viral variant frequencies change over time and in different locations. Two examples are given that demonstrate where this approach can be useful and where other approaches can be ambiguous in characterizing novel variants. The authors then demonstrate that the spatiotemporal dynamics of variant frequencies can be used to predict future epidemic growth rates and to investigate how variants differ in immune escape.

      Strengths:

      (1) Examples are provided that make the study accessible for a general audience.

      (2) The authors demonstrate that their approach is predictive both of overall epidemic growth rates and immunological distance between variants.

      (3) The approach introduced in this study can be readily applied to current and future epidemiological challenges that are similar to SARS-CoV-2 with respect to the relative evolutionary timescales wherever there is spatiotemporal heterogeneity in the susceptible population.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors conclude their abstract claiming that their method provides an early signal of epidemic growth. Can this be quantified? Could the authors perform retrospective analyses for sequences available through various cutoff times, identify how early significant new variants are detected, and compare this to other detection methods?

      (2) Analysis depicted in Figure 4 and Figure S9 could be explored further than speculatively attributing weak correlation to declining reporting rates for US states. Exploring how correlation between data and prediction varies over time during the test period might identify periods/events that explain weak correlation overall. The authors could explore predicting growth rates for estimated state prevalences rather than reported cases.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):<br /> <br /> Summary:

      This tumour type is missing from the big pan-cancer databases, so none of the popular online analysis tools works for it. That's a real gap, and it's the right one to go after. The authors build an online resource that gathers the scattered public molecular datasets for this disease, adds three of their own patient cohorts, ties everything to clinical data, and exposes interactive tools, downloads, and programmatic access so other people can build on it. To show what it does, they take one gene through the whole platform - clinical, gene-expression, protein, single-cell, immune, and drug-response and then test that gene in cell lines. So there are really two things on offer here: a resource and a practical example of using it. They land very differently.

      Strengths:

      The resource is the real contribution, and it's done with care. It covers 37 centres and nearly 2,000 samples across five kinds of molecular data, and the authors are honest about provenance: how they screened datasets in or out, where they recorded the diagnostic codes, and why they dropped ambiguous mixed-tumour collections. The key methodological decision is the right one; every analysis runs inside its own cohort, and the cross-cohort views are explicitly "for looking, not for combining." That's exactly how you should treat heterogeneous public data, and they say so plainly instead of quietly pooling everything. Their three pathologist-confirmed cohorts add genuine independent material, so this isn't a re-skin of data that already existed. And because the code and a public access point are actually available, the reuse claim holds.

      The example is internally consistent, which is what makes it persuasive. The gene reads higher in higher-risk patients across several independent cohorts and in their own protein data, tracks with the disease spreading and recurring, and lines up with worse survival. The single-cell data put it in the dividing cells; the pathway analysis points to proliferation. Three independent data types landing on the same proliferation story are the strongest part of the biology.

      Weaknesses:

      The honest problem is that the entire biological story rests on one gene, tested one way. The lab work is two cell lines with the gene knocked down, showing less growth and migration: there is no rescue to confirm the effect is real, no second gene to show the approach generalises, nothing in a living animal. That earns the modest claim: the resource can point you at a candidate worth testing. It does not earn the headline claim that the platform reliably generates good target hypotheses, because we only ever watch it succeed once. One example illustrates a workflow; it doesn't establish a method.

      Some of the statistics won't survive scrutiny. The clearest case is a perfect separation between treatment-resistant and treatment-sensitive cases from a single immune cell population, reported with no error bars, no check for information leakage, and apparently from very few samples. A perfect result in that setting is almost always overfitting or a small-sample artefact, not a strong classifier. The same pattern shows up elsewhere: small groups, p-values with no effect sizes or error bars, and no correction for the enormous number of features and cohorts being tested across the whole platform. Separately, one drug result is a correlation against a predicted sensitivity score from a model.

      The AI assistant gets far more weight than the evidence supports. Credit where due: the authors are clear and consistent that it only helps interpret and navigate, and never touches the data, the statistics, or the results. That's the correct line to draw, and they hold it. But the assistant itself is never tested, no accuracy numbers, no benchmark, no error analysis, no described way for a human to check what it produces. Calling it something that "fundamentally transforms the user experience" is an assertion, not a finding. And since even the literature feature is admitted not to be a proper systematic review, the prominence of the artificial-intelligence framing runs ahead of what's been shown.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      dbGIST appears to be the first dedicated multi-omics resource worldwide that is specifically focused on GIST.

      Strengths:

      The main value of the paper is not simply that the authors collected datasets, but that they built a usable resource around them, with cohort-aware analyses, curated clinical labels, interactive visualizations, downloadable results, selected API access, and an optional LLM-assisted interface. The work is solid, and the database is likely to be useful for GIST researchers interested in target discovery, cross-dataset validation, drug-response hypotheses, and translational follow-up.

      The MCM7 analysis is a reasonable use case. It shows how a user can start from one candidate gene and then move across transcriptomic, proteomic, clinical, single-cell, immune-related, drug-response, and experimental evidence. I do not see this as the main discovery of the paper, but rather as a practical demonstration of what the database can do. That is appropriate for a resource manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors should make the organization of the platform a little easier to follow. The manuscript refers to five primary omics layers, six omics-focused pages, and eight analytical modules. This structure is understandable after reading the relevant sections, but it may not be immediately obvious to readers. A brief clarification of how the omics layers, web pages, and analytical modules relate to each other would help.

      (2) Since dbGIST is a live web resource, the authors should provide a clear versioning statement. The manuscript should indicate which version of the database corresponds to the analyses and figures reported in the paper, and how future updates will be distinguished from the version evaluated here. This is a small point, but it matters for reproducibility.

      (3) The API function is a strength of the resource, but it is still described rather generally. The authors should give more concrete documentation of what can be accessed through the API, what inputs are required, and what type of output is returned. This could be placed in the supplementary materials. It would make the database more useful for computational users.

      (4) The manuscript should clarify the status of downloadable data. It is clear that figures, source-data tables, and selected derived outputs are available, but it is less clear whether the full processed matrices used internally by the platform are downloadable or only maintained for deployment. This distinction should be stated plainly.

      (5) The statistical reporting in the MCM7 clinical-association analyses needs a little more care. Several p-values are shown across different cohorts and clinical variables. The authors should state whether these are nominal p-values or adjusted p-values. If they are nominal, that is acceptable for a resource demonstration, but the exploratory nature of the analyses should be made clear.

      (6) The ROC analyses for imatinib response should include sample sizes, and confidence intervals for AUC values would be useful if available. Some of the AUC values are high, and without group sizes, it is difficult to judge how stable those estimates are. The authors should avoid implying that these ROC results are validated predictive models.

      (7) The interpretation of MCM7 should be slightly more cautious. MCM7 is a well-known DNA replication and cell-cycle gene, and the single-cell analyses seem to support its association with proliferative cell states. This is biologically consistent, but it also means that MCM7 expression should not be presented as tumour-cell-specific without qualification. The manuscript should frame it mainly as a proliferation-associated signal in the current analysis.

      (8) The drug-response section would benefit from a clearer explanation of the response metric. The authors report correlations between MCM7 expression and predicted response to C6-ceramide, but readers need to know whether the predicted value represents IC50, AUC, sensitivity score, or another metric. The direction of interpretation should also be made explicit, since a negative correlation can mean different things depending on the scoring system.

      (9) The single-cell annotation would be more convincing if the authors provided a compact marker-gene summary for the major cell types in each single-cell cohort. The current description of annotation by source labels, marker inspection, and manual curation is reasonable, but users of the database would benefit from seeing the marker evidence behind the labels.

      (10) The experimental validation section should include a few routine details that are currently not easy to find. The siRNA sequences or target regions, number of biological replicates, statistical tests for the CCK-8 and wound-healing assays, and details of wound-closure quantification should be reported. These additions would make the in vitro part more reproducible.

      (11) The wound-healing result should be interpreted with caution. Since MCM7 knockdown reduces proliferation, reduced wound closure could reflect changes in proliferation, migration, or both. Unless proliferation was controlled during the wound-healing assay, the authors should avoid describing this result as purely migratory.

      (12) The LLM-related claims should remain conservative. The assistant is a useful feature for navigation, plain-language explanation, and user support, especially for clinicians or wet-lab researchers. However, the strongest statements about the LLM transforming interpretation or automating analysis should be toned down. The important point is that the LLM layer helps users interact with the resource, while the numerical analyses come from predefined dbGIST modules.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The dbGist dataset/tool would provide substantial value to the cancer research community.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript presents dbGIST, a dedicated GIST-focused multiomics resource integrating data from 37 centers and ~2k samples across genomics, transcriptomics, proteomics, phosphoproteomics, and single-cell transcriptomics. Given that GIST is virtually absent from major cancer genomics consortia (TCGA, ICGC), this resource fills a genuine gap and represents a valuable contribution to the GIST research community.

      (1) The MCM7 case study effectively demonstrates the platform's utility, linking a resource-derived candidate to survival outcomes.

      (2) The LLM-assisted interface (dbGIST Assistant) is a reasonable addition for accessibility, lowering the barrier for clinicians and wet-lab researchers, who may not always have the skill set required for proper data analysis, especially for a rich and wide dataset like the dataset in question.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Data deposition (major):

      While the manuscript references public accessions for raw source datasets and provides a GitHub repository for code, it remains unclear where the **curated, harmonized data matrices** - which represent the core value-add of this work - are independently deposited. Access to these processed data appears to depend entirely on the dbGIST web interface and API. The authors should deposit the harmonized matrices in a persistent, general-purpose repository to ensure long-term availability independent of the web platform.

      (2) LLM agent capabilities underspecified:

      The manuscript would benefit from a clearer description of the assistant's capabilities and boundaries. Specifically, what tools or actions are available to the LLM agent? Can it execute code against the underlying data, trigger analytical modules programmatically, or is it limited to natural-language explanation of pre-computed results? Clarifying this would help readers assess the scope of the AI layer and distinguish it from agentic platforms that perform computation on behalf of the user.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Waterman et al. describes the development of a mathematical model that quantifies plant volatile emissions dynamics in response to mechanical/biotic stress. Model outputs were based on volatile emission measurements from maize plants using PTR-MS. Modeling revealed differences in emission patterns dependent on the intensity of wounding damage, application of herbivore oral secretions, age of leaf, circadian clock, and genotype. Differences were also observed between different types of volatiles, and the response curves somewhat correlated with expression patterns of biosynthetic genes. Moreover, the model showed priming effects from overlapping response curves upon multiple wounding events.

      Strengths:

      As a non-expert in modeling, this reviewer assesses the work from a broader point of view. Overall, I consider this model to be useful for other researchers to quantify volatile emission dynamics for their plant system. Generating the models does not seem to be overly complicated as long as emissions can be measured with a real-time system such as PTR-MS, which is costly and not available to every lab. The advantage of this approach is that it does not rely on parameters of underlying enzymatic pathways or transport processes. The authors claim that it can be easily applied to other biological responses.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript lacks a deeper discussion of how the model can help make predictions of volatile emission dynamics from plants in the greenhouse or field. Can the model be trained and validated with volatile measurements from plants under different environmental conditions? How realistic is this approach given the complexity of a field environment? It would be helpful to provide a better outlook of the application of the model for scientists in the field of plant volatile biology and beyond.

      The authors state that "emissions can be regulated independently of each other" (Line 359). I would assume that regulatory mechanisms in different genotypes are similar but show genotype-specific variation.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This is a study of the dynamics of plant volatile emissions, using a curve-fitting approach to describe salient properties of the dynamics of plant volatile chemicals. The study is interesting and unique in taking this approach. Some of the dynamics uncovered (e.g. lagged emission of many sesquiterpenes) are already well known using less sophisticated approaches, while other properties (diurnal cycles in emission dynamics) are newly uncovered. The approach in general is new for the topic of plant volatile emissions, but curve-fitting is widely used to describe the dynamics or function-valued responses of plants and other organisms. The study thus reads as rather methods-focused, giving tidbits of interesting properties of the dynamics of plant VOCs rather than being structured strongly around clear biological hypotheses. The method seems like a logical and robust way to analyze the dynamics of plant VOCs. I believe the impact of the work will largely depend on whether there are substantial and meaningful outcomes (for herbivores, downstream processes of induction, etc) due to the differences in VOC dynamics described via these methods that would be hard to observe in other ways. If so, there will be a need to adopt robust methods such as this to describe the salient features of those dynamics. At present, I do not believe there is evidence one way or another as to whether the subtle differences in VOC dynamics have large consequences.

      The paper sells itself as describing a new technique for describing response curves generally across biological systems, but it only uses this technique to look at the dynamics of induced plant volatiles. I believe to show general utility of this approach, a wider range of examples of plastic responses to stimuli across organismal groups would be needed. I am, however, convinced that this approach is both novel and useful within the scope in which the examples are shown (i.e. in describing the dynamics of induced plant responses). Some of the text purporting novelty in uncovering shared and divergent responses across the tree of life seems pretty overstated.

      Much of the introductory and discussion text is quite broad, and I wonder if the technique is really meant to be applicable to the specific case that is described (repeated measures of an induced volatile response). Likewise, there has been considerable work in such realms as behavioral science, function-valued traits (e.g. Stinchcombe et al 2012), performance curves (Kingsolver various papers), etc to describe dynamic or variable responses phenomenologically, and there are approaches including GAMs, parametric curve fitting, and other techniques that probably report the same salient features as the approach here. Indeed, there are already statistical techniques to assess the macroevolution of response curves (e.g. Goolsby 2015) and wide discussions as to how to compare function-based responses among organisms (The Functional Phylogenies Group 2012). So in the broad scheme of biology, I am not sure I'm convinced of the novelty of the approach. However, I believe it is novel within the context in which it is used here. The salient part of the methods is that it uses predefined attributes of dynamics (onset, duration, etc) based on a gamma distribution that the researchers (with good reason) believe to be biologically meaningful. This is in contrast to multivariate approaches (e.g. Izem et al 2005) that attempt to find salient dynamic features in a less constrained way.

      I would have liked to see a clear description of model fits (e.g., how much of the variation in the real data is described by the fitted model). This seems important because there are quite a number of constraints placed on model fitting - so presumably when a model blind to those constraints picks unrealistic parameters, that would suggest that the constrained model probably does not fit the data all that well.

      I am curious about the normalization process in the 'normalized emission' that is analyzed throughout the study. Normalization to leaf size makes sense, though I was less clear about L459: "Additionally, values were normalized to the maximum response observed in each experiment, yielding a range of positive values < 1." Why was this needed? Is the 'maximum response observed in each experiment' across all plants/compounds/treatments or within a single plant? In general, is there a way of reporting VOC emission rates in absolute values (e.g. umol / Liter air)? Normalization would presumably not impact most curve properties very much, but it could have effects on 'integral', and the need for within-experiment normalization would suggest a lack of transferability or comparability among datasets from different experiments (at least as regards 'integral'), which is suggested as a major advantage of this approach in the discussion.

    1. A practical look at how to handle early-stage visual concepting when a team needs quick, varied drafts rather than a single polished asset.

      A common situation for anyone doing early creative work: a small team needs to pitch three ad directions, or a founder needs a rough product mockup for a deck, and there's no time or budget for a full design pass. The bottleneck usually isn't taste, it's speed — you need to see ten mediocre options to find the one worth refining.

      The practical approach here is to separate divergent exploration from convergent polish. In the divergent phase, the goal is volume and variation: different compositions, color moods, framing, and subject placement, judged quickly and discarded fast. Only after narrowing to one or two directions does it make sense to slow down and refine details like lighting consistency, brand color accuracy, or typography.

      This is where prompt-based AI image tools fit as one option among several, alongside sketching, stock photo collage, or hiring a designer for quick roughs. If your workflow involves swapping a reference object into different scenes — say, a product bottle mocked up against several backgrounds, or a storyboard frame reused with variations — a tool built around object-reference workflows can shortcut some of that manual compositing. Nano Banana 2 Lite is one independent, third-party site set up for that kind of rapid visual exploration: prompt-driven generation plus reference-based editing for things like ad concepts, mockups, and early social graphics. It's not affiliated with Google or DeepMind, just a separate tool built for this stage of work.

      The limitation worth naming: none of this replaces a real design or photography pass for anything customer-facing or brand-critical. AI-generated drafts are useful for internal alignment and direction-finding, not for final assets, and results can vary depending on the reference material and prompt clarity. Treat the output as a sketch, not a deliverable, and budget real design time once the direction is chosen.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript describes a chemical screen for activators of the eIF2 kinase GCN2 (EIF2AK4) in the integrated stress response (ISR). Recently, reported inhibitors of GCN2 and other protein kinases have been shown at certain concentrations to paradoxically activate GCN2. The study uses CHO cells and ISR reporter screens to identify a number of GCN2 activator compounds, including a potent "compound 20." These activators have implications for the development of new therapies for ISR-related diseases. For example, although not directly pursued in this study, these GCN2 activators could be helpful for the treatment of PVOD, which is reported for patients with certain GCN2 loss-of-function mutations. The identified activators are also suggested to engage with the GCN2 directly and can function devoid of GCN1, a co-activator of GCN2.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript appears to be a largely rigorous study that flows in a logical manner. The topic is interesting and significant.

      Weaknesses:

      Portions of the manuscript are not fully clear. There are some experimental presentation and design concerns that should be addressed to support the stated conclusions.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript Zhu, Emanuelli and colleagues describe a novel pharmacological activator of the Integrated Stress Response kinase GCN2. The work is conclusive and biochemically solid. This work significantly adds to the pharmacological arsenal targeting the ISR and in particular GCN2.

      Strengths:

      Strong biochemistry, novel molecular activator of GCN2 (GCN1 independent).

      Weaknesses:

      Rationale for the screen not exploited in the results (e.g. pathogenic GCN2 mutants), lots of cell-based read-outs not endogenous.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors did a great job at addressing my initial critique on their manuscript and consequently I have no further comment.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors describe the results of a high throughput screen for small molecule activators of GCN2. Ultimately, they find 3 promising compounds. One of these three, compound 20 (C20) is of the most interest both for its potency and specificity. The major new finding is that this molecule appears to activate GCN2 independent of GCN1, which suggests that it works by a potentially novel mechanism. Biochemical analysis suggests that each bind in the ATP binding pocket of GCN2, and that at least in vitro C20 is a potent agonist. Structural modeling provides insight into how the three compounds might dock in the pocket and generates testable hypotheses as to why C20 perhaps acts through a different mechanism than other molecules.

      Strengths:

      Of the 3 compounds identified by the authors, C20 is of the most interest, not just for its intriguing mechanistic distinction as being GCN1-independent (shown genetically in two distinct cell lines, CHO and 293T, and in contrast to other GCN2 activators) but also for its potency. Ultimately, C20 might be a tool for providing mechanistic insight into the details of GCN2 activation and regulation and could be exploited therapeutically.

      Weaknesses:

      The chief limitation of this work is that the experiments exploring the effects of C20 on ISR output in cells are limited, so how useful these compounds are both experimentally and therapeutically remains to be determined.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have satisfactorily addressed my comments. A more extensive analysis of UPR signaling in cells (transcription and cell death in particular) would have further strengthened the paper, but that can be left to future work.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors show that during prophase I of male meiosis, nucleoli disassemble and nucleolar components relocalize to the sex chromosome (XY) body. They further demonstrate that this process is regulated by the ATR-dependent signaling pathway that mediates meiotic sex chromosome inactivation (MSCI). Pharmacological disruption of pre-rRNA synthesis using the RNA polymerase I inhibitor BMH-21 leads to the recruitment of RNA polymerase II to the sex chromosomes and ectopic expression of sex chromosome-linked genes. These findings uncover a previously unrecognized role for pre-rRNAs in maintaining transcriptional silencing during meiosis. The study employs a combination of cell biology, genetics, and genomics approaches, and the conclusions are supported by compelling, well-organized data.

      Comments:

      (1) The current study focuses on transcriptional regulation of the sex chromosomes. It would be interesting to know whether perturbation of pre-rRNA synthesis also affects transcription of autosomal genes.

      (2) Is ribosome biogenesis still active during prophase I of male meiosis? Additional discussion of the timing and extent of rRNA synthesis at this stage would help place the findings in a broader biological context.

      (3) A recent preprint reports active RNA polymerase II-mediated transcription of Y chromosome genes within nucleolus-like bodies (NLBs) during prophase I of meiosis in Drosophila male germ cells (https://doi.org/10.64898/2026.05.20.726666). These findings suggest that the meiotic nucleolus may have species-specific roles in regulating sex chromosome gene expression. It would be valuable for the authors to discuss how their findings compare with these observations and the potential evolutionary implications.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors showed the localization pattern of nucleolus components, including Pre-rRNA, a precursor of rRNAs, changes during meiotic prophase I, particularly with the localization of these nucleolar components to the X-Y body, which shows inactivation of RNA polymerase II transcription, during pachynema. The localization of Pre-rRNA depends on ATR kinase and gammaH2AX. The chemical inhibition of rRNA transcription disrupts the binding of pre-rRNA to the X-Y body and suppresses the inhibition of the RNA polymerase II-mediated transcription on the sex chromosomes.

      Strengths:

      The cytological analysis, combined with the chemical inhibition, provided solid evidence to support the idea that, together with the remodeling of the nucleolus structure, pre-rRNA is an essential component of sex chromosome inactivation in male mouse meiosis. The role of pre-rRNA in sex chromosome inactivation in male meiosis helps our understanding of how the X-Y body, which would be a biological condensate, would be formed; e.g. for example, this Pre-rRNA may promote phase separation.

      Weaknesses:

      However, there is limited information on how Pre-rRNA is recruited to only sex chromosomes and how the RNA promotes the inactivation of sex chromosomes. Of course, these will be a target of future study. One major weakness of this paper is a poor description of the results, with fair presentation and interpretation of the data.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors investigate the functional requirements for glutamine and glutaminolysis in antibody responses. The authors first demonstrate that the concentrations of glutamine in lymph nodes are substantially lower than in plasma, and that at these levels, glutamine is limiting for plasma cell differentiation in vitro. The authors go on to use genetic mouse models in which B cells are deficient in glutaminase 1 (Gls), the glucose transporter Slc2a1, and/or mitochondrial pyruvate carrier 2 (Mpc2) to test the importance of these pathways in vivo. Interestingly, deficiency of Gls alone showed clear antibody defects when ovalbumin was used as the immunogen, but not the hapten NP. For the latter response, defects in antibody titers and affinity were observed only when both Gls and either Mpc2 or Slc2a1 were deleted. These latter findings form the basis of the synthetic auxotrophy conclusion. The authors go on to test these conclusions further using in vitro differentiations, Seahorse assays, pharmacological inhibitors, and targeted quantification of specific metabolites and amino acids. Finally, the authors document reduced STAT3 and STAT1 phosphorylation in response to IL-21 and interferon (both type 1 and 2), respectively, when both glutaminolysis and mitochondrial pyruvate metabolism are prevented.

      Strengths:

      (1) The main strength of the manuscript is the overall breadth of experiments performed. Orthogonal experiments are performed using genetic models, pharmacological inhibitors, in vitro assays, and in vivo experiments to support the claims. Multiple antigens are used as test immunogens--this is particularly important given the differing results.

      (2) B cell metabolism is an area of interest but understudied relative to other cell types in the immune system.

      (3) The importance of metabolic flexibility and caution when interpreting negative results is made clear from this study.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) All of the in vivo studies were done in the context of boosters at 3 weeks and recall responses 1 week later. Primary responses, including germinal centers, may still be ongoing at 3 weeks after the initial immunization and defects in GCs may contribute to the findings. Nonetheless, the authors do check antibody levels prior to the boost, and it is likely that most of the observed defects in Gls/Mpc2-deficiency are driven by faulty recall responses.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their manuscript, the authors investigate how glutaminolysis (GLS) and mitochondrial pyruvate import (MPC2) jointly shape B cell fate and the humoral immune response. Using inducible knockout systems and metabolic inhibitors, they uncover a "synthetic auxotrophy": When GLS activity/glutaminolysis is lost together with either GLUT1-mediated glucose uptake or MPC2, B cells fail to upregulate mitochondrial respiration, IL 21/STAT3 and IFN/STAT1 signaling is impaired, and the plasma cell output and antigen-specific antibody titers drop significantly. This work thus demonstrates the promotion of plasma cell differentiation and cytokine signaling through parallel activation of two metabolic pathways. The dataset is technically comprehensive and conceptually novel, but some aspects leave the in vivo and translational significance uncertain.

      Strengths:

      (1) Conceptual novelty: the study goes beyond single-enzyme deletions to reveal conditional metabolic vulnerabilities and fate-deciding mechanisms in B cells.

      (2) Mechanistic depth: the study uncovers a novel "metabolic bottleneck" that impairs mitochondrial respiration and elevates ROS and directly ties these changes to cytokine-receptor signaling. This is both mechanistically compelling and potentially clinically relevant.

      (3) Breadth of models and methods: inducible genetics, pharmacology, metabolomics, seahorse assay, ELISpot/ELISA, RNA-seq, two immunization models.

      (4) Potential clinical angle: the synergy of CB839 with UK5099 and/or hydroxychloroquine hints at a druggable pathway targeting autoantibody-driven diseases.

      Comments on revised version.

      Authors extensively modified the text with great care and provided new data e.g. Fig. 5. Collectively, this is convincing and hence, I have no further comments.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Redchuk et al. explore the dynamic properties of chromatin upon serum starvation using machine learning approaches. They use CRISPR-tagging to visualize a region on chromosome 1 in human cells and show that in their system, chromosome 1, but not the previously reported chromosomes 10, 13, and X, undergo a change in radial position upon serum starvation. Live cell imaging showed a position change towards the periphery after serum starvation. They then apply a machine learning algorithm for the analysis of the imaging data, which reveals changes in nuclear area during serum starvation and longer displacements of the chromosome 1 locus near the nuclear periphery. Differential behavior of homologues is also reported.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study of chromatin dynamics is an interesting and important area of research.

      (2) The use of machine learning approaches to analyze live cell imaging data is timely.

      (3) With serum starvation, the authors use a simple, well-controllable model system.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) This study provides limited new insight into chromatin dynamics.

      (2) It was not immediately evident what the use of machine learning approaches added to this study. It appears that the main conclusions could have been reached by conventional analysis.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have added some technical information, but have not made any major efforts to clarify some of the major points or to strengthen the paper. The degree of advance remains limited and several conclusions are not convincingly supported by the presented data.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study demonstrates that CRISPR-Sirius provides a powerful approach to investigating chromosome dynamics in living cells during environmental stress. By focusing on serum starvation, the authors show that this process induces global nuclear changes, including a reduction in nuclear area and increased morphological dynamism, while at the same time driving specific reorganization of chromosome 1. Chromosome 1 relocates toward the nuclear periphery and displays distinctive patterns of motion, maintaining overall motility but punctuated by occasional long-distance displacements, particularly near the nuclear envelope. Importantly, the analysis reveals that homologous copies of chromosome 1 do not behave uniformly: peripheral loci become more mobile and responsive to starvation, whereas central homologs remain comparatively stable, often associated with nucleolar subcompartments. By integrating live imaging with machine learning and explainable AI analysis, the study highlights the complexity of nuclear organization and provides valuable insights into how chromosome-specific and locus-specific responses to stress are orchestrated within the three-dimensional nuclear landscape.

      Strengths:

      The study uses live-cell imaging to investigate the dynamics of loci during starvation. Live-cell tracking and data interpretation are carried out using machine learning and AI models, which is a major strength.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript is at times difficult to follow, partly because the methodological descriptions are highly specialized, especially for non-expert biologists. In addition, the observations are not tested for a mechanistic basis. Experiments that could provide deeper insights are missing, for example, why chromosome 1 moves, why the peripheral homologue dislocates, or why a "long jump" is observed at the periphery even though the speed of the loci does not change. It is also unclear whether a displacement of 0.5 μm is functionally meaningful.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have added some technical information and provided a better discussion of the data, but beyond that, they have not strengthened the conclusions. The observations are not supported by any perturbation assays.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors clearly demonstrate that overexpressed Dcp-1, but not Drice, is activated without canonical apoptosome components.

      Using TurboID-based proximity labeling they revealed distinct proximal proteomes, among which Sirtuin 1, an Atg8a deacetylase, which promotes autophagy, was specifically required for Dcp-1 activation. Additionally, the show that autophagy-related genes, including Bcl-2 family members Debcl and Buffy, are required for Dcp-1 activation. Using structure-based prediction using AlphaFold3 they identified that Bruce, an autophagy-regulated inhibitor of apoptosis, as a Dcp-1-specific regulator acting outside the apoptosome-mediated pathway. Finally, they show that Bruce suppresses wing tissue growth. These findings indicate that non-lethal Dcp-1 activity is governed by the autophagy- Bruce axis, enabling distinct non-lethal functions independent of cell death.

      Comments on revised version.

      No further comments.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The Drosophila executioner caspase Dcp-1 has established roles in cell death, autophagy, and imaginal disc growth. This study reports previously unrecognized factors that work together with Dcp-1. Specifically, the authors performed a turboID-based proximal ligation experiment to identify factors associated Dcp-1 and Drice. Dcp-1-specific interactors were further examined for their genetic interaction. The authors report autophagy-related genes, including Debcl and Buffy, to be required for Dcp-1 activation. In addition, the authors present evidence of an interaction between Bruce and Dcp-1. Bruce expression blocks the Dcp-1 overexpression phenotype. Inhibition of effector caspases or overexpression of Bruce commonly reduced wing growth, suggesting a relationship between the two proteins.

      Strengths:

      The study identifies new Dcp-1-interacting proteins and provides a functional link between Dcp-1 and Sirt1, Fkbp59, Debcl, Buffy, Atg2, and Atg8a. During the revision, the authors have also added convincing new data supporting the interaction between Dcp-1 and Bruce. They further make a strong case regarding the quality of the turboID-proteomics data. Overall, this is a strong manuscript supporting an interesting discovery.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The present paper by Shinoda et al. from the Miura group builds upon findings reported in an earlier study by the same team (Shinoda et al., PNAS, 2019), which identified a non-apoptotic role for the Drosophila executioner caspase Dcp-1 in promoting wing tissue growth. That earlier work attributed this function primarily to Dcp-1 and to Decay, a caspase structurally related to executioner caspases, but not to DrICE, the principal apoptotic executioner caspase. The authors further proposed that this non-apoptotic caspase activity operates independently of the initiator caspase Dronc.

      In the current study, the authors both corroborate aspects of their previous findings and extend the investigation to mechanisms regulating Dcp-1 in this context. They identify roles for the giant IAP Bruce, two BCL-2 family members, and autophagy-related components in modulating non-apoptotic Dcp-1 activity. Moreover, they show that Bruce binds to a BIR-like peptide exposed upon Dcp-1 cleavage, but not to DrICE. The study further suggests that low levels of Dcp-1 activity promote wing tissue growth, whereas excessive activity induces cell death, as evidenced by impaired wing development following Dcp-1 overexpression. Overall, the manuscript provides several intriguing insights into the non-apoptotic regulation of the comparatively weak apoptotic executioner caspase Dcp-1 and complements the group's earlier work. However, several concerns remain regarding certain interpretations of the data and the experimental rigour of some of the results.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of the work is its systematic genetic and biochemical approaches, which combine tissue-specific manipulation with protein interaction mapping to explore how Dcp-1 is regulated. The identification of several regulatory factors, including an inhibitor of cell death protein and components linked to autophagy, provides a coherent framework for understanding how Dcp-1 activity might be tuned.

      Weaknesses:

      The evidence supporting some key claims remains incomplete. In particular, the type of cell death form induced when Dcp-1 is overexpressed is not clearly established, and additional tests would be needed to distinguish between the different cell death types.

      Likely impact:

      The study contributes to a growing body of work showing that proteins traditionally associated with cell death can have broader roles in tissue development. This conceptual advance is likely to be of interest to researchers studying growth control and tissue maintenance.

      Specific points:

      (1) Nature of the wing ablation phenotype<br /> A central concern is whether the wing ablation phenotype observed upon Dcp-1 overexpression truly reflects apoptotic cell death. The authors show in Fig. 1c that nuclei in cells overexpressing Dcp-1, but not DrICE, zymogens are highly condensed, which is suggestive of apoptosis. However, it is equally plausible that this phenotype reflects a form of non-apoptotic, Dcp-1-dependent cell death (e.g. autophagy-dependent cell death). This distinction could be readily addressed using TUNEL labelling and direct caspase activity assays. The latter would be particularly informative, as it remains unclear whether zymogen Dcp-1 is capable of cleaving standard effector caspase reporters in vivo. Does the anti-cleaved Dcp-1 antibody detect Dcp-1 activation following overexpression of the Dcp-1 zymogen?

      (2) Role of Decay<br /> In their earlier study, the authors identified Decay as another caspase influencing wing growth, albeit more modestly than Dcp-1. It is therefore unclear why this line of investigation was not pursued further in the current work. This omission is notable, as Decay is not implicated in apoptosis and, to date, no substantial physiological function has been assigned to this caspase in any system. At minimum, this point should be discussed explicitly.

      (3) Fig. 2: Proximity labelling analysis<br /> The authors use TurboID-mediated proximity labelling to reveal distinct Dcp-1- and DrICE-associated proteomes across tissues, with a particular focus on the wing disc. They further demonstrate that RNAi-mediated knockdown of the Dcp-1-associated proteins Sirt1 and Fkbp59 suppresses the wing ablation phenotype induced by Dcp-1 overexpression, suggesting that these factors are required for Dcp-1 activity. However, it should be clarified whether Bruce was identified as a Dcp-1 interactor in the proximity labelling dataset, given its proposed central regulatory role. In addition, further discussion of Fkbp59, its known functions and how it might mechanistically influence Dcp-1 activity, would be valuable.

      (4) Fig. 3: Autophagy-related factors<br /> Given that Sirt1 is known to promote autophagy, the authors next examine autophagy-related proteins and identify roles for Atg2, Atg8a, Debcl, and Buffy in Dcp-1 activation. Notably, these proteins do not promote cell death in the Hid-induced canonical apoptotic pathway. However, it is important to determine whether knockdown of Debcl, Buffy, Atg2, or Atg8a alone affects wing development in the absence of Dcp-1 overexpression, to exclude the possibility that these perturbations independently impair wing formation.

      (5) Evidence for canonical autophagy<br /> The involvement of autophagy would be more convincingly demonstrated by testing additional core autophagy genes, such as Atg7, Atg5, and Atg12, as well as performing a combined knockdown of Atg8a and Atg8b. Moreover, direct assessment of autophagy at the cellular level using established genetic reporters would substantially strengthen the conclusions.

      (6) Figs. 4-5: Functional consequences<br /> It would be informative to determine whether Synr, Debcl, or Buffy influence wing size on their own and whether their overexpression enhances wing growth.

      (7) Terminology and interpretation of cell death<br /> Taken together, the results suggest that Dcp-1 zymogen overexpression induces a form of non-apoptotic cell death, potentially autophagy-dependent or related. The reviewer does not understand the authors' insistence on referring to this process as apoptosis. The authors should be more cautious in their terminology: there is no canonical versus non-canonical apoptosis, there is simply apoptosis. Without stronger evidence, these effects should not be described as apoptotic cell death.

      Comments on revised version.

      In the revised manuscript, the authors addressed each of my concerns in good faith and, in my opinion, responded to them thoroughly and satisfactorily. I have no further concerns.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors describe an early diverging vertebrate KCNE gene present in jawless lampreys that they denote KCNE0.

      Three forms of the protein are isolated from different lampreys, which have 95% homology to each other, but only moderate homology to KCNE1-6.

      Co-expression with lamprey KCNQ1 produced a non-inactivating current, whereas co-expression with mammalian KCNQ1 resulted in less modulation. Introduction of a tetra-leucine motif from KCNE4 into KCNE0 reduced current on co-expression with KCNQ1, conferring an inhibitory effect.

      Strengths:

      This is an interesting and uncontroversial report of a new KCNE isoform from lower vertebrates that gives insight into the evolutionary progression of the sequence and functional properties of the accessory protein.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study functionally characterizes a single KCNE-like gene, kcne0, from a jawless vertebrate. The authors conducted multiple experiments, including TEVC, VCF, RT-PCR, and RNA-seq to show that KCNQ1 and kcne0 exhibited a broadly overlapping organ distribution in lamprey species, and KCNE0 produced a constitutively active current when co-expressed with lamprey KCNQ1, similar to the effects of human KCNE3 on KCNQ1. This modulation was species-specific, as co-expression of KCNE0 with other species' KCNQ1 was less effective. Moreover, the authors found that truncating the N-terminal had a more significant reduction of the modulatory effects than truncating the C-terminal of KCNE0. Interestingly, the introduction of the tetra-leucine motif from human KCNE4 into KCNE0 conferred KCNE0 with comparable effects of human KCNE4 on KCNQ1.

      Strengths:

      The authors clearly introduced an early-diverging member of the KCNE family, and convincingly demonstrated the function of this gene, KCNE0. The results are supported by experiments of multiple approaches and are clearly written. The work is significant and will interest readers from the extended research area.

      Weaknesses:

      No major concerns were identified with the manuscript in general.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper investigates whether semantic prioritization in visual working memory reflects pre-decisional access, evidence accumulation, or both, using drift diffusion modeling across a reanalysis of prior data and two new experiments. The core finding - that semantic information receives a robust pre-decisional access advantage that is amplified by attentional disruption rather than temporal delay alone - is novel and contributes meaningfully to ongoing debates about the format and accessibility of working memory representations.

      Strengths:

      The experimental approach is well-motivated, and the use of drift-diffusion modeling to decompose decision components adds analytical value beyond standard RT and accuracy measures. The two new experiments are pre-registered and address important questions. The broader theoretical conclusion - that working memory limits are shaped not only by storage capacity but by which representational formats remain accessible under attentional uncertainty - is an important and timely contribution to the field.

      Weaknesses:

      The central interpretive claims rely heavily on differences in non-decision time, a parameter that aggregates many processes unrelated to memory retrieval, making it rather difficult to uniquely attribute the observed effects to access or retrieval mechanisms specifically. Additionally, the characterization of the two memory conditions as genuinely perceptual versus semantic warrants further justification, as both may primarily require categorical rather than format-specific knowledge.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This manuscript aims to characterize how semantic information is prioritized relative to perceptual details in visual working memory. The central claim is that semantic judgements benefit from faster pre‑decisional access (shorter non‑decision time), and that advantages in evidence accumulation emerge under higher cognitive demands (e.g., when items are outside the focus of attention or must be maintained under interference). Based on this, the paper argues that unattended working‑memory contents are reformatted into more abstract, long‑term‑memory‑like semantic representations that remain more readily accessible than fine‑grained perceptual features.

      Strengths:

      (1) The question is timely and relevant to current research about the format of visual working memory.

      (2) Behaviorally, the semantic advantage is carefully documented in many conditions across datasets.

      (3) The use of hierarchical drift-diffusion modelling is helpful to decompose the semantic advantage into cognitive processes such as non‑decision time and drift‑rate components.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The strong claims about visual working‑memory representation and "long‑term‑memory‑like" formats rest on an indirect inference from decision‑model parameters to representational content, and this link is not convincingly established. Non‑decision time, as implemented here, bundles many things, such as probe processing, cue processing, retrieval/access, and motor preparation, so reduced non‑decision time for semantic probes could reflect easier question reading, simpler response mapping, or more efficient decision preparation rather than a genuine advantage in accessing semantic memory representations. Although the manuscript acknowledges that non‑decision time includes multiple processes, it nonetheless treats this parameter as primary evidence for a retrieval‑stage semantic advantage, which overstates what the data can uniquely support.

      (2) The modelling approach is relatively constrained and does not fully address the underdetermination inherent in mapping latent drift-diffusion parameters onto specific psychological mechanisms. The preferred model that allows multiple parameters (non‑decision time, drift rate, threshold) to vary provides only modest improvements in predictive accuracy over simpler models, and several key drift‑rate effects are present only in particular load or lag conditions. As a result, the theoretical interpretation that semantic prioritization primarily reflects faster access and secondarily more efficient accumulation under high demand appears rather post hoc, and alternative accounts focused on generic task efficiency or strategy differences remain plausible.

      (3) The operationalization of "semantic" is narrow and largely categorical, focusing on animacy (animal/object) and a perceptual format dimension (photo/drawing), rather than richer semantic or associative relations among items. This makes it difficult to generalize the conclusions to broader claims about semantic structure and its integration into working‑memory representations. Important recent work on how semantic and associative relationships facilitate the formation, maintenance, and retrieval of visual working memory is not adequately integrated into the theoretical framing. Consequently, the discussion tends to generalize from a specific probe structure to a broader semantic prioritization theory without engaging fully with the existing literature on semantic facilitation and neural decoding of working‑memory content.

      (4) The paper contrasts its behavioral/model‑based results with prior neural decoding findings, but the comparison is not fair. Neural decoding provides complementary evidence about the content and format of working memory representations, whereas drift-diffusion parameters reflect downstream decision dynamics given a probe. Because the current work does not include any direct representational or neural measure, its conclusions about representational "reformatting" and long‑term‑memory‑like access remain speculative and, in places, feel like a stretch.

      (5) Overall, while the data show a semantic advantage in decision‑stage measures and the modelling provides an informative decomposition of this advantage, the manuscript does not fully achieve its stated aim of characterizing the representational format of visual working memory or demonstrating a mechanistic shift toward long‑term‑memory‑like semantic representations. The work primarily informs decision‑process analyses of the conditions under which semantic judgements are faster and more robust, rather than the nature of visual working‑memory representations themselves.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript describes three conformers derived from a complex between ERK2-T185V, a variant of MEK1-DD with the KIM sequence replaced by the KIM from the p38 activator, GRA24, ADP, and AlF4-. The goal was to try to capture the complex in its active state. The results show contacts between the kinases between their N-lobe and their C-lobes that resemble MKK6-p38 complexes previously reported by the authors. Two MEK1-ERK2 conformers (States 1,3) are deemed inactive based on the lack of access of ERK-Y187 to the MEK1 active site, and the absence of ADP bound to MEK1 in State 3, while one conformer (State 2) is deemed active, but not fully active due to disorder in MEK1 activation loop (A-loop) and an essential salt bridge between strand beta3 and helix aC. HDX-MS and SAXS solution measurements and all-atom MD simulations are used to model the mutant complex and variants with WT ERK2. The study concludes that substrate recognition involves low-energy contacts with MEK, allowing substantial protein flexibility within the complex in a manner that may accommodate processive phosphorylation of ERK2.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of the work are that the findings provide important structural insights for MEK-ERK signaling and protein phosphorylation in general. These are valuable given that atomic resolution structures of kinase-substrate complexes are still limited in number. The authors succeeded in showing key contacts between subunits and conformational variations within the complex.

      Weaknesses:

      Weaknesses were that some of the conclusions about activity state, dynamics, and effects of ligand binding were less convincing. For example, that State 2 truly represents an active configuration seemed ambiguous, given the absence of Mg2+ and AlF4- in the cryoEM structure and disorder in the activation loop and the K97-E114 salt bridge. Conclusions by SAXS that ADP-AlF4 binding increases active site compaction while increasing local flexibility were not rigorously supported by HDX data, given that the latter were performed without ligand. Sections of the narrative and figures throughout were often confusing, and many assertions were made without clear explanation. Data shown in the supplementary materials were not always described in the Results, even those important for the conclusions. Figure legends and text lacked clear descriptions of specific complexes analyzed. Substantial changes are recommended to improve the readability and clarity of the work.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors used Cryo-EM to obtain a complex between MEK1 and ERK2. They used the same method as previously used by the same authors to form a stable complex between MKK6 and p38, an extra-strong KIM replacing the wild-type KIM in MEK1. Three conformers were resolved, with the highest resolution of 3.0 Å. The multiple conformers indicate more flexibility in MEK2 than in ERK2. These data suggest that nucleotide exchange is possible while maintaining MEK1-ERK2 interactions. SAXS and HDX data reinforce the idea of flexibility. They point to interactions between the two N-terminal domains between histidines at the N-terminus of helix C and between the G helices that are maintained in each of the 3 conformers, and sequence and structure suggest these histidines may be a source of specificity in MEK1-ERK2 versus MKK6-p38 interactions. A 2.2 Å structure of a complex between ERK1 (88% identical to ERK2) and the docking peptide used was also presented. Molecular dynamics simulations suggest that the MEK1-ERK2 complex can assume a fully active configuration of MEK1.

      Strengths:

      This is the first structure of a MEK1-ERK2 complex. The structural data are valuable additions to our understanding of MAP2K-MAPK interactions. The discussion points offered in the results section are palatable. These include the origins of specificity and the idea of flexibility in the MAP2K in support of a processive mechanism for the dual phosphorylation activity of MAP2Ks.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) This reviewer considers that the abstract is overstated. Specifically, this paper does not reveal the molecular details of phosphoryl transfer, nor does it demonstrate that substrate binding releases the catalytic machinery.

      (2) The discussion is in some places not supported by evidence and in others has superfluous text. Examples follow:

      - "Once the αG-helix is docked, and the C-lobe histidine triad is in place, the N-lobe interactions must then be fulfilled." The data in this paper does not suggest an order of events.<br /> - "If the substrate MAPK is incorrect, the N-lobe interaction will not be stabilised, preventing alignment of the MAPK A-loop with the MAP2K active site." This statement could be described as obvious.

      (3) Much of the discussion is embedded in the results, such that it is difficult to separate new facts offered by the paper from speculation.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):<br /> <br /> Summary:

      In this study, Shuler and colleagues record neurons from the DMS in mice performing a patch foraging task. In this task, mice had the choice between harvesting rewards from 2 ports - one the time-investment port where the rate of reward declined over time and the other a context port where the rate of reward was either high or low. Mice performed the task appropriately, switching between ports as the rate of reward declined in the time-investment port and switching more rapidly when the context port delivered high versus low rewards. The behavior of the mice was also strongly driven by time since the most recent reward receipt, in conflict with normative accounts of patch foraging. Individual DMS neurons showed bistable firing patterns, transitioning to high rates of activity at various times from reward. Overall, the population tiled the temporal space, and the accumulation of the number of neurons in the high firing state was predictive of patch exit. The rate of accumulation varied with things that also affected behavior.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the aims of the study were clear and important, the experiment directly addresses them, and the results are clear and provide compelling support for the authors' conclusions.

      Weaknesses:

      I have only a few comments and questions to consider, none of which are criticisms of what was done, really.

      (1) Probably my chief question, alluded to in the discussion, is what the evidence is that DMS plays a causal role in generating these correlates and the resulting behavior, in light of the lack of causal evidence here. What are other options? Could such information depend on upstream areas such as OFC or mPFC, with DMS just a pass-through? And while I would not ask for causal data, is there a specific prediction? That is, if the area were inactivated, would mice stay longer or shorter? Not do the task? If I wanted to do a causal test of the authors' idea regarding the contribution of DMS to this behavior, what would be predicted, and what result would invalidate the hypothesis? Speculating on this a bit, beyond just saying DMS is involved, would be useful.

      (2) Not much is said about the suboptimal strategy. Would DMS continue to play the same role if the mice showed no effect of recent reward and instead performed appropriately? Or is some other area doing that job? Or is this not important? I thought it was interesting that the mice basically did not treat the game quite like they were supposed to. Is it important to go back and look at what is happening in DMS under normative conditions to really know how this area contributes to proper foraging?

      (3) Do these neurons also track time in the context port? Or do they only exhibit this behavior in the port where rewards are depleting? This seems like an interesting question. Do they show the same profile in different ports, if so?

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Here, Sutlief et al. use a novel patch-foraging task to investigate the role of dorsomedial striatal (DMS) neurons in determining when animals disengage from a resource. They show that mice, contrary to canonical optimal-foraging predictions, adopt a strategy in which reward receipt resets timing behavior, with decisions further shaped by both cumulative time spent in a patch and the overall quality of the environment. The authors further demonstrate that a subset of DMS neurons exhibits step-like activity patterns during task performance. Importantly, the accumulation of these state transitions across the neuronal population predicts the timing of patch-leaving decisions on a trial-by-trial basis, providing a potential neural mechanism underlying decisions about when to abandon a currently exploited resource.

      Strengths:

      This study addresses an important question using a well-designed, interesting behavioral task. The finding that mice employ a reward-triggered exit-timing policy is particularly interesting, as it is pertinent to the many patch foraging-style tasks that have been developed for use in mice, where rewards are delivered as discrete events. The identification of step-like activity in DMS neurons is mostly compelling, and the authors' trial-by-trial analysis linking this activity to behavior provides some support for its relevance to patch-leaving decisions.

      Weaknesses:

      A key interpretational issue is whether the DMS signal reflects timing specifically, rather than movement initiation or other task-related factors. The authors argue that once a sufficient number of neurons transition, the animal exits the time-investment port. However, it remains unclear whether this population threshold reflects a timing computation that determines when to leave in the more abstract sense, or a signal more directly related to movement onset (that may also be initiated after some proportion of the population has changed its activity). An important control would be to examine neural activity while animals are engaged at the context port. In this epoch, animals presumably do not need to time their departure in the same way, but they still eventually initiate movement. If the DMS signal reflects timing rather than movement, one would not expect the same accumulation-to-threshold pattern of step-like transitions at the context port.

      It would also be helpful for the authors to clarify the behavioral definition of the leaving decision. Can mice return to the time-investment port after exiting it if they do not subsequently enter the context port? How exactly is "exit" defined: as withdrawal from the time-investment port, entry into the context port, or some other behavioral event? Is there variability in the latency between time-investment port exit and context-port entry, and if so, is this latency related to DMS step-like activity? These details are important for interpreting whether the neural activity is aligned with a timing decision, movement initiation, or the execution of a transition between task states.

      The classification approach for identifying step-like activity seems generally reasonable, and the low false-positive rate against homogeneous Poisson controls is reassuring. However, one potential issue is that the identification of trial-by-trial state transitions is not independent of the session-level characterization of each neuron. The algorithm first fits a sigmoid to the pooled session data and then uses the resulting high- and low-firing-rate states to constrain interval-level fits. This may bias the analysis toward finding step-like transitions in neurons whose activity is only approximately step-like at the session level, effectively reducing the space of alternative solutions available to the interval-level fits. As implemented, the approach therefore functions more as a detector of consistency with a session-defined step model than as an unbiased test of whether individual intervals are better described by discrete state transitions versus alternative dynamics such as ramps or gradual drifts. This concern could be addressed by comparing the constrained sigmoid model against alternatives, such as constant-rate or ramping models, on held-out intervals, or by deriving state parameters from an independent subset of trials and testing classification on the remaining trials.

      The inclusion threshold for the accumulation analysis is difficult to evaluate. Sessions were included if they contained at least seven simultaneously recorded step-like units, but this number is hard to interpret without knowing the total number of recorded units per session and the fraction classified as step-like. Seven units may be sufficient for fitting a population accumulation trajectory, but because the cutoff is based on an absolute number rather than a proportion of the recorded population, it is unclear whether included sessions reflect robust population-level step-like dynamics or a relatively small selected subset of DMS activity. Reporting the number and fraction of step-like units per session, as well as the sensitivity of the accumulation results across different inclusion thresholds, would help clarify this point.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Sutlief and colleagues report behavioral and neural results from mice performing a patch foraging task. Behaviorally, they argue that time since last reward is a major determinant of when mice decide to leave a patch. In the brain, they find neurons in the dorsomedial striatum that show step-like changes in their firing rate at a range of times following reward. Population analyses show that the cumulative fraction of neurons that have undergone such a step-like change in firing rate can be used to predict patch-leaving times with impressive accuracy.

      Overall, this is an interesting set of results that has been analyzed in a principled way. The manuscript is well written, the results are explained clearly, and the evidence supporting the authors' conclusions is strong. The manuscript is therefore a potentially valuable contribution to the growing literature assessing how the brain solves stopping problems like the patch foraging scenario. I have suggestions for the authors to consider that might further increase the rigor of their results, and a few suggestions for improving the clarity of the work for readers.

      (1) I don't quite understand how the behavioral task works. Are mice rewarded for making discrete nose poke responses in the investment and context ports? Or are they required to nose poke and hold? Is reward given with some probability per response (which decreases with time in the patch), or is the reward probability a function of elapsed time in the patch, time since last response, or dwell time in the port? Also, exactly what equation defines how reward probability changes over time for the high- and low-value contexts? I couldn't find these details anywhere in the manuscript, and they would be helpful for better understanding the behavior and the later neural results.

      (2) How was the optimal strategy determined? Several features of the author's task violate the assumption of the marginal value theorem, so computing the optimal residence time is not a straightforward application of the classic model. There's a diagram in Figure 1h that depicts an MVT-like graphical solution, but the conventions of the plot are not familiar to me, and there's no description of how it works in the results or methods. More detail here would be much appreciated. In a similar vein, the authors report that mice generally exceeded optimal residence times in patches, but no statistical comparison is provided to back up that statement. There should be some formal test of this if it is to be included in the results.

      (3) The authors argue that time since last reward is the predominant determinant of patch leaving time. However, as the authors note, time since last reward is correlated with other task variables (patch reward rate, time in patch, etc.). I don't trust that SVM coefficients can be interpreted as straightforward measures of a variable's importance for classification performance in the case of correlated predictors. A better approach would be to assess how well the model performs as subsets of variables are added or removed from the model.

      (4) For the SVM analysis, I'm not quite understanding how or why the authors are using 5 s after mice left the patch as additional "Leave" examples. For instance, is time since entry computed for the investment patch, or the context patch that mice enter after they leave the investment patch? Similarly, is the time since the last reward relative to the investment patch, or the reward the mouse is likely to receive at the context patch? Moreover, I'm not sure it's safe to assume that because the mouse left at time t, time t+1 necessarily reflects conditions on which the mouse would definitely leave again. If we're thinking about the stay/leave decision as something that is being repeated sequentially on a fast time scale to determine how long mice stay in the patch, it doesn't follow that observing a mouse leave means that any patch conditions after that would necessarily result in the same decision. If that were the case, it would mean that seeing a mouse leave a patch after 2 s would preclude ever observing a residence time longer than 2 s, which is clearly not compatible with the authors' data. Ultimately, it's only possible to observe one decision to leave per trial; including data points beyond that as additional leave examples seems overly speculative to me.

      (5) The authors validate their approach for quantifying step-like changes in firing rate using simulations of constant-rate Poisson spiking and observe a low false positive rate. This is encouraging, but it doesn't seem like the only way in which their method could go awry, or even the most concerning way. I would be much more interested in seeing the false positive rate for continuous, ramp-like changes in firing rate, which would be much more likely to trip up the authors' approach and are also the major relevant alternative hypothesis to step-like changes in firing rate. Random walks in firing rate might also be worth testing.

      (6) The finding that cumulative "transitioned" neurons is predictive of patch leaving is interesting. However, I can't help but wonder how truly informative this variable is for predicting patch leaving. It seems as though neurons can only transition firing rates one time. That means that as time in the patch increases, the fraction of transitioned neurons naturally increases. Similarly, all visits must eventually end with the mouse leaving the patch, so the hazard rate of leaving increases with time in the patch. Given that, can the authors be certain that the cumulative transitioned neurons are really what's predicting patch leaving time, or would any generically increasing function perform roughly the same? An interesting test would be to mismatch the neural predictor and behavior at the level of trials. If this mechanism is really specific, rather than something that captures the general structure of an increasing hazard rate of leaving, then prediction of leaving time should work substantially better when the neural predictor is correctly matched to behavior on the trial for which it was recorded.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Lohse et al. describe an open-source system for laser scanning photostimulation (LSPS) in head-fixed animals. Although similar systems have been developed and used by different groups, Zapit provides an open-source solution requiring few custom parts and minimal coding. This tool can clearly facilitate and speed the adoption of LSPS, particularly for the increasingly used purpose of mapping the effects of focal cortical silencing during behavior. Other potential uses include mapping optogenetically evoked movements and selectively activating genetically labeled neuronal subtypes of interest in the cortex. The design is well thought through, and the presentation is mostly clear and well written.

      In general, the more modular such a system is, the better, in terms of compatibility with existing hardware and software that potential users may already have purchased - laser, galvo, and camera in particular. The system has struck a reasonable balance between allowing modularity and providing an integrated complete package, but even more flexibility would be welcome for potential users looking to cut costs, as would clearer presentation of such flexibility as already exists.

      Comments and suggestions are mostly minor, as follows.

      (1) Command signals:

      How is the relationship between analog voltage commands and laser power determined? Is this assumed (or required) to be linear (as Figure 7F implies)? Usability and modularity would be improved by an option to measure or provide a calibration curve for systems with a nonlinear mapping between command voltage and laser power.

      For the grid calibration step, how is the initial mapping from galvo voltage commands to image position determined? Presumably, some sort of initial guess or calculation based on the hardware specifications is needed for the grid calibration to be feasible. Also, how are the number of grid lines and the distance between them determined?

      Why is the mapping between analog outputs and hardware (galvos, laser, masking light) fixed? This would be trivial to make configurable and allow labs with existing setups to adopt Zapit without rewiring existing hardware.

      (2) Laser and optics:

      In Figure 1, the authors should consider explaining the scanning principle schematically, i.e., depicting how tilting of the scan mirrors translates via the scan lens into beam displacement in the specimen plane. Perhaps Zemax can be used for accurate rendering.

      Since the unexpanded beam greatly under-fills the back aperture of the lens, the z resolution is presumably terrible - which is good! That is, for the purposes of LSPS, this advantageously avoids focus-dependent effects, which might otherwise arise due to (e.g.) skull curvature. The authors should consider pointing this out, as well as providing an estimate of the z resolution.

      What is the working distance?

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this work, Lohse and colleagues develop a system for doing targeted photostimulation in mouse cortex. The system uses a camera image to target laser stimulation to stereotactically defined locations in mouse dorsal cortex.

      Strengths:

      The hardware is well designed, and the software is well documented and supported. The build guide and well-documented software package should allow for simple implementation of the technology. Without a doubt, this is a valuable community resource for the circuit neuroscience field.

      Weaknesses:

      No weaknesses were identified by this reviewer.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Zappit is an open-source implementation of arbitrary-access laser-scanning optogenetics for manipulation of neuronal activity in mice. As the method requires expertise ranging from optics, hardware control and programming, the authors make the point that this powerful strategy is underutilized in the field, and put forward a well-documented modular hardware and software platform aligned to the Allen Mouse Brain Atlas aimed at enabling the larger scientific community to use this approach (democratizing) for controlling cortical activity during behavior in mice.

      The authors favor a galvanometric approach to laser targeting. The system is inexpensive, easy to build, well-documented and user friendly (Matlab based GUI and GitHub repository). The photo-stimulation laser is directed into an X-Y galvo scanner targeted to the specimen using a dichroic mirror and focused on the sample using a Plössl lens as scan lens which is also used as an objective. The scan lens/objective images the specimen onto a camera via tube lens (also a Plössl lens) in a 0.5X magnification ensuring to fit the extent of the mouse brain onto the camera sensor (USB-3 Basler acA120-40um).

      The authors report short and reproducible onsite time (~ 0.5 ms) and block (mask) the stimulation source using the laser analog control (~0.5 ms). The system is reliable, aiming at up to 20 stimulation sites per sequence considered as quasi-simultaneous (10 ms). They minimize rebound by gentle ramping down of stimulation over 250 ms.

      The system is fast to calibrate by mapping scanner positions to pixel space in the camera space and mapping stereotaxic coordinate onto the image of the exposed skull. The theoretical x-y PSF is 70 µm (measured ~90µm) while the authors make the point that due to scattering the photo-stimulation spot size (lateral extent) is about 1 mm in diameter. This is what they also observe in electrophysiological recordings using silicon probes. The effective radius of inactivation depends on laser power, but was about 1 mm for laser powers (1-2-4 mW) on which the authors observed significant behavioral perturbations - in several tasks: 1) a delayed response somatosensory discrimination, 2) a visual detection task assessing changes in temporal frequency of a drifting visual stimulus; and 3) a visual discrimination (International Brain Laboratory task) in which mice were tasked to report the location of visual stimuli by turning a wheel. As proof of principle, the authors used a photo-stimulation set composed of 52 bilateral sites positioned at 0.5 mm interval covering a large network of frontal, motor and somatosensory cortical areas. Indeed, photo-inhibition of frontal motor cortex sites produced robust increases in reaction time. In contrast, stimulation at other motor and somatosensory sites produced modest, but significant decreases in reaction times.

      While the approach is not novel, it does serve the need of better disseminating this technique in the research community. Overall, the Zappit is well-documented and easy to build and use, and will have impact in increasing robust use of site directed photo-stimulation (exciting/inhibiting ensembles of neurons at particular ~1 mm size regions of interests across the dorsal surface of the brain). The authors also note that the axial resolution is ~1.5 mm.

      Concerns & comments:

      (1) While the authors argue that it offers the best utility to affordability trade-off - faster than motorized drivers and require much less power than DMDs (100X) and less expensive/easier to use compared to SLMs, in the current form, the manuscript does not clearly list the limitations of the approach. At such, in my opinion, the authors should include side by side comparisons (perhaps as a table). For example, clear statements should be included with respect to comparisons in lateral (x-y), axial (z) spatial resolution, as well as temporal sequential aspect of Zappit and other photo-stimulation techniques involving DMDs or SLMs.

      (2) Is power really a limitation in terms of the laser sources? Or is this a disadvantage mainly because using less power has beneficial effects on the tissue health? It may be useful to provide metrics of comparisons along these lines between Zappit and DMD-based approaches.

      (3) Arbitrary-scanning vs random scanning may be more appropriate to describe to strategy.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript reports a prospective longitudinal study examining whether infants with high likelihood (HL) for autism differ from low-likelihood (LL) infants in two levels of word learning: brain-to-speech cortical entrainment and implicit word segmentation. The authors report reduced syllable tracking and post-learning word recognition in the HL group relative to the LL group. Importantly, both the syllable-tracking entrainment measure and the word recognition ERP measure are positively associated with verbal outcomes at 18-20 months, as indexed by the Mullen Verbal Developmental Quotient. Overall, I found this to be a thoughtfully designed and carefully executed study that tackles a difficult and important set of questions. With some clarifications and modest additional analyses or discussion on the points below, the manuscript has strong potential to make a substantial contribution to the literature on early language development and autism.

      Strengths:

      This is an important study that addresses a central question in developmental cognitive neuroscience: what mechanisms underlie variability in language learning, and what are the early neural correlates of these individual differences? While language development has a relatively well-defined sensitive period in typical development, the mechanisms of variability-particularly in the context of neurodevelopmental conditions-remain poorly understood, in part because longitudinal work in very young infants and toddlers is rare. The present study makes a valuable contribution by directly targeting this gap and by grounding the work in a strong theoretical tradition on statistical learning as a foundational mechanism for early language acquisition.

      I especially appreciate the authors' meticulous approach to data quality and their clear, transparent description of the methods. The choice of partial least squares correlation (PLS-c) is well motivated, given the multidimensional nature of the data and collinearity among variables and the manuscript does a commendable job explaining this technique to readers who may be less familiar with it.

      The results reveal interesting developmental changes in syllable tracking and word segmentation from birth to 2 years in both HL and LL infants. Simply mapping these trajectories in both groups is highly valuable. Moreover, the associations between neural indices of brain-to-speech entrainment and word segmentation with later verbal outcomes in the LL group support a critical role for speech perception and statistical learning in early language development, with clear implications for understanding autism. Overall, this is a rich dataset with substantial potential to inform theory.

      Comment on revised version.

      The revised manuscript has provided additional analyses that lead to critical clarification of the main findings, including the longitudinal nature of the relationship between neural tracking of speech and language, the role of sleep, and the potential modulation effect of stream structure on syllable-level neural tracking. The overall results highlight the robustness of the findings as well as the specific relevance of the structured speech tracking to verbal outcomes of infants with high likelihood (HL) of autism.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This article looks at differences in how the brain entrains to, or tracks, the rhythmic presentation of syllables and words in speech in infants at increased likelihood versus low likelihood for autism. The authors first sought to characterize how brain responses are modulated by learning the statistical probability of a given syllable following the one before it over the first two years of life. They then sought to identify at which stages of word learning infants at increased likelihood for autism showed difficulties, and whether those difficulties worsened over time. Finally, they sought to indicate whether infants' statistical learning and word learning abilities could predict later verbal skills. The authors found similar developmental trajectories of neural entrainment to syllables in infants at high and low likelihood for autism, but infants at high likelihood for autism had overall weaker syllable-level entrainment. Infants at high versus low likelihood for autism showed different developmental trajectories for word entrainment. Lower syllable entrainment in high-likelihood infants corresponded with poorer verbal outcomes, but word entrainment was not associated with verbal outcomes. Event-related potential responses to words and part words were positively associated with verbal outcomes, however, but only in low-likelihood infants.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the article provides rigorous statistical analysis of longitudinal EEG data to provide strong support for the claims that neural entrainment to syllable and word features of speech may be a useful marker for language development difficulties, particularly in infants at increased likelihood for neurodevelopmental disorders. The EEG data collection and preprocessing procedures are well within standards within the field. Readers should take care to note that authors indexed neural entrainment to speech using phase-locking values instead of spectral power.

      Comments on revised version.

      While the statistical analyses are rigorous, there are a few potential confounds to the results. The authors now do a nice job addressing these limitations to the work. For example, sleep status may modulate some of the biomarkers relevant for language learning. Exposure to additional languages may influence performance on the verbal assessment, though the authors do clarify that participants came from majority French-speaking households. As a result, readers should be encouraged to interpret that neural entrainment to speech features is likely a useful mechanism to explain differences in language development, while taking this interpretation with some caution.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      GCPs, which drive postnatal cerebellar growth and can give rise to SHH-MB, are not uniform. The authors show that GCPs include a rare Nestin-expressing subpopulation with distinct molecular features. This subpopulation is spatially restricted, enriched for stem cell-like properties, and shows a high competency for tumor formation comparable to larger GCP pools, with tumors preferentially arising in the posterior-lateral cerebellum. Overall, the findings indicate that SHH-MB might originate preferentially from this small, tumor-competent Nestin-expressing GCP subset.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors use a breadth of approaches from histology, mouse genetics, and single-cell RNA sequencing.

      (2) Throughout, this paper uses very elegant genetic approaches, such as the double Nes-FlpoER; Atoh1-FSF-Cre; LSL-Smo-M2, to generate tumors only from Atoh1+; Nes+ double-positive cells. This intersectional genetic experiment makes for a very clear answer.

      (3) The findings reported in this manuscript are valuable since they reveal a novel GCP subpopulation defined by spatial and molecular identity. Some of their experiments suggest that these cells could represent the main cell-of-origin of SHH MB. The experiments are carefully performed, and the evidence is convincing.

      Weaknesses or elements that could be improved:

      (1) A transgenic Nestin-CFP mouse is used in this study. However, it is not clear whether CFP accurately reflects the Nestin protein. Figure 1: After the promoter is turned off, these cells might remain positive for CFP for longer than they are positive for Nestin, due to CFP protein stability. Is the Nestin protein present in these cells? Nestin double immunofluorescence with CFP and Sox2 and Barhl1 could be performed to address this. Related to this comment, it is also important to note that this is a rat promoter transgene. So the transgene might not reflect exactly the endogenous Nestin expression.

      (2) Could the posterior restriction of Nestin-CFP be due to the timing (P1) at which the authors looked? In other words, if they look earlier, would the authors see Nestin-CFP cells more anterior?

      (3) Since only one medulloblastoma mouse model (Smo-M2) is used to conclude that "the Nes-expressing GCP population in the normal cerebellum is transcriptionally closer to SHH MB tumor cells than the remainder of the GCPs", the findings might not apply to other SHH-MB models. This should be mentioned.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors studied transgenic reporter mice to profile Nestin expression in the postnatal mouse cerebellum. They discovered a small population of Nestin+; Atoh1+ granule neuron precursors (GNPs) in the external granule cell layer (EGL). Using immunostaining, qPCR, and RNA-sequencing, the authors showed that these Nestin+ cells are not identical to Sox2+ cells (e.g., the majority of Nestin+ cells are Sox2-). Using various mouse genetic strategies, including an elegant intersectional strategy that specifically targets Nestin+; Sox2+ cells, the authors showed that Nestin+ cells are capable of initiating Sonic hedgehog (SHH) medulloblastoma when they express the SmoM2 allele that drives constitutively active SHH signaling. Lastly, the authors profiled the transcriptomes of these cells and showed that they display enriched stem cell genes and are closer to the transcriptomes of GNP-like cells in medulloblastoma compared to Nestin- GNPs in the developing cerebellum.

      Strengths:

      (1) The comprehensive mouse genetics experiments, in combination with immunostaining, lineage tracing, and RNA-seq studies, provided compelling evidence that rare Nestin+ cells are present in the EGL, predominantly at the posterior lateral cerebellum in early postnatal mice.

      (2) The intersectional genetics experiment unequivocally show that Nestin+; Atoh1+ cells can be oncogenically transformed by SmoM2, leading to SHH medulloblastoma.

      (3) The more stem cell-like transcriptomic features of the Nestin+ GNPs compared to Nestin- GNPs provide support for the heterogeneity of this transient progenitor cell population, with implications for development, congenital diseases, and tumors from the cerebellum.

      Weaknesses:

      Main comments:

      My main concern relates to whether these Nestin+; Atoh1+ cells are restrictively localized in the EGL. Both the title "A Rare Nestin-Expressing Granule Cell Precursor Subpopulation Underlies SHH Medulloblastoma Formation" and what the authors described throughout the manuscript propose that Nestin+; Atoh1+ cells in the EGL are the cell-of-origin of SHH medulloblastoma. To definitively conclude this, the authors need to comprehensively analyze all regions of the developing cerebellum.

      Most importantly, are Nestin+; Atoh1+ cells present in the rhombic lip? Are there any rhombic lip cells genetically labeled in their intersectional mouse mutants (e.g., the Atoh1Frt-Cre/+; Nes-FlpoER; R26LSL-SsmoM2/+ mice)?

      If Nestin+; Atoh1+ cells are present at non-EGL regions in the developing cerebellum, the authors would have to reconsider many of their conclusions and also the title of this paper.

      Additional comments:

      (1) To investigate Nestin expression, the authors used Nes-CFP transgenic mice expressing CFP from promoter/enhancer sequences from the rat Nes gene (Encinas et al., 2006). Given that Nestin expression is of central importance for this study, it is important to validate that these reporter mice faithfully report Nestin protein expression (e.g., by co-labeling CFP with Nestin antibody and systemically comparing signals throughout the cerebellum, ideally in several developmental stages).

      (2) The authors mostly presented immunostaining data of the cerebellum from P1 mice. It is important to systematically profile the appearance and disappearance of these Nestin+, Atoh1+ cells in mouse cerebellum across developmental stages (e.g., embryonic, early, and late postnatal stages).

      (3) How different is the proliferative ability of the Nestin+ versus Nestin- GNPs at various developmental stages? Also, the difference between EdU+; Barhl1+; Nestin+ and EdU+; Barhl1+; Nestin- cells is quite small despite statistical difference (Figure 1N). Do the authors think this very small EdU incorporation difference can translate into a biological difference (in developmental and/or disease context)?

      (4) Lines 145-147: "Compared to double-negative cells, Atoh1 and Nes were significantly higher in the double-positive fraction, supporting the identity of the cells as a previously unrecognized rare population of GCPs at P1 that expresses both the GCP marker Atoh1 and ventricular zone marker Nes." Nestin is not a ventricular zone marker. This should be rephrased.

      (5) In Figure 3, the authors showed mouse survival data and concluded that Nes-driven and Atho1-driven SHH medulloblastoma models show similar tumor penetrance. This is not an entirely accurate description of their data. The Nes-SmoM2 mice displayed significantly longer survival compared to the Atoh1-SmoM2 mice (Figure 3B). This conclusion needs to be revised.

      (6) In Figure 5, the authors showed that genes enriched in cluster 10 included Sox2, Nes, Wls, and Wnt1, while Neurod1 and Rbfox3 were preferentially expressed in the other GCP clusters. They conclude that cluster 10 represents a less differentiated, more stem-like GCP state, potentially positioned upstream in the lineage hierarchy. While these few markers are useful, it is more informative to formally support this conclusion by comparing the stem cell transcriptomic signature (using a larger gene list) between cluster 10 and other GCPs.

      (7) In Figure 5, the authors performed gene ontology analysis and showed that cluster 10 is enriched for biological processes linked to WNT signaling and proposed that this molecular profile supports their identity as a transient, developmentally plastic population within the GCP lineage related to the rhombic lip. The authors are recommended to use an orthogonal approach (i.e., immunostaining to compare nuclear localization of beta-Catenin) to validate their transcriptome-based finding.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript from the Levy lab, the authors investigate whether SETD6 regulates hepatic lipid accumulation through direct methylation of PPARγ. They show that SETD6 binds and mono-methylates PPARγ at K170 and provide evidence that this modification enhances PPARγ occupancy at target promoters, promotes expression of lipid metabolism genes, as well as facilitates lipid droplet accumulation in HepG2 cells. The authors also find a positive feedback loop or circuit in which PPARγ activates SETD6 transcription in a methylation-dependent manner, thereby reinforcing this lipogenic program. Overall, the work presents a novel SETD6-PPARγ regulatory axis linking lysine methylation to transcriptional control of lipid storage genes, with possible relevance to NAFLD-associated biology.

      In all, I find this to be an important paper that describes and advances a new regulatory pathway that has significance to human health and disease. It would also be of interest to a broad audience. That said, there are also some concerns that the authors should address, as outlined below.

      Major concerns (pertains to rigor - highest priority)

      (1) Overall, the work presented is of high quality and the data nicely support the conclusions; however, a few panels should be strengthened that have missing controls or information:<br /> a. The co-IP panel in Fig. 1B lacks a lane where HA SETD6 is expressed without PPARγ. This control is needed to verify that the SEDT6-HA signal depends on PPARγ.<br /> b. In Fig. 1C, the authors should show that the co-IP works in both directions (include IP for PPARγ/blot for SETD6). I am a bit confused also over the labeling with IP on the left and on top of the panel next to the beads label. More importantly, the data would be stronger if the authors take advantage of a deletion line to validate the co-IP is specific to the presence of both.<br /> c. The same IP labeling issue exists for Fig 3B (label is on the same and on top).<br /> d. Antibody information (e.g., where the pan-methyl Ab comes from and at what dilutions they are used at) is missing.

      Nice to have experiments (medium priority - strongly consider)

      (2) A missing gap is how K170me1 contributes to DNA binding and gene transcription. One possibility is that methylation enhances the DNA binding activity of PPARγ. Given the authors have all of the reagents, it would be possible to perform a gel shift assay (or other approach) with and without SETD6-mediaetd methylation. Is DNA binding affected/enhanced?

      (3) Along these lines, I wonder if there is another possibility: could SETD6-mediated methylation of PPARγ drive SETD6-PPARγ interaction? In other words, in the K170R, is SETD6 still even associated with PPARγ, and this interaction is required for promoter recruitment? Alternatively, would a catalytic dead version of SETD6 fail to associate with PPARγ? Currently, no experiments test the impact of an unmethylatable version of PPARγ or catalytic dead version of SETD6 on SETD6-PPARγ interaction or SETD6 recruitment to promoters.

      Minor concerns (text and figure display)

      (4) The text has multiple typos and grammatical errors.

      Comments on revised version.

      Great job on addressing the comments. It is a nice study.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this work, the authors investigated the regulation of the transcription factor PPARγ by the post-translational modification lysine methylation The data demonstrate that the lysine methyltransferase SETD6 targets PPARγ for methylation using biochemical and cell-based assays. Methylation of PPARγ occurs in its DNA binding domain, and the authors demonstrate that loss of methylation limits PPARγ chromatin binding, particularly to lipid storage and metabolism genes promoters. As a physiological output, the authors demonstrate that deletion of SETD6 and loss of PPARγ methylation also disrupt lipid droplet accumulation in hepatocytes. In addition, the authors uncover a positive feedback loop in which SETD6 methylation of PPARγ also regulates its binding to the SETD6 promoter and expression of the gene.

      Strengths:

      One of the key strengths of this manuscript is the novelty of the findings in terms of identifying a new mode of regulation of PPARγ that modulates its chromatin association in cells and thereby regulating lipid metabolism genes. The authors nicely combine biochemical studies of SETD6 activity with cell-based assays investigating PPARγ and SETD6 function in regulating lipid storage. Data supporting this conclusion is largely convincing and frequently, multiple assays are used to provide sufficient support to the conclusions. This work therefore expands regulatory modes of PPARγ and identifies a new target for SETD6, an enzyme that targets a number of other transcription factors. Furthermore, the regulatory loop that controls SETD6 expression via PPARγ methylation is likely important for understanding SETD6 function in different cell types that have high levels of lipid accumulation or regulation. The gene expression and lipid accumulation assays are useful for testing the physiological outcome of loss of SETD6 activity or PPARγ methylation directly. In the revised manuscript, the authors have added useful structural modeling to better define potential roles of methylation of PPARγ in regulating its function, particularly relative to DNA binding, and to better define the physical interaction between PPARγ and SETD6.

      Weaknesses:

      The revised manuscript substantially improved on the presentation of the data and broadened the discussion to provide more context to both the role of SETD6 and to elaborate on potential mechanisms by which methylation impacts PPARγ function and under what physiological conditions this interaction and regulation is important. This improves and strengthens the manuscript and its impact overall.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors addressed all of my major concerns following this round of review and I do not have additional recommendations. The presentation of the manuscript including text and figures is improved compared to the previous version. I have updated my public review to reflect these changes.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Alveolar macrophages (AMs) are key sentinel cells in the lungs, representing the first line of defense against infections. There is growing interest within the scientific community in the metabolic and epigenetic reprogramming of innate immune cells following an initial stress, which alters their response upon exposure to a heterologous challenge. In this study, the authors show that exposure to extracellular ATP can shape AM functions by activating the P2X7 receptor. This activation triggers the relocation of the potassium channel TWIK2 to the cell surface, placing macrophages in a heightened state of responsiveness. This leads to the activation of the NLRP3 inflammasome and, upon bacterial internalization, to the translocation of TWIK2 to the phagosomal membrane, enhancing bacterial killing through pH modulation. Through these findings, the authors propose a mechanism by which ATP acts as a danger signal to boost the antimicrobial capacity of AMs.

      Strengths:

      This is a fundamental study in a field of great interest to the scientific community. A growing body of evidence has highlighted the importance of metabolic and epigenetic reprogramming in innate immune cells, which can have long-term effects on their responses to various inflammatory contexts. Exploring the role of ATP in this process represents an important and timely question in basic research. The study combines both in vitro and in vivo investigations and proposes a mechanistic hypothesis to explain the observed phenotype.

      Weaknesses:

      Although these findings are convincing and intrinsically interesting, they do not support the conclusion that ATP induces trained immunity. By definition, trained immunity refers to long-lasting metabolic and epigenetic reprogramming initiated by a primary stimulus. Importantly, some of these changes persist after the cells have returned to a basal activation state, thereby generating an altered response upon secondary stimulation (https://doi.org/10.1038/s41590-020-00845-6). In the present study, the data demonstrate a sustained increase in inflammasome activation and enhanced microbicidal activity for up to seven days following ATP exposure. While this sustained activation is noteworthy as well as metabolic shift, it does not demonstrate the existence of trained immunity. The terms priming or sustained activation would therefore be more appropriate than trained immunity.

      Similarly, the observation of increased chromatin accessibility at inflammasome-related genes is expected given the robust activation of this pathway. The presence of open chromatin at these loci does not, by itself, constitute evidence for long-term trained immunity. The authors should therefore be cautious with their terminology and avoid overinterpreting their findings.

      The authors have revised the manuscript to address the comments raised during the first rounds of review. However, several figures, figure legends, and methodological sections still require additional adjustments and clarification.

      The Methods section remains incomplete and requires substantial revision. For instance, the methodology used to quantify immune cell populations presented in Figure 2 is still not described. It is not stated how immune cells were isolated and identified (e.g. flow cytometry from lung tissue). No information is provided regarding tissue digestion, cell isolation procedures, or gating strategy (presumably by flow cytometry). These details are essential and should be included, together with the corresponding gating strategy and absolute cell numbers.

      There are inconsistencies throughout the manuscript. For example, the authors report n = 3 in the figure legend 2 and 3 independent experiments, whereas 3 or 4 points are represented in the graphs. This discrepancy is unclear and should be clarified.

      Overall, while the study addresses an interesting biological question, the manuscript would benefit from substantial revision prior to publication. In particular, clarifications and improvements regarding the methodology, data presentation, and interpretation are required to strengthen the rigor and reproducibility of the conclusions. Several of the conclusions extend beyond what is directly supported by the data. In particular, the interpretation that these findings demonstrate trained immunity should be revised, and additional methodological clarifications and corrections are required.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The revised version of the manuscript addresses the previous concerns. Importantly, a major role of the RAP80-ABRAXAS pathway is now demonstrated in the recruitment of BRCA1, PALB2, and RAD51 to nucleolar DSBs.]

      This study elucidates the molecular linkage between the mobilization of damaged rDNA from the nucleolus to its periphery and the subsequent repair process by HDR. The authors demonstrate that the nucleolar adaptor protein Treacle mediates rDNA mobilization, and the MDC1-RNF8-RNF168 pathway coordinates the recruitment of the BRCA1-PALB2-BRCA2 complex and RAD51 loading. This stepwise regulation appears to prevent aberrant recombination events between rDNA repeats. This work provides compelling evidence for the recruitment of the Treacle-TOPBP1-NBS1 complex to rDNA DSBs and demonstrates the critical role of MDC1 in the rDNA damage response. There are some issues with the over-interpretation of results as described subsequently. Some aspects could be strengthened, for example, a potential role of the RAP80-Abraxas axis, the origin of the repair synthesis (HDR vs. NHEJ), and a direct comparison of the RNF8 and RNF168 recruitment in the absence or presence of MDC1.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      DNA double-strand breaks (DSB) in repeated DNA pose a challenge for repair by homologous recombination (HR) due to the potential of generating chromosomal aberrations, especially involving repeats on different chromosomes. This conceptual caveat led to a long-held notion that HR is not active in repeated DNA, which was disproven in groundbreaking work by Chiolo showing in Drosophila that DSBs in pericentromeric repeats are mobilized to the nuclear periphery for repair by HR. A similar mechanism operates in mouse cells, as shown by the Gautier laboratory, but the mobilization goes to the nucleolar periphery, called nucleolar caps. In this manuscript, the authors reexamine the role of MDC1 in the mobilization of DSBs in rDNA in human cells. Previous work has shown that MDC1 is replaced by Treacle, the gene associated with Treacher Collins syndrome 1, in its role as the main adaptor of the DNA damage response, and these results are confirmed here. The novelty of this contribution lies in the discovery that MDC1 is required downstream in the recruitment of BRCA1 and RAD51 to nucleolar DSBs that were mobilized to the nucleolar cap. Using multiple MCD knockout models and DSBs induced by the nuclease PpoI, which cleaves at nuclear sites as well as in the 28S rDNA, convincingly documents this role of MDC1 and shows that it acts upstream of the RNF8-RNF168 ubiquitylation axis. Using a proxy assay of co-localization of EdU incorporation at DSBs (gammaH2AX), evidence is provided that MDC1 is required for HR in rDNA. MDC1 was not required for RAD51 recruitment to IR-induced foci, but it is unclear whether this is related to the different DSB chemistry (enzymatic versus IR) or to the localization of the DSB (rDNA versus unique sequence genome).

      Strengths:

      (1) The manuscript is well-written, and the experimental evidence is nicely presented.

      (2) Multiple MDC1 knockout models are used to validate the results.

      (3) Convincing back-complementation data clarify the relationship between MDC1 and RNF8.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript titled "p66Shc Mediates SUMO2-induced Endothelial Dysfunction" by Kumar et al. builds upon established literature demonstrating that both p66Shc and SUMOylation are essential players in nitric oxide (NO)-mediated endothelial vascular homeostasis and development (PMID: 10580504, 28760777, and 35187108).

      In this study, the authors uncover a novel mechanism showing how the SUMO2ylation of p66Shc drives reactive oxygen species (ROS) production in endothelial cells. Specifically, they identify Lysine 81 (K81) as the critical residue on p66Shc conjugated to SUMO2, proving it is essential for the protein's mitochondrial localization.

      The authors convincingly demonstrate that:

      p66Shc is actively SUMO2ylated at the K81 site in cellular models.

      Phosphorylation at Serine 36 (S36) is significantly reduced upon the loss of this critical SUMOylation site.

      Conclusion:

      Overall, this study provides strong evidence for a novel regulatory axis in endothelial cells. It successfully opens the door for further dissection of the complex mechanistic crosstalk between three key post-translational modifications on p66Shc: S36 phosphorylation, K81 SUMO2ylation, and acetylation.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript investigates the degradation dynamics of extracellular DNA in soils and its impact on estimates of microbial abundance and diversity. By combining a broad geographic sampling design with a primer-labeling strategy, qPCR quantification, amplicon sequencing, and PMA treatment, the authors aim to disentangle total versus intracellular DNA signals and explore sequence-specific degradation patterns. The topic is relevant, particularly given the increasing awareness of relic DNA as a confounding factor in microbial ecology. The experimental design is ambitious and potentially impactful. However, several conceptual inconsistencies, methodological ambiguities, and statistical limitations currently weaken the robustness of the conclusions. These issues need to be addressed.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript addresses a timely and important question in microbial ecology, particularly given the growing recognition that relic DNA can bias interpretations of community composition derived from amplicon sequencing. The study is ambitious in scope, incorporating a broad geographic sampling design across multiple soil types, which enhances the generalizability of the findings. The use of a controlled microcosm experiment combined with a primer-labeling strategy to track extracellular DNA dynamics is conceptually innovative and provides a structured framework to investigate degradation processes.

      In addition, the integration of multiple approaches, including qPCR for absolute quantification, high-throughput sequencing for community profiling, and PMA treatment to differentiate extracellular from intracellular DNA, represents a comprehensive attempt to disentangle complex sources of bias in soil microbiome analyses. The effort to link degradation dynamics with environmental variables and to explore sequence-level patterns further demonstrates the authors' intent to move beyond descriptive analyses toward a mechanistic understanding.

      Weaknesses:

      Several conceptual and methodological issues currently limit confidence in the study's conclusions. Key terms such as "sequence-specific degradation" are not clearly defined or supported by a mechanistic or structural hypothesis, making it difficult to interpret the biological meaning of the results. In addition, the bioinformatic workflow presents inconsistencies, particularly the use of ASVs followed by clustering at 97% similarity, which undermines the resolution required to support sequence-level inferences. Statistical analyses are also insufficiently described, including unclear definitions of "T values," a lack of detail on pairing structure, and no indication of multiple testing correction.

      Furthermore, important methodological details are missing or unclear, including primer design (e.g., GAPDH tag vs ACTF), Illumina library preparation (e.g., adapter and indexing strategy), and validation of PMA treatment efficiency. The interpretation of PMA-treated samples as representing "living communities" is likely overstated, given the known limitations of the method in soil systems. Finally, typographical errors, inconsistent terminology, and unclear phrasing throughout the manuscript reduce readability and further complicate interpretation.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript describes the results of an interesting study examining the rate of degradation of extracellular DNA in soil ecosystems using a clever experimental approach. 16S ribosomal RNA genes were amplified from soil samples, and then purified PCR amplicons, containing a 5' linker sequence on the forward primer, were introduced to soils and monitored over time using real-time quantitative PCR and NGS amplicon sequencing. The study was able to measure rates of overall extracellular DNA degradation, but also sequence-specific degradation rates. I like the idea and execution of the study, and the results are interesting. The manuscript needs some help to improve the overall readability. Please see general and editorial comments below.

      Strengths:

      Innovative experimental design that is well deployed across a large number of soil types, revealing interesting variability in extracellular DNA degradation.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The manuscript needs another review to improve the readability of the document.

      (2) The authors have used 16S genes to look at sequence-specific degradation. But 16S rRNA genes are actually pretty well conserved, and there isn't as much genetic variation across this gene among organisms as there is for other genes. It might be more relevant to look at metagenomic DNA degradation from high AT, high GC organisms, etc. This would be more generalizable than 16S genes.

      (3) Consideration of differential cell lysis during soil DNA extraction needs to be considered as well.

      (4) It is not clear why the authors didn't put GAPDH linkers on the reverse primer as well. This would have given an easier amplicon to amplify (no degeneracies at all).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study focuses on characterizing the EEG correlates of item-specific proportion congruency effects. In particular, two types of learned associations are studied. One association involves associations between stimulus features and control states (SC), and the other involves stimulus features and responses (SR). Decoding methods are used to identify time-resolved SC and SR correlates.

      The authors conclude that SC and SR associations can independently and simultaneously guide behavior. This conclusion is based on results showing that SC and SR correlates are (1) not entirely overlapping in cross-decoding, (2) simultaneously observed on average over trials, (3) independently correlate with RT, and (4) have a positive within-trial correlation.

      Strengths:

      Fearless, creative use of EEG decoding to test tricky hypotheses regarding latent associations.

      Nice idea to orthogonalize ISPC condition (MC/MI) from stimulus features.

      Response:

      In their last response to the reviewers, the authors write:

      "... constructing a theoretically unbiased decoder requires perfectly counter-balanced training data (i.e., for every training trial of class A that is X trials away from the test data, there must be a training trial of all other classes that is exactly X trials away from the test data). As we were unable to achieve such a perfect design, we chose not to run an additional experiment."

      This isn't really an issue about whether this design is "perfectly" orthogonal. It's an issue regarding a clear confound among the decoded classes for SC/SR decoders. To be clear: of the 8 classes in the SC decoder, 4 are overwhelmingly presented in the first half (PHASE 2) of the session, whereas the other 4 are overwhelmingly presented in the second half (PHASE 3). The same is true for the SR decoder. So, session-half correlated noise could readily contribute to distinguishing among these classes. And counterbalancing this across subjects won't help because decoders lose sign.

      To me, the conducted control analyses don't really make strong contact with this issue. The split-half cross-validation is a nice idea but, as the authors acknowledge, it's also subject to slower cross-session noise, as is the original analysis. This sort of noise is not exactly exotic in EEG. Caps/hair/electrodes shift, gel dries and impedance changes, posture / muscle tension / skin conductance changes, fatigue may wax and wane (e.g., linked to increasing alpha), etc. And the newest analysis didn't really seem to engage with this issue either, as it only assessed minimum distances between classes, on the order of 5 +- 2 SD trials. This seems to assume that the dominant potential sources of noise will be scale-free, such that the strength of the relation at short time scales would generalize to longer ones. I'm not sure why that's expected here.

      Here are some suggestions for alternative control analyses that I think would be more targeted to this issue:

      (1) Explicitly train a decoder to separate the three levels of PHASE from each other. Successful decoding would provide positive evidence for the presence of structured noise at this timescale.

      (2) Specify an RDM for the PHASE variable and regress this component separately from each time-point/trial of the SC and SR decoders. This is a post-hoc band-aid, but it is in the spirit of correcting for a known confound.

      (3) In the spirit of the authors' distance analysis, but without assuming that the noise is scale-free: perform a time-series RSA like that in Alink et al. (2015; https://doi.org/10.1101/032391), Fig. 1 and 3. This would allow one, e.g., to estimate the structure & timescales of the noise processes across the session.

      Other readers may, like me, be puzzled by the selection of this particular experimental design to test this question of SC and SR coding, given the temporal confound among SC/SR classes, and given that there would seem to be many possible designs that are less confounded. For example, why not use a design where ISPC was swapped/shuffled several more times within each subject, so that PHASE is more orthogonal to long-timescale noise? Isn't ISPC learning fast enough to support learning phases shorter than 700 trials? Such readers would likely appreciate a frank discussion of this dilemma, and a motivation for the choice of the present design, within the manuscript.

      Pre-stimulus coding:

      To explain the apparent pre-stimulus coding of several task variables, the newest version of the manuscript proposes that subjects were proactively coding these variables via predictive mechanisms. This is an interesting account of item-specific control. It is also surprising, given that item-specific control mechanisms are typically conceptualized as reactive or stimulus-driven phenomena. But I think support for a proactive control account was incomplete. The mechanistic logic was not presented, and no hypotheses under this account were developed or tested. So I would suggest pinning down some hypotheses here and actually putting this account to the test.

      Outliers & t-values: thank you for checking this!

      Random slopes were omitted due to convergence failure, but this can inflate false positive inferences (e.g., Barr et al. 2013), and doesn't really motivate a minimal model. I'd suggest trying a slightly reduced model (e.g., drop correlations via `slope || subject`) using buildMer automated selection, or switching to brms.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this EEG study, Huang et al. investigated the relative contribution of two accounts to the process of conflict control, namely the stimulus-control association (SC), which refers to the phenomenon that the ratio of congruent vs. incongruent trials affects the overall control demands, and the stimulus-response association (SR), stating that the frequency of stimulus-response pairings can also impact the level of control. The authors extended the Stroop task with novel manipulation of item congruencies across blocks in order to test whether both types of information are encoded and related to behaviour. Using decoding and RSA they showed that the SC and SR representations were concurrently present in voltage signals and they also positively co-varied. In addition, the variability in both of their strengths was predictive of reaction time. In general, the experiment has a solid design and the analyses are appropriate for the research questions.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors used an interesting task design that extended the classic Stroop paradigm and is effective in teasing apart the relative contribution of the two different accounts regarding item-specific proportion congruency effect.

      (2) Linking the strength of RSA scores with behavioural measure is critical to demonstrating the functional significance of the task representations in question.

      Weaknesses:

      I still have some doubts on the effectiveness of the experimental manipulation on Phase 2: although the ISPC effect is still present, it is much weaker in comparison, suggesting the participants did not learn the contingency statistics in Phase 2 as well as they did in the other phases, due to either the lingering effect of the previous phase or an inherent bias towards one color pairs. Perhaps by separately plotting the earlier and later blocks of Phase 2 any difference can be revealed if it exists. This behavioral difference could result in unequal levels of SC/SR representation across phases, which may raise problems when data were combined for analyses that assume the neural effects are equivalent.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Duan, Li, Kulkarni et al. apply a multiplexed single-cell overexpression screen (Reprogram-Seq) to combinatorially perturb 105 transcription factors across 7 target cell types in mouse embryonic fibroblasts, generating a resource of ~200,000 single-cell transcriptomes spanning over 1,300 TF combinations. They develop a framework for classifying pairwise TF-TF interactions, identify a modular, shared architecture of gene regulatory programs across diverse TF combinations, and use these tools to nominate and partially validate new reprogramming cocktails.

      Strengths:

      The scale of the combinatorial screen is substantial, and the resulting dataset is a genuine resource for the field. The TF-TF interaction typing framework is a useful conceptual extension of prior genetic-interaction approaches to an overexpression/reprogramming context, and the modularity finding that diverse TF combinations converge on shared gene programs is a compelling organizing principle. The authors are, for the most part, careful and appropriately hedged in their claims; the overclaiming we flag below is the exception, not the rule. We also note that the core Reprogram-Seq assay itself builds directly on the authors' own prior work; the novelty here rests on scale, the interaction framework, and the modularity analysis.

      Weaknesses:

      Most of the concerns raised below relate to how existing data are quantified, cited, and reconciled with the text, rather than to the underlying experiments themselves. Several quantitative and comparative claims in the Results are not fully supported by the figures cited, and some conclusions are in tension with the authors' own data. Key methodological details relevant to interpreting the central TF-TF interaction framework, including TF expression dosage and within-combination transcriptional variability, are not reported or controlled for, which limits confidence in the resulting interaction classifications. The relationship between TF number and reprogramming efficiency is not clearly distinguished from a simple combinatorial coverage effect and does not consistently generalize across batches. Experimental validation of predicted cocktails is limited to a single target cell type. The manuscript would also benefit from addressing whether TF overexpression in fibroblasts can fully capture a factor's endogenous regulatory network, given that pioneer activity and chromatin accessibility are not addressed.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents a large-scale combinatorial transcription factor overexpression screen in mouse embryonic fibroblasts coupled with single-cell RNA-seq to systematically map the relationship between TF combinations, gene regulatory networks, and transcriptional reprogramming. Using approximately 100 transcription factors, the authors identify TF combinations that shift cells toward diverse transcriptional states, organize TF combinations into "perturbation clusters" with shared transcriptional outputs, infer modular gene regulatory networks, model pairwise TF interactions, and use pseudotime analyses to nominate candidate reprogramming TF combinations. The resulting dataset represents a potentially valuable resource for studying combinatorial TF activity and transcriptional reprogramming.

      Strengths:

      The primary strength of the study is its experimental scale and the breadth of the generated dataset. The Reprogram-Seq platform enables systematic interrogation of thousands of TF combinations that would be difficult to test individually, and the authors develop several computational frameworks to organize these data and generate biological hypotheses. The epicardial reprogramming analyses, including independent qPCR and protein localization experiments, provide proof-of-principle that the platform can recover biologically relevant TF combinations.

      Weaknesses:

      Many of the manuscript's central conclusions rely on a complex computational pipeline that is not sufficiently justified or independently validated. Identification of transcriptionally reprogrammed cells depends on co-embedding with reference atlases, yet the robustness of this analysis and the interpretation of cells occupying primary-cell clusters are not explored in depth. Similarly, the conclusions regarding modular gene regulatory networks depend critically on the perturbation clusters defined by MDE embedding and HDBSCAN clustering. These perturbation clusters form the basis for nearly all downstream analyses, including differential expression, gene module identification, gene specificity, and TF modularity, yet little evidence is provided that the clusters are robust to alternative embedding strategies, clustering parameters, or resampling approaches.

      The manuscript also provides relatively limited orthogonal validation of its computational predictions. Although the epicardial analyses are validated experimentally, comparable validation is not performed for most other predicted cell fates, TF interaction classes, or perturbation modules. Consequently, many conclusions regarding the generality of modular TF activity, TF cooperativity, and the predicted reprogramming cocktails remain supported primarily by computational inference.

      In addition, several aspects of the analytical workflow-including the quality filtering of TF combinations, interpretation of unclustered perturbations, selection of genes for downstream visualization, and robustness of pseudotime analyses across lineages-would benefit from greater methodological transparency.

      Overall, this work provides a valuable dataset and introduces analytical approaches that will likely be useful to the community. However, in its current form, I believe the strongest biological conclusions are insufficiently validated. Additional analyses demonstrating the robustness of the computational framework, together with broader orthogonal validation of representative predictions, would substantially strengthen confidence in the proposed principles governing combinatorial transcription factor activity and transcriptional reprogramming.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Duan et al perform a combinatorial TF overexpression screen combined with single-cell RNA-seq (Reprogram-Seq) to extract general principles of how combinatorial TF interactions drive distinct gene regulatory networks in reprogrammed cells. Using a library of 105 TFs, they induce different cell fates, many of which resemble in vivo cell identities. They observe that combinations of TFs have better reprogramming results than inductions driven by a single TF. By looking at gene expression enrichment/depletion in different reprogrammed cell clusters, they infer functional GRNs induced by specific TF combinations and identify GRNs specific for certain cell types. They also identify TFs that could improve known TF cocktails for the induction of certain cell fates. They observe that TFs with cooperative interactions regarding the regulation of gene expression may lead to better reprogramming results, and finally, they build a bottom-up approach that utilizes the single-cell transcriptomes to predict TFs driving certain reprogrammed fates.

      Strengths:

      Reprogram-Seq is not new, but the strength of the study lies in the fact that the authors assess the induction outcome from a large number of different TF combinations. The authors are thus able to make broad observations, such as the modularity of GRNs and TF cooperativity, as well as propose new TFs and TF interactions to be tested for the induction of certain cell fates. The manuscript is well written, and the conclusions are, in general, supported well by the authors' analyses and data.

      Weaknesses:

      The study would benefit from some further analysis and discussion to better tighten the conclusions:

      While both expression enrichment and depletion were used to define perturbation clusters, the authors then focused on analyzing functional gene groups only for the enriched genes. Are there any functional relations between the repressed genes within a perturbation cluster? Do the authors observe the same modularity (in terms of regulation by TFs) for repressed genes as they do for induced genes?

      Can the authors give a description of how neomorphic TF interactions work? How would gene expression be affected in single vs double perturbation in those cases?

      What does it mean functionally when a TF pair shows more than one type of interaction (as shown in Supplementary Table 6), and how do such interactions correlate with successful transcriptional reprogramming?

      In the last Results section, the authors are able to use the transcriptome to predict the TF that was used for the induction. Could the authors discuss some plausible applications of this TF prediction method? For example, could they use it on in vivo single-cell RNA-seq of a certain cell type to predict candidate TFs for the induction of that cell type?

      It would help the reader if, at the end of each Results section, the authors add a concluding paragraph, highlighting the most important conclusions and findings (same as they have done in the section titled "Combinatorial TF over-expression reprograms MEFs to diverse states").

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study of Drosophila mating behaviors has offered a powerful entry point for understanding how complex innate behaviors are instantiated in the brain. The effectiveness of this behavioral model stems from how readily quantifiable many components of the courtship ritual are, facilitating the fine-scale correlations between the behaviors and the circuits that underpin their implementation. Detailed quantification, however, can be both time consuming and error prone, particularly when scored manually. Song et al. have sought to address this challenge by developing DrosoMating, software that facilitates the automated and high-throughput quantification of 6 common metrics of courtship and mating behaviors. Compared to a human observer, DrosoMating matches courtship scoring with high fidelity. Further, the authors demonstrate that the software effectively detects previously described variations in courtship resulting from genetic background or social conditioning. Finally, they validate its utility in assaying the consequences of neural manipulations by silencing Kenyon cells involved in memory formation in the context of courtship conditioning.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors demonstrate that for three key courtship/mating metrics, DrosoMating performs virtually indistinguishably from a human observer, with differences consistently within 10 seconds and no statistically significant differences detected. This demonstrates the software's usefulness as a tool for reducing bias and scoring time for analyses involving these metrics.

      (2) The authors validate the tool across multiple genetic backgrounds and experimental manipulations to confirm its ability to detect known influences on male mating behavior.

      (3) The authors present a simple, modular chamber design that is integrated with DrosoMating and allows for high throughput experimentation, capable of simultaneously analyzing up to 144 fly pairs across all chambers.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) DrosoMating appears to be an effective tool for the quantification of key courtship and mating metrics, but similar tools for automated analysis already exist. The authors present a compelling use case for DrosoMating, where it has particular advantages over tools like FlyTracker and Ctrax for high-throughput analysis. This comparative analysis, however, leaves out modern pose-estimation methods (SLEAP, DeepLabCut), better able to tolerate low contrast and occlusion. It therefore remains unclear what specific advantages it might offer over current machine learning approaches.

      (2) The courtship behaviors of Drosophila males represent a series of complex behaviors that unfold dynamically in response to female signals. While metrics like courtship latency, courtship index, and mating duration are useful, they compress the complexity of actions that occur throughout the mating ritual. The authors suggest DrosoMating's modular architecture facilitates integration with behavioral classifiers like JAABA. Such integration could substantially expand the utility of this tool for the broader Drosophila neuroscience community, but in its current form its applications are confined to summary timing metrics.

      (3) Validation is limited to multiple D. melanogaster strains. Cross-species studies of mating behavior diversity are increasingly common, so demonstrating the tool's accuracy across species would strengthen claims about its broader applicability.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This manuscript introduces DrosoMating, an integrated hardware-software pipeline designed to automate quantification of Drosophila courtship and mating behavior. The authors aim to provide a low-cost, scalable alternative to existing behavioral tracking systems, focusing on extracting key temporal metrics including courtship index, copulation latency, and mating duration from high-throughput video recordings.

      A major strength of the work is the clear emphasis on experimental scalability and practical usability. The system is designed for multi-chamber recording and performs robustly under low-quality imaging conditions where conventional pose-tracking pipelines often fail. The revised manuscript substantially improves its scientific positioning through the inclusion of systematic benchmarking against widely used tools (Ctrax and FlyTracker), demonstrating that both fail to complete end-to-end analysis under these recording conditions: Ctrax due to segmentation instability and trajectory fragmentation, FlyTracker due to runtime errors during feature computation. A comparative table (Table 1) summarizes key features across tools, and the authors appropriately qualify that these limitations are specific to the low-quality video conditions tested and should not be interpreted as general shortcomings of those tools. The addition of individual-level behavioral ethograms (Figure S3) further strengthens the evidence by allowing direct assessment of the system's temporal resolution at the single-fly level.

      The authors also appropriately address statistical concerns raised in review. The re-analysis using ANOVA frameworks - one-way ANOVA with Tukey's HSD for multi-strain comparisons, two-way ANOVA with Sidak's correction for genotype × training interactions - improves the rigor of the behavioral comparisons and supports the revised conclusions regarding strain and learning effects. The addition of locomotor control analyses (Figure S4) further clarifies interpretation of mutant phenotypes by partially disentangling motor from courtship-specific effects, with the revised text appropriately acknowledging contributions from both general hypoactivity and sensory impairments.

      A key limitation remains the conceptual scope of the system. DrosoMating is optimized for state-based temporal segmentation rather than fine-grained behavioral annotation or posture-level decomposition. While the authors now clearly acknowledge this and position the tool appropriately, it inherently restricts its use cases compared to modern pose-estimation and classifier-based frameworks. Additionally, the benchmarking comparison is necessarily asymmetric: DrosoMating is tested on low-quality videos where it excels by design, while Ctrax and FlyTracker are evaluated under conditions outside their intended operating range. A comparison under more favorable conditions for the tracking-based tools, or an evaluation of whether modest improvements in video quality would bring conventional pipelines within functional range, would further contextualize the practical boundary between approaches. The comparison also does not include modern deep-learning-based tools (e.g., DeepLabCut, SLEAP), which may be more robust to low-contrast conditions than classical segmentation-based pipelines. These points do not diminish the demonstrated utility of DrosoMating for its intended niche but would help users make more informed decisions about tool selection.

      Overall, the revised manuscript presents a well-validated and clearly positioned contribution. It defines the niche in which DrosoMating provides substantial practical value while appropriately delimiting its limitations relative to more general behavioral analysis frameworks.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work investigates the membrane insertion of aromatic-centered sequences in IDPs. Using a combination of all-atom MD simulations, the PPM method, and development of the sequence-based predictor AroMIP, the authors aim to establish a quantitative membrane insertion role for aromatic-centered motifs. The study demonstrates that flanking aliphatic and basic residues promote membrane insertion, whereas acidic and polar residues suppress insertion, and further reveals a difference between F/W-centered motifs and Y-centered motifs. The resulting AroMIP model achieves high predictive accuracy on human IDPs and is implemented as a publicly accessible web server.

      Strengths:

      This work addresses an important biological problem, as aromatic-driven membrane insertion remains poorly characterized despite mediating diverse functions like membrane remodeling and signaling. A key strength is the combination of complementary approaches, e.g., MD simulations provide mechanistic insight into insertion pathways, while PPM enables exhaustive sequence space exploration. The large-scale analysis clearly establishes L and R as promoters and E, N, and G as suppressors. The work also provides valuable mechanistic insight into how aromatic, aliphatic, and basic residues cooperate to stabilize membrane insertion states. Another important strength is the development of AroMIP as a practical prediction tool with a user-friendly online server that appears computationally efficient and broadly accessible to the community. The work is also well connected to prior experimental and computational literature, and the authors carefully position their findings within existing knowledge of membrane-associated IDPs.

      Comments on revised version:

      I think the authors have addressed all my concerns. I do not have further comments or requests for additional revisions. Thank you for all the hard work!

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Naim et al., use genetically engineered mouse models and tissue culture cell lines to investigate the role of the SLAP adaptor protein in colonic epithelium and colon tumour formation. The SLAP adaptor protein is known to be a negative regulator of tyrosine kinase signaling in hematopoietic cells but its role outside the immune system is less well defined. Here the authors use genetically engineered SLAP deficient mice, tissue specific SLAP KO, and colonic organoids to demonstrate that SLAP is expressed in cells of the colonic epithelium where it acts as a cell autonomous regulator of proliferation and differentiation. In addition, they provide biochemical evidence that loss of SLAP expression in cultured colonic organoids results in increased Src family kinase activity and global tyrosine phosphorylation, consistent with its known role as a suppressor of tyrosine kinase activity in immune cells. Consistently, treatment with a SRC kinase inhibitor inhibited growth of SLAP deficient organoids. These data provide solid evidence of a cell autonomous role of SLAP in the colonic epithelium.

      Using a chemically induced model of colitis-associated cancer the authors demonstrate that inactivation of SLAP shows a trend toward increased tumor formation as well as significantly increased Src family kinase activity within tumors. Tumor spheres from SLAP deficient animals showed enhanced growth that was suppressed by treatment with a Src family kinase inhibitor. Of note, the latter effect was specific to SLAP deficient tumor spheres. These observations are convincing and support the authors conclusion that SLAP has a tumor suppressor role in CRC through inhibition of SFK signaling.

      Mechanistically, elevated expression of the EPHB2 receptor tyrosine kinase was detected in immunoblots and by IHC of SLAP KO colonic crypts. In addition, in SLAP deficient crypts, levels of phosphorylated EPHB2 are increased and associated with activated SRC family kinases. Using an EPHB2 inhibitor, the role of EPHB2 in the growth of SLAP deficient colonic organoids, and downstream SRC phosphorylation was demonstrated. The authors also show that low expression of SLAP in human CRC cell line organoids sensitizes to the growth inhibitory effects EPH inhibition which can be reversed by SLAP over expression but not expression of a SH2/SH3 mutant form of SLAP.

      Overall, this work provides evidence of SLAP adaptor function in restricting EPH tyrosine kinase signaling the colonic epithelium and suggests that loss of SLAP expression promotes tumorigenesis in this context.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Protein tyrosine kinases are submitted to diverse regulatory mechanisms controling their activity in normal situation. The authors previously identified SLAP (Src-like adaptor protein), a negative regulator of receptor tyrosine kinase (RTK) signaling, as a key suppressor of the cytoplasmic tyrosine kinase SRC in the normal colon and demonstrated that SLAP is downregulated in a majority of colorectal cancers (CRCs).

      In this study, the authors further explored slap functions in mouse models using constitutive and inducible epithelial-specific Slap deletion (villin-CreERT2 model). They found that loss of slap augments colonic epithelial cell proliferation and that induction of tumorigenesis by the AOM/DSS protocol mimicking CRC leads to more aggressive tumors in the absence of slap. This effect is apparently cell-autonomous as growth of normal and tumoral colonic organoids is SLAP-dependent in in vitro settings. Finally, the authors define that, in colon, SLAP represses EphB2, an RTK lying upstream of SRC, and show that inhibitors of EphB2 can partially limit tumorigenic development in vitro.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is clearly and concisely written, making it easy to follow. Data obtained in the mouse models are very convincing.

      Weaknesses:

      Direct evidence that EphB2 is activated/phosphorylated in the absence of SLAP is lacking as conclusions are only based on results obtained with inhibitors. Some other issues have to be addressed before acceptance, in particular the relevance of the findings in CRC patients.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have satisfactorily addressed my concerns.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Kostanjevec et al. investigates the mechanism behind spiral pattern formation in the cornea. The authors demonstrate that the spiral motion pattern on the mammalian corneal surface emerges from the interaction between the limbus position, cell division, extrusion, and collective cell migration. Using LacZ mosaic murine corneas, they reveal a tightening spiral flow pattern and show that their cell-based, in silico model accurately reproduces these patterns without global guidance cues. Additionally, they present a continuum model that extends the XYZ hypothesis to describe cell flux on the cornea, offering a quantitative explanation for tissue-scale processes on curved surfaces.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is well-written, with a systematic approach that clearly explains experimental setups, model construction, assumptions, parameter selection, and predictions. The discussion also provides insightful perspectives on the broader implications of the results for both physics and biology.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors emphasize polar alignment as a key feature of the spiral pattern based on simulation results. However, they do not provide experimental evidence for this polar alignment.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In K. Kostanjevec et al., the authors study a possible mechanism for the formation of spiral patterns in the cornea. First the authors analyze an inferred velocity field, which is deduced from images of fixed corneas, and then determine the position-dependent spiral angle of this velocity fields. Next, the authors analysed two possible markers of cell polarity: the direction of the centrosome-nuclei and the axis of mitosis. Then the authors introduce a stochastic agent-based model of self-propelled particles with over-damped dynamics and with aligning interactions to the orientation of the nearest neighbors and to the particle's velocity. The authors claim to be able to reproduce the equal-time autocorrelation function and the velocity Fourier spectrum. Then the authors introduce the geometry of the cornea by constraining the dynamics on a spherical cap and show that their model can reproduce a typical trajectory in experiments. Finally, the authors produce a phase diagram of the states at a fixed time point as a function of the spherical cap radius and the strength of the coupling aligning constant. Finally, the authors propose an interpretation of the cell fluxes based on the equation of mass conservation.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Wang, Po-Kai et al., utilized the de novo polarization of MDCK cells cultured in Matrigel to assess the interdependence between polarity protein localization, centrosome positioning and apical membrane formation. They show that the inhibition of Plk4 with Centrinone does not prevent apical membrane formation, but does result in its delay, a phenotype the authors attribute to the loss of centrosomes due to the inhibition of centriole duplication. However, the targeted mutagenesis of specific centrosome proteins implicated in the positioning of centrosomes in other cell types (CEP164, ODF2, PCNT and CEP120), as well as the use of dominant negative constructs to inhibit centrosomal microtubule nucleation did not affect centrosome positioning in 3D cultured MDCK cells. A screen of proteins previously implicated in MDCK polarization revealed that the polarity protein Par-3 was upstream of centrosome positioning, similar to other cell types.

      Strengths:

      The investigation into the temporal requirement and interdependence of previously proposed regulators of cell polarization and lumen formation is valuable. The authors have provided a detailed analysis of many of these components at defined stages of polarity establishment and well demonstrate that centrosomes are not necessary for apical polarity formation, but are involved in the efficient establishment of the apical membrane.

      Weaknesses:

      Key questions remain regarding the structure of the intracellular cytoskeleton following depletion of centrosomes, centrosome proteins, or abrogation of centrosome microtubule nucleation. The authors strengthen their model that centrosomes are positioned independently of microtubule nucleation using dominant negative Cdk5RAP2 and NEDD-1 constructs, however, the structure of the intracellular microtubule network remains unresolved and will be an important avenue for future investigation.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Here the Wang et al resubmit their manuscript describing the events in the establishment of polarity in MDCK cells cultured in vitro. As with the original version, the description is throughout and is important to the field to report as it establishes a hierarchy of events in polarization, placing Par3 upstream of centrosome positioning and apical membrane component trafficking. Unfortunately, in the revised version, the authors addressed almost none of my points. They did a cursory job of responding in the rebuttal letter but made little attempt to actually address what was being asked or to incorporate any of my suggestions into the manuscript. The particularly egregious examples are cited below:

      Comments on revisions:

      (1) My original main experimental concern was not addressed: I had originally asked what role microtubules play in the process of polarization (either centrosomal or non-centrosomal). An obvious model is that Gp135, Rab11, etc. are delivered to the AMIS on centrosomal microtubules. Centrosomes might also be pulled to the AMIS via cortically derived microtubules as is the case in the C. elegans intestine where the centrosome moves apically on apical microtubules via dynein directed transport to the cortically anchored minus ends. The authors do not explore the role of microtubules in the revision, citing that it was not possible to observe the microtubules directly or to perform nocodazole experiments during polarization. Instead, the authors use a relatively new genetic tool to disrupt centrosomal microtubules. They appear to succeed in displacing centrosomal g-tubulin using this tool, but without being able to observe microtubules, a remaining caveat of this experiment is that it is still unclear whether the authors have removed centrosomal microtubules. Compounding this issue is that this tool has never been used in MDCK cells. The authors conclude "we found that cells lacking centrosomal microtubules were still able to polarize and position the centrioles apically.", but they have not shown this, instead the data suggest this conclusion and the authors should acknowledge the caveat that they have no idea whether centrosomal microtubules are abolished. Similarly, the authors also state: "Additionally, although PCNT knockout cells show reduced microtubule nucleation ability, they still recruit a small amount of γ-tubulin". Where are the data that show that microtubule nucleation is reduced in these PCNT knock out cells?

      (2) Many of my comments were addressed in the rebuttal, but not in the text.

      The non-centrosomal GP135 in Figure 2 is not acknowledged or explained.

      That the polarity index does not actually measure polarity, but nuclear-centrosome distance is not acknowledged or explained in the paper.

      I still don't believe that the quantification in Figure 3D matches the images I am being shown in Figure 3A. In the centrinone treatment condition, there is certainly an enrichment of GP135 at the AMIS that is not detected in the quantification. The method described in the rebuttal might miss this enrichment if it is offset from line drawn between the centroid of the two nuclei.

      Cell height changes in the centrosome depleted cysts are still referenced in the text ("the cell heights of the centrosome-depleted cysts are less uniform"), but no specific data or image is called out. Currently, Figure 3G is referenced, but that is a graph of GP135 intensity.

      In my original review, I called on the authors to comment on the striking similarity of the mechanisms they documented in MDCK cells to what has been shown in in vivo systems. The authors did not do this, instead restating in the rebuttal some features of what they found. But the mechanisms shown here are remarkably similar to the polarization of primordia that generate tubular organs in vivo. Perhaps most striking is the similarity to the C> elegans intestine where Par3 localizes to the cortex at the site of an apical MTOC that pulls the centrosome to the apical surface via dynein (Feldman and Priess, 2012). Instead of discussing this similarity, the authors state: "Par3 is likely to regulate centrosome positioning through some intermediate molecules or mechanisms, but its specific mechanism is still unclear and requires further investigation." Given the acetylated tubulin signal emanating from the Par3 positive patch in Figure 5E and F, I suspect similar mechanisms to the C. elegans intestine are at play here. Such a parallel should be noted in the Discussion.

      I had originally commented that "I find the results in Figure 6G puzzling. Why is ECM signaling required for Gp135 recruitment to the centrosome. Could the authors discuss what this means?" The authors responded that "The data in Figure 6G do not indicate that ECM signaling is required for the recruitment of Gp135 to the centrosome". In Figure 6G, the localization of GP135 to the centrosome appears significantly delayed compared to its localization to the centrosome in images where cells were cultured in Matrigel. Indeed, the authors argue that the centrosomal localization precedes and contributes to its localization to the AMIS. In the absence of ECM, GP135 localizes to the membrane before it localizes to the centrosome and its localization to the centrosome appears significantly reduced. Thus, my original and current interpretation is that ECM signaling is somehow required for the centrosomal targeting of GP135. One could make a competition argument, i.e. that the cortex in the absence of ECM is somehow a more desirable place to localize than the centrosome, but this experiment also argues that the centrosome does not need to be a source of this material in order for it to end up on the cortex.

      (3) There needs to be precision in the language used in many places:

      I don't understand this line in the abstract: "When cultured in Matrigel, de novo polarization of a single epithelial cell is often coupled with mitosis." If a cell has divided, it is no longer a single cell.

      The authors state in the Introduction "Because of its strong ability to nucleate microtubules, the centrosome functions as the primary microtubule organizing center", but then state ""In polarized epithelial cells, the centrosome is localized at the apical region during interphase, which contributes to the construction of an asymmetric microtubule network conducive to polarized vesicle trafficking". In the latter statement, I assume the authors are describing the well-characterized apical microtubule network in epithelial cells that is non-centrosomal. Thus, the latter sentence is at odds with the former.

      The authors continually refer to Par3 as a tight junction protein. "Par3, which controls tight junction assembly to partition the apical surface from the basolateral surface". To my knowledge, PARD3 is an apical protein with similar localization to C. elegans PAR-3 and Drosophila Bazooka. PARD3B is a junctional protein. I assume that the antibody that the authors are using is to PARD3 and not PARD3B? Can the authors please clarify this in the text.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments in their discussion of the limitations that were raised in the previous round of review.]

      This study by Li and colleagues examines how defensive responses to visual threats during foraging are modulated by both reward level and social hierarchy. Using a semi-naturalistic paradigm, the authors test how the availability of water or sucrose, with sucrose being more rewarding than water, shapes escape behavior in mice exposed to looming stimuli of different intensities, which are used to probe perceived threat level and defensive responses. In parallel, the study compares dominant and subordinate animals to assess how social rank biases the trade-off between reward seeking and threat avoidance. By combining behavioral analyses with computational modeling, the work addresses how reward level and social context jointly influence escape decisions in an ethological setting.

      Across the different experimental conditions, perceived threat level is the main determinant of behavior. The authors show that looming stimuli associated with higher threat (contrast) consistently elicit faster and more robust escape responses than lower threat stimuli. This effect is particularly evident during early exposures, when animals are highly vigilant and have not yet habituated to the looming stimulus (learned that it is not dangerous). Later they described that as animals gain experience and habituate, behavior becomes more flexible, and reward level begins to exert a graded modulation of the escape response. Importantly, the authors show that under high threat conditions increasing reward value leads to more frequent and faster escape rather than greater reward pursuit, specifically in dominant mice. This finding is particularly relevant, as it suggests that highly valued rewards can heighten vigilance and thereby enhance responsiveness to threat, highlighting that reward does not simply compete with defensive behavior but can also reshape it depending on the perceived level of danger, in contrast to low threat conditions, where threat can be more easily outweighed by reward. However, it is worth noting that the authors use an extremely low contrast for the low threat condition (20%), which may to some extent be insufficient to reliably trigger escape responses. Thus, an important conceptual contribution of the study is the introduction of vigilance as a useful framework to interpret these effects. Vigilance is treated as a behavioral state reflecting heightened attention to potential danger. In line with what is known from natural foraging, mice initially maintain high vigilance when confronted with an innate threat. This perspective helps clarify a finding that might otherwise appear counterintuitive. One might expect higher rewards to motivate animals to tolerate risk, explore more, and habituate faster in any scenario. Instead, the data suggest that highly rewarding outcomes can elevate vigilance, making animals more responsive to threat and leading to faster or more frequent escape under high threat conditions. In this sense, reward does not simply compete with threat but can also amplify sensitivity to it, depending on the internal state of the animal.

      The social results are particularly interesting in this context as well. Dominant mice consistently prioritize avoidance over reward, showing stronger escape responses and slower habituation than subordinates. This behavior is well captured by the vigilance framework proposed by the authors: dominant animals appear to maintain higher vigilance, which biases decisions toward threat avoidance. The authors further suggest that stable social relationships sustain high vigilance and slow habituation, framing this as an evolutionarily conserved strategy that may enhance survival. This interpretation provides a valuable perspective on how social structure shapes defensive behavior beyond immediate physical interactions. At the same time, there are important limitations to this interpretation. All experiments were conducted in male mice, and it is possible that the relationship between social hierarchy, vigilance, and defensive behavior would differ substantially in females. In addition, the idea that stable social relationships sustain elevated vigilance should be interpreted carefully, as it does not fully align with broader views of social stability as protective against anxiety and stress and generally beneficial for mental health and resilience. These points do not undermine the findings but suggest that the social effects described here should be interpreted with caution and within the specific context of the task and sex studied.

      Another important limitation is that the neural mechanisms underlying these effects remain highly speculative. Although the manuscript includes an extensive discussion of candidate circuits, particularly involving the superior colliculus and downstream structures, these interpretations go far beyond the data presented in the study and are not directly supported by experimental evidence within the paper itself. The discussion gives substantial weight to potential circuit mechanisms based primarily on previous literature rather than on findings from the current study. Given the complexity and distributed nature of the circuits likely involved in integrating vigilance, reward, social context, and defensive behavior, the present work is better viewed as providing a strong behavioral framework rather than direct mechanistic insight into the underlying neural substrates. In this context, some references discussing how animals learn to suppress defensive responses to repeated looming threats and the neural mechanisms supporting this process could further strengthen the discussion (Salay et al 2021; Fratzl et al. 2021; Conway et al. 2025; Mederos et al. 2025).

      Methodologically, the behavioral paradigm is well suited for studying escape decisions in socially housed animals, and the machine learning based classification of defensive responses is a strength. The computational model provides a useful formalization of how threat level, reward level, and vigilance interact and may be valuable for other laboratories studying escape, approach avoidance, or conflict situations, particularly as a way to classify behavioral outcomes after pose estimation. More generally, the work will be of interest to the neuroethology community for its detailed characterization of escape behavior under naturalistic conditions. At the same time, some statements in the discussion slightly overstate the novelty of the methodological approach. For example, the claim that the study differs from earlier work by using machine learning rather than manual annotation overlooks that several previous studies have already implemented automated or semi-automated strategies to classify looming evoked defensive behaviors beyond manual scoring alone.

      Given the ethological nature of the study and the high inter individual variability reported by the authors, clarity and precision in the methods are especially important for reproducibility. While the revised manuscript addresses many earlier concerns, some aspects remain slightly difficult to follow. For example, the main text states that animals were not water deprived to minimize differences in internal state across conditions, whereas parts of the methods describe experiments in which animals were water deprived. This distinction is not always clearly explained across the different experimental sections, despite internal state being central to the interpretation of the behavioral findings. A clearer separation and description of these conditions would further strengthen confidence in the work. In addition, it was somewhat surprising that the low contrast (20%) looming condition was still sufficient to trigger robust escape responses, and additional clarification or discussion regarding stimulus saliency at this contrast level could help readers better contextualize these findings.

      Overall, this study provides a rich analysis of how reward level and social hierarchy modulate defensive behavior through changes in vigilance. It offers a useful conceptual advance for thinking about escape behavior in semi-naturalistic settings and lays a solid foundation for future work aimed at linking these behavioral states to underlying neural circuits.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Garcia-Alcala, Kratz and Cluzel investigate to what extent our understanding of bacterial physiology in bulk experiments can be applied to single-cell observations. They find that intrinsic noise may be powerful enough to even inverse the trends found in the bulk. The authors hypothesize that asymmetric distribution of ribosomes to daughter cells during the cell division plays the dominant role in the intrinsic noise and is able to generate the observed phenomenon. They do not show it directly, but the data and its agreement with the model suffice to support this claim.

      Strengths:

      The experimental part is convincing: the positive correlation between the elongation rate and promoter activity of unnecessary protein is clear, as well as the negative correlation between the mean values while changing the promoter strength. This was demonstrated in both rich and poor media. The causality between the growth rate and the promoter activity was shown using the negative lag time of the cross-correlation function. A simple, reasonable model accounts well for the data. This paper demonstrates an interesting phenomenon and provides a plausible theory for it, advancing our understanding of bacterial physiology on the single-cell level.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Mean-reversion timescales were assumed to be longer than the simulation time and much longer than the cell cycle time. It is not clear whether the results robust in case mean-reversion timescales become of the order of cell cycle or smaller. If not, is there an argument for such practically infinite reversion timescales?

      (2) It is not easy to understand the simulation part unless one reads Ref. [14]. Is k(t) assumed to follow Eq. (1) from ref. [14]? Is this crucial that the ribosome noise appears only at the division? The ribosome noise strength \sigma_R=0.06 - is it lower or higher than the naively expected binomial division?<br /> Also, more intuitive explanation of the Simpson paradox would help the reader.

      (3) It would be useful for the reader to see the raw data and not only the filtered one to appreciate the measurement noise level.

      (4) Negative lag time of the cross-correlation function is visible, but consider adding statistical test for it.

      (5) Can you make similar cross-correlation plots using the model? Can you infer using it whether the data agrees better with the assumption that ribosomes noise appear only at division or continuous fluctuations during the cell cycle?

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors addressed the five comments listed above.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Garcia-Alcala et al. reports an interesting paradox: the cost of gene expression slows the population-average growth rate, whereas at the single-cell level, expression levels from these genes positively correlate with the growth rate. The effect is observed in the expression of flagellar genes and a gene under a synthetic promoter in E. coli. The findings are explained by the inheritance of growth factors, including ribosomes, during asymmetric division.

      Strengths:

      (1) The manuscript adds strength to an emerging body of literature showing that the population-level bacterial growth laws do not match correlations based on single-cell data. The evidence presented here is more striking than in previous works (such as Pavlou et al., Nat. Commun. 2025), as the trends in population-level data and single-cell data are reversed.

      (2) A relatively simple model correctly explains the trends in the data.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The differing behavior of the MG1655 and MC4100 strains remains a lingering question concerning the generality of the conclusions. It appears unlikely that ribosomes or other growth factors partition significantly differently in the MC4100 strain than in the MG1655 strain. Furthermore, based on Fig. S15, it is still unclear to what extent MC4100 exhibits growth-rate fluctuations, as stated in the text, rather than primarily size fluctuations, as shown in the figure. It is also unclear why such very slow fluctuations would lead to qualitatively different behavior, given that the proposed mechanism appears to be rather fundamental. It would be helpful for the authors to discuss these two points.

      (2) It is unclear what fraction of the total proteome mVenus represents in different measurements. Adding this information would strengthen the conclusions.

  2. Aug 2026
    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In striated muscle, myosin motors can dynamically switch between an energy-conserving OFF state and an activated-ON state. This switching is important for meeting the body's needs under different physiological conditions, and previous studies have shown that disease causing mutations associated with cardiomyopathies can affect the population of these states, leading to aberrant contractility. Studying these structural states in muscle has previously only been possible via X-ray diffraction which requires access to a beam line. Here, Arecchi et al. demonstrate that polarized second-harmonic generation microscopy (pSGH), a technique that is more accessible, can be used to probe the ON/OFF states of myosin in both permeabilized and intact muscle.

      Comments on revised version:

      The manuscript has been significantly strengthened in the revision. The authors have addressed my concerns.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a very interesting paper extending the use of SHG to the study of relaxed muscle and its use to assess the order- disorder (and on /off) states of myosin heads in the thick filament. The work convincingly shows that SHG, and the parameter gamma, provide a reliable measure of the state of the myosin heads in a range of different relaxed muscle fibres, both intact and skinned and in myofibrils. In mini pig cardiac fibres the use of dATP and mavacamten increased or decreased the number of heads in the disordered state respectively. On the assumption that these treatments push myosins fully into the disordered or ordered state then this allows the fraction of ordered heads to be assessed under a wide variety of conditions. The extension of this part of the study to mouse heart and rabbit psoas samples extends the validation of the approach.

      The results with the myosin mutant R403Q support the idea that this mutation reduces the fraction of myosin heads in the ordered state and that mavacamten can recover the WT situation.

      The results from SHG were compared with parallel studies using X-rays to validate the conclusions. Independent fibre ATPase data further support the conclusions.

      The work is solid and provides a novel approach assessing the activity state of muscle thick filaments. The authors point out some of the potential uses of this approach in the future including time resolved SHG measurements. Indeed, jumps in mavacamten or dATP concentration with time resolved SHG could measure the rates of entry and exit from the ordered , off state of the filament. A measurement urgently needed in the field.

      Strengths:

      (1) The SHG signal is convincingly shown to assess the fraction of ordered/disordered myosin heads in the thick filament of a variety of muscle fibres.

      (2) The results are similar for rabbit psoas, mouse and minipig cardiac fibres, Skinning the fibres and production of myofibrils does not change the SHG signal.

      (3) Use of myosin R403Q mutant in mini pig confirms a loss of ordered myosin heads and the ordered heads can be recovered by mavacamten.

      (4) Parallel X-ray scattering and ATPase data support the conclusions.

      (5) Assuming that dATP and mavacamten generate 100% disordered vs ordered myosin heads respectively then the % ordered heads can be calculated for a variety of conditions.

      (6) The potential of extending the technique with time resolved studies and sub sarcomere variations of SHG are very exciting prospects.

      Weaknesses:

      Issues like the effect of fibre disarray on the SHG signal are not well defined.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this EEG study, Huang et al. investigated the relative contribution of two accounts to the process of conflict control, namely the stimulus-control association (SC), which refers to the phenomenon that the ratio of congruent vs. incongruent trials affects the overall control demands, and the stimulus-response association (SR), stating that the frequency of stimulus-response pairings can also impact the level of control. The authors extended the Stroop task with novel manipulation of item congruencies across blocks in order to test whether both types of information are encoded and related to behaviour. Using decoding and RSA they showed that the SC and SR representations were concurrently present in voltage signals and they also positively co-varied. In addition, the variability in both of their strengths was predictive of reaction time. In general, the experiment has an innovative design and the analytical choices are appropriate and the evidence supporting the conclusions are overall solid after taking consideration the control analyses the authors have provided, although within limits of their study design.

      Strength:

      (1) The authors used an interesting task design that extended the classic Stroop paradigm and is effective in teasing apart the relative contribution of the two different accounts regarding item-specific proportion congruency effect.

      (2) Linking strength of RSA scores with behavioural measure is critical to demonstrating the functional significance of the task representations in question.

      Comments on revised version.

      I appreciate the tireless effort the authors have presented to provide extra control analyses, however, on the other hand I do wish to remind them that sometimes limitations of one study is better addressed by a new study with improved design. There is very good reason why orthogonalization is critical to separating confounding influencing factors which the current study did not completely achieve. Reviewer 1's suggestion on alternative designs is certainly worth considering, and I encourage the authors to continue working on perfecting the experimental design in future work.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      The manuscript examines whether insects can use bat odor as a cue of predation risk. The authors focus on the insectivorous bat Scotophilus kuhlii and the cricket Loxoblemmus equestris. They first use fecal DNA metabarcoding to show that crickets are part of the bat's diet, and field surveys to show that L. equestris is abundant at local foraging sites. In laboratory Y-tube assays, the authors show that crickets strongly avoid air carrying bat body odor. Gas chromatography coupled with electroantennographic detection showed that cricket antennae respond to components of bat odor. Chemical analyses identified several volatile compounds, with 2,2-dimethylheptane and (−)-limonene associated with antennal responses. Further analyses suggested that snout secretions are likely to contribute to the bat's body odor. The authors then tested individual compounds. Among the commercially available candidates, (−)-limonene elicited a strong antennal response and was sufficient to cause avoidance in the olfactometer. In field plots, spraying (−)-limonene reduced cricket calling activity relative to pre-exposure levels, whereas calling increased in control plots treated with hexane. Overall, the study argues that crickets can detect a vertebrate predator through olfactory cues and that a single bat-associated volatile can trigger antipredator behavior.

      This is an interesting and enjoyable study that addresses an understudied aspect of predator-prey interactions. The manuscript is clearly written, the experiments are presented in a logical sequence, and the figures are crisp and easy to follow. I really appreciated the combination of behavioral assays, electrophysiology, chemical analysis, and field observations.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Many insects possess extremely sensitive olfactory systems that can detect chemical signals from distances of several kilometers. For decades, the arms race between bats and insects has served as a prime example of acoustic co-evolution. The auditory adaptations of insects to echolocation have been well documented. Cricket has a multi-sensory predator recognition system with keen olfactory, tactile, and auditory senses. However, whether crickets can use the scent of bats to avoid them remains unknown at present. The authors hypothesized that cricket prey (Loxoblemmus equestris) might eavesdrop on predator bat (Scotophilus kuhlii) VOCs as an early warning. L. equestris is one of the prey species of S. kuhlii, and the authors demonstrated that the body odor of the insectivorous bat S. kuhlii triggers robust avoidance and electrophysiological responses in the cricket L. equestris, and that a single compound, (-)-limonene, is sufficient to elicit this avoidance in the laboratory and suppress calling in the field. Overall, this paper has a complete chain of evidence and should be a highly praised study.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Rupasinghe and co-authors introduce a new statistical model for spiking neurons. Building on earlier work, they propose to model spikes as arising from a Poisson process whereby the firing rate is the product of stimulus drive and a stimulus-independent gain signal. The critical innovation of this work is that the gain signal is modeled in continuous time. Earlier explorations of this statistical construction treated the gain-signal as constant within a trial. This innovation is elegant and important. It makes the model richer, more plausible, and more broadly applicable. The authors show that the model parameters are recoverable from realistic amounts of data and then apply the framework to previously studied datasets. They show that the new model outperforms earlier models and alternative candidates in capturing spiking data across four visual areas of the macaque monkey. Analysis of the model parameters replicates some earlier findings and uncovers several new insights. The model and fitting methods can be broadly applied to partition different types of signals and noise from spiking data and are likely to be widely adopted in the systems neuroscience community.

      Strengths:

      (1) Through clever use of advanced statistical techniques, the authors manage to infer critical information from single trial single cell data.

      (2) The question of which aspect of a spike train is signal and which is noise is omnipresent in neuroscience. By improving our ability to characterize the distinct factors that shape spiking activity, this work makes a fundamental contribution to the literature.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The work is entirely focused on single cell data. While this is a great starting point, expanding the approach to spiking activity in neural populations is an important future goal. The discussion lays out a roadmap towards this goal.

      Comments on revised version.

      I thank the authors for their sincere engagement with the reviews. They have addressed all issues I had raised. I found the first version of the manuscript already impressive. The revised version is a bit clearer about the exact relationship to some prior work and now documents additional new findings that validate the successful partitioning of signal and noise and directly connect stimulus-induced variability quenching to the stabilization of the latent gain signal. This makes it a really great paper.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Neurons have varied responses to external stimuli that cannot be explained by naive Poisson models. Previous work has quantified and partitioned higher-than-Poisson variability in the brain into different components. The authors improve on these methods to infer how both the stimulus drive and internal gain dynamics impact neuronal variability continuously in time. The clean and well-reasoned model is rigorously developed and then applied to neural data across the visual hierarchy. This lends new insights into how variability is partitioned, agreeing with and extending previous work on how that variability changes from early visual areas (LGN, V1) through to higher, motion-sensitive areas (area MT). Another key contribution is that this partitioning can be fully addressed as a continuous-time process, which allows for dissection of how the timescale of fluctuations in these two components changes across the brain's processing arc.

      Strengths:

      (1) The model is cleanly derived and thoroughly documented, including useable code shared in a GitHub repo. This makes the method immediately portable to other neural systems.

      (2) The figures and writing are clear and understandable and all pieces of the derivations are included in the main text and supplementary information.

      (3) Comparisons to other models, particularly the one from Goris et al., 2014 shows how this Continuous Modulated Poisson (CMP) model outperforms previous work.

      (4) New insights about how variability partitioning changes across the visual stream from LGN to MT are revealed, including how the gain fluctuates on longer timescales in higher visual areas. Another key result about the anticorrelation between the variance in stimulus drive and gain fluctuations comports with theories about how neurons maintain efficient, reliable encoding.

      (5) In addition to the results reported here, this work will serve as an excellent tutorial for students and postdocs first delving into the sources of variability in the brain.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The work builds off previous studies of the partitioning of variability in the brain, but provides important new extensions as noted above. Sub-poisson variability cannot be addressed in the current framework, but ideas for extensions are included in the Discussion.

      Comments on revised version.

      The revisions have thoroughly addressed my previous comments and concerns and the paper's clarity and scope have improved.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigate how depressive symptoms relate to metacognitive confidence across multiple levels of a metacognitive hierarchy. Participants completed twice-daily assessments of depressive symptoms and bi-daily assessments of a perceptual confidence task for eight weeks. The study replicates prior findings that depression is associated with lower confidence and extends these findings by suggesting that trait depression weakens the temporal persistence of local confidence signals, thereby impairing their accumulation into global confidence.

      The study addresses an important question in computational psychiatry: how disturbances in confidence contribute to persistent negative self-beliefs in depression. The longitudinal design and repeated assessments represent advances over prior cross-sectional studies. The attempt to bridge momentary confidence fluctuations with broader self-beliefs through a hierarchical metacognitive framework is novel.

      The principal contribution is the finding that trait depression moderates the lagged relationship between local and global confidence. The authors interpret this as evidence that positive fluctuations in local confidence decay more rapidly in individuals with higher depression, limiting their integration into higher-order confidence beliefs. This contribution is potentially important.

      However, several aspects of the interpretation warrant caution. The moderated mediation analysis remains correlational and does not establish that impaired local confidence persistence causally produces global under-confidence. Alternative explanations, including stable individual differences in response styles, latent third variables, or measurement properties of the confidence scales, remain plausible. The manuscript occasionally adopts language suggesting mechanistic or causal conclusions that exceed the inferential scope of the analyses.

      The temporal resolution of the study also complicates interpretation. The absence of cross-lagged effects between depression and confidence may reflect a mismatch between the timescales over which mood and metacognition interact. The authors acknowledge this possibility, but it substantially limits conclusions regarding temporal precedence.

      Furthermore, the sample size is not justified, and the sample differs considerably from populations typically studied in depression research. Participants were older, predominantly female, and self-selected citizen scientists with low and relatively stable depression scores. Consequently, it remains unclear whether the observed dynamics generalise to clinically depressed populations, where symptom severity and variability may differ substantially.

      Overall, this is a thoughtful and technically sophisticated study that provides valuable new data on the temporal organisation of confidence in relation to depression. The central findings are interesting and likely to stimulate future work, although the mechanistic interpretations would benefit from greater caution.

      Strengths:

      (1) Innovative use of dense longitudinal sampling to investigate metacognitive processes.

      (2) Large number of repeated observations per participant and good adherence over eight weeks.

      (3) Integration of EMA, multilevel vector autoregression, Bayesian modelling, and computational modelling.

      (4) Novel proposal that depression weakens the persistence of local confidence signals and their integration into global confidence.

      (5) Careful consideration of local versus global metacognitive processes.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The causal and mechanistic claims may exceed what can be inferred from the data.

      (2) No justification is provided for the sample size, and the sample is older, predominantly female, and largely non-clinical, limiting generalisability.

      (3) The sampling intervals may not be optimally suited to detect temporal relationships between mood and confidence.

      (4) Several modelling decisions require additional justification and sensitivity analyses.

      (5) The moderated mediation framework assumes a temporal ordering that cannot be conclusively established.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Phon-Amnuaisuk and colleagues address an important question in cognitive psychology and computational psychiatry: how does the established relationship between depression and metacognitive under-confidence unfold over time? The study is grounded in a hierarchical view of metacognition, in which local confidence in individual decisions contributes to global estimates of performance. To test this, the authors used an intensive longitudinal design in which participants repeatedly reported depressive symptoms and completed a gamified perceptual decision-making task over eight weeks. This allowed them to examine whether depressive symptoms and confidence fluctuate together within individuals, whether one predicts the other over time, and whether trait depression alters the way local confidence is carried forward and integrated into global confidence. The main findings are that higher trait depression is associated with lower local and global confidence, that within-person mood fluctuations show limited temporal precedence over confidence at the two-day timescale, and that trait depression is linked to weaker temporal persistence of local confidence and reduced carry-over into later global confidence.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of the study is its repeated-measures design across a large sample. Participants completed up to 28 metacognitive task sessions over eight weeks, alongside repeated ratings of depressive symptoms. This allows the authors to separate stable between-person differences from within-person changes over time, which is a clear advantage over standard cross-sectional studies. The analytical strategy is also appropriate: the authors use multilevel vector autoregressive models to examine temporal, contemporaneous, and between-person associations; Bayesian ordinal models to test interactions; and computational modelling to examine how confidence is formed.

      The strongest results concern stable individual differences. Participants with higher average depressive symptoms reported lower local and global confidence. While this pattern is consistent with prior work showing reduced confidence in depression, the computational model further suggests that higher depression is associated with a more conservative confidence criterion: these participants required more evidence before reporting high confidence. This adds nuance by suggesting that under-confidence in depression may not reflect poorer metacognitive sensitivity, but rather a bias in how confidence is reported.

      The study also proposes a novel temporal account. Trait depression was associated with weaker autocorrelation of local confidence across sessions, which in turn reduced the extent to which local confidence carried over into later global confidence. This indirect pathway was supported by a moderated mediation analysis and was consistent across most individual depressive symptoms. The finding is theoretically interesting and supported by strong statistical evidence.

      Weaknesses:

      The main limitation concerns the interpretation of the temporal and mechanistic claims. The strongest effects are observed at the trait level, whereas the within-person temporal associations between mood and confidence are weak or absent. The study therefore provides stronger evidence that people with higher average depressive symptoms are generally less confident than evidence that momentary changes in depressive mood drive later changes in confidence, or vice versa.

      The sample also constrains the conclusions. Depression scores were strongly concentrated near the lower end of the scale, and the final sample was highly selected, with many of the initial 976 participants excluded because they did not complete enough task sessions. This means that the study may be better suited to detecting stable individual differences than dynamic mood-confidence processes.

      The temporal spacing of the metacognitive assessments is a further constraint. Because the metacognition task was administered every two days, the cross-lagged analyses could only test mood-confidence dynamics across this interval. If depressive mood and confidence influence each other over shorter timescales, such effects may have been missed. The absence of cross-lagged effects should therefore be interpreted with caution: it shows that temporal precedence was not detected at the two-day lag in this sample, but it does not rule out shorter-term directional effects or effects in more symptomatic clinical populations.

      Related to this, the manuscript moves between several related but distinct terms - "mood," "depressive mood," "depression," "depressive symptoms," and "trait depression" - without always clarifying whether these are intended as interchangeable or as conceptually distinct constructs. This matters for a study whose central claims concern temporal precedence and trait-versus-state distinctions, and it is compounded by a sample with generally low depressive symptom levels, where the boundary between transient low mood and a trait-like depressive disposition is harder to draw.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigate whether the brain uses the same neural representations for "absence" when it comes to seeing nothing versus thinking of zero. To do this, they recorded MEG while participants performed two types of tasks: (1) a perceptual detection task where subjects reported the presence or absence of a faint visual stimulus, and (2) numerical comparison tasks where subjects saw streams of numbers or dot patterns (both including "0" or empty sets) and decided which of two color-coded streams had a larger average. Multivariate decoders were trained to distinguish "present" vs "absent" in the detection task and "zero" vs "non-zero" in the numerical tasks. As a sanity check, the authors first replicate that symbolic (digit "0") and non-symbolic (empty dot sets) zeros share a common neural code (cross-format generalization). Crucially, they find that this numerical "zero" code does not overlap with the code for perceptual absence: cross-decoding between the detection task and number tasks yields Bayes factors strongly favoring distinct representations. In other words, the brain's pattern for "no grating was seen" cannot decode the pattern for "the number zero was shown," and vice versa. A small brief cross-decoding effect around 300 ms was observed, which the authors attribute to low-level visual confounds (and which they test with an additional control decoder for stimulus presence), but overall the evidence supports a dissociation.

      Strengths:

      The authors investigate whether the brain uses the same neural representations for "absence" when it comes to seeing nothing versus thinking of zero. To do this, they recorded MEG while participants performed two types of tasks: (1) a perceptual detection task where subjects reported the presence or absence of a faint visual stimulus, and (2) numerical comparison tasks where subjects saw streams of numbers or dot patterns (both including "0" or empty sets) and decided which of two color-coded streams had a larger average. Multivariate decoders were trained to distinguish "present" vs "absent" in the detection task and "zero" vs "non-zero" in the numerical tasks. As a sanity check, the authors first replicate that symbolic (digit "0") and non-symbolic (empty dot sets) zeros share a common neural code (cross-format generalization). Crucially, they find that this numerical "zero" code does not overlap with the code for perceptual absence: cross-decoding between the detection task and number tasks yields Bayes factors strongly favoring distinct representations. In other words, the brain's pattern for "no grating was seen" cannot decode the pattern for "the number zero was shown," and vice versa. A small brief cross-decoding effect around 300 ms was observed, which the authors attribute to low-level visual confounds (and which they test with an additional control decoder for stimulus presence), but overall the evidence supports a dissociation.

      Weaknesses:

      My main concern is whether the perceptual and numerical tasks are truly matched aside from their "absence" content. The perceptual task is a simple yes/no detection of a faint grating, whereas the numerical tasks involve holding two streams of 5 items in working memory and comparing their average. These tasks differ in many ways (stimulus complexity, decision rule, cognitive load), so it is possible that the lack of cross-decoding is due to general task differences rather than a fundamental "absence vs zero" dissociation. The authors do partially address this by showing that other shared aspects (like color) can cross-generalize, but one might still worry that an "absence" decision in a detection task engages different attentional or decisional mechanisms than a "zero" decision in a numerical context.

      The numerical averaging task closely resembles that used by Spitzer et al. (2017), who reported that both behavioral weighting and neural representational geometry exhibit anti-compression, with disproportionately stronger representations for larger numerosities. In contrast, the present manuscript interprets its decoding results as reflecting an ordered numerical continuum. It is therefore unclear whether the current analyses are sensitive only to ordinal structure or whether they also preserve the nonlinear representational geometry reported previously. This distinction is important because the interpretation of zero as part of a numerical continuum depends on the geometry of that continuum. The authors should clarify whether their representational analyses are compatible with the anti-compressed neural number line described by Spitzer et al., or explain why the two studies yield different conclusions.

      Spitzer, B., Waschke, L., & Summerfield, C. (2017). Selective overweighting of larger magnitudes during noisy numerical comparison. Nature Human Behaviour, 1(8), 145. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41562-017-0145

      The authors attempt to account for non-numerical visual information by controlling for Total Dot Area and Density. While this is an important control, these two variables do not exhaust the visual dimensions that covary with numerosity in dot displays. A large body of work has demonstrated that multiple continuous features, including average item area, total surface area, convex hull (field area), and density, are inherently intercorrelated and cannot all be independently controlled simultaneously (e.g., Piazza et al., 2004; Gebuis & Reynvoet, 2004; Castaldi et al., 2019; Karami et al., 2025). Consequently, controlling only two features does not fully establish that the decoded signal specifically reflects numerosity. To better characterize the stimulus space, I encourage the authors to report the correlation matrix among the principal visual features of the dot arrays (average item area, total surface area, convex hull/field area, density, and numerosity). In addition, it would be informative to quantify the unique contribution of each feature to the neural data using a multiple-regression RSA or semi-partial correlations RSA, similar to the analyses employed by Castaldi et al. (2019) and more recently by Karami et al. (2025). Such analyses would provide a more rigorous assessment of whether the decoded representations uniquely reflect numerosity after accounting for correlated visual properties.

      Piazza, M., Izard, V., Pinel, P., Bihan, D. L., & Dehaene, S. (2004). Tuning curves for approximate numerosity in the human intraparietal sulcus. Neuron, 44(3), 547-555. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2004.10.014

      Gebuis, T., & Reynvoet, B. (2011). The interplay between nonsymbolic number and its continuous visual properties. Journal of Experimental Psychology General, 141(4), 642-648. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0026218

      Castaldi, E., Piazza, M., Dehaene, S., Vignaud, A., & Eger, E. (2019). Attentional amplification of neural codes for number independent of other quantities along the dorsal visual stream. eLife, 8. https://doi.org/10.7554/elife.45160

      Karami, A., Castaldi, E., Eger, E., & Piazza, M. (2025). Distinct neural representational geometries of numerosity in early visual and association regions across visual streams. Communications Biology, 8(1), 1029. https://doi.org/10.1038/s42003-025-08395-z

      The manuscript reports predominantly diagonal temporal generalization for non-symbolic numerosity, implying a rapidly evolving neural code. However, a recent study using time-resolved decoding of numerical representations (Karami et al., 2025) reported substantial off-diagonal temporal generalization, consistent with a temporally stable representational format. Although methodological differences between the studies may account for this discrepancy, the apparent contrast deserves discussion. In particular, it would be useful for the authors to clarify whether the differences arise from task demands, stimulus characteristics, preprocessing and decoding procedures, or from theoretical differences in what is being decoded. More generally, these findings raise the possibility that the temporal stability of numerical representations is task-dependent rather than fixed. If so, it would be interesting to discuss whether task demands might also influence the relationship between perceptual and conceptual representations of absence. Such a possibility could help explain why cross-decoding was not observed in the present study and suggests an interesting direction for future research.

      Karami, A., Castaldi, E., Eger, E., Hebart, M., & Piazza, M. (2025). Numerosity Is Directly Sensed and Dynamically Transformed in the Human Brain: Evidence from MEG-MRI Fusion. bioRxiv (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory). https://doi.org/10.1101/2025.11.15.687894

      Throughout the manuscript, the authors appear to treat non-symbolic numerosity as a conceptual representation and contrast it with perceptual absence. I find this interpretation insufficiently justified. A substantial body of behavioral (Anobile et al., 2013; Cicchini et al., 2016) and neuroimaging (Piazza et al., 2004; Castaldi et al., 2019; Karami et al., 2025) research has argued that non-symbolic numerosity is represented as a perceptual attribute extracted relatively early in the visual processing hierarchy, even if its precise computational origin remains debated. Consequently, it is not immediately clear why non-symbolic numerosity should be regarded as a conceptual representation comparable to symbolic number or the concept of zero. This distinction is important because it directly affects the interpretation of the negative cross-decoding results. If both perceptual absence and non-symbolic numerosity are primarily perceptual representations, the absence of cross-decoding cannot be taken as evidence that perceptual and conceptual absence are represented differently. Rather, it may simply indicate that these two perceptual representations encode different visual attributes. I therefore encourage the authors to clarify their theoretical position regarding the representational status of non-symbolic numerosity and to discuss how their interpretation relates to influential theories of numerical cognition that conceptualize non-symbolic numerosity as an early perceptual representation rather than an abstract conceptual one.

      Anobile, G., Cicchini, G. M., & Burr, D. C. (2013). Separate mechanisms for perception of numerosity and density. Psychological Science, 25(1), 265-270. https://doi.org/10.1177/0956797613501520

      Cicchini, G. M., Anobile, G., & Burr, D. C. (2016). Spontaneous perception of numerosity in humans. Nature Communications, 7(1), 12536. https://doi.org/10.1038/ncomms12536

      Piazza, M., Izard, V., Pinel, P., Bihan, D. L., & Dehaene, S. (2004). Tuning curves for approximate numerosity in the human intraparietal sulcus. Neuron, 44(3), 547-555. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2004.10.014

      Castaldi, E., Piazza, M., Dehaene, S., Vignaud, A., & Eger, E. (2019). Attentional amplification of neural codes for number independent of other quantities along the dorsal visual stream. eLife, 8. https://doi.org/10.7554/elife.45160

      Karami, A., Castaldi, E., Eger, E., Hebart, M., & Piazza, M. (2025). Numerosity Is Directly Sensed and Dynamically Transformed in the Human Brain: Evidence from MEG-MRI Fusion. bioRxiv (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory). https://doi.org/10.1101/2025.11.15.687894

      I have two related concerns regarding the discussion of Paul et al. (2022). First, I think it would be helpful to describe more explicitly what was measured in that study. To my understanding, Paul et al. quantified the aggregate Fourier power (AFP) of the stimuli. Moreover, AFP has primarily been discussed in the context of dot arrays with constant dot size within each stimulus. In the current manuscript, it is not entirely clear from the Methods whether dot sizes vary within displays. I therefore encourage the authors to explicitly describe how dot sizes were generated and varied across stimuli. If AFP is correlated with numerosity in the present stimulus set, it would also be helpful to explain how the analyses dissociate neural representations of numerosity from those potentially driven by AFP. Second, I am not entirely convinced by the argument that training a classifier to distinguish Hits from Correct Rejections is sensitive to aggregate Fourier power. It would be helpful if the authors could explain more explicitly why this decoding contrast should be expected to be sensitive to AFP. As currently written, the logical connection between the AFP hypothesis and the proposed control analysis is not entirely clear.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors tackle the question of whether conceptual absence is neurally encoded in the same way as perceptual absence. On one hand, the neural bases of perceptual absence have been largely investigated, as exemplified by the study of neural correlates of perception of aware vs. unaware stimuli, and on the other hand, the overlapping neural encoding of symbolic ('0') and non-symbolic (number of dots) formats of numerical absence has been previously established (Barnett & Fleming, 2024). However, the direct comparison of neural representations between numerical and perceptual absences remained to be investigated.

      This article fills this gap by designing a Magneto-EncephaloGraphy (MEG) study using multi-voxel pattern analysis (MVPA) and temporal generalization to probe the similarity of neural patterns across the representation of perceptual absence (lack of stimuli), symbolic ('0'), and non-symbolic (number of dots) formats of numerical absence. They confirmed previously obtained evidence for shared neural representation across both formats of numerical absence. They report evidence for an absence of shared representation between both formats of numerical absence on one hand and perceptual absence on the other hand, while controlling for the confounding effect of low-level visual features. Their results overall support the conclusion that conceptual and perceptual absence are neurally encoded in a distinct way and speak in favour of a boundary between the representation of the concepts and the percept of absence.

      Major strengths:

      (1) Behavioral and neuroimaging results convincingly demonstrate that neural encoding of symbolic and non-symbolic absences is shared and situated on a graded, abstract neural number line, replicating previous results, notably from the authors themselves (Barnett & Fleming, 2024).

      (2) They show that neural encoding of perceptual and numerical absence do not generalise across each other, while controlling for spurious confounds due to visual stimuli that are commonly shared in the cases of non-symbolic numerical absence and perceptual absences.

      (3) They adequately use Bayesian analysis to distinguish absence of evidence vs. evidence of absence to support their claim.

      (4) The interpretation of numerical absence as a representation of the concept of "nothingness" is adequate, although it might be further discussed by distinguishing the concept of "zero" on a number line from the concept of nothingness and that of an empty set (Nieder, 2016).

      (5) The discussion about development and metacognition paves an interesting road for further investigation on the acquisition of the concept of zero, especially in light of debates on the progressive development of metacognitive abilities in children (Goupil & Kouider, 2019).

      (6) Data and code are published with open-source access, allowing the community to further investigate the points as major weaknesses evoked below, if desired.

      Major weaknesses:

      (1) Interestingly, restricting the neural decoding method to the alpha band shows distinct representations across formats of numerical absence. This begs for providing more details on how neural representations of perceptual, symbolic, and non-symbolic absences differ at the source and frequency level and to report the decoding weights to better assess what drives the performance of the neural decoding algorithm in each case and whether they overlap with each other.

      (2) Task-demands between perceptual (present vs absent) and numerical (lower vs higher) are different, raising concerns about whether these aspects of experimental design could drive, at least partially, the shared representational patterns across numerical representation of absence and their distinction from perceptual representation of absence.

      (3) The same argument can also be raised for the way that the neural decoders of perceptual and numerical absences are trained and tested. Both formats of numerical absence are built using the same procedure (zero vs. rest) and differ from the way the decoder is built for perceptual absence (hits vs misses), which might possibly drive the difference observed here.

      (4) It is thus unknown whether the claim supporting the evidence of absence holds as long as other counterfactual hypotheses that might drive these results are not excluded, such as the nature of the decoded features, the effect of task demands, or the way the neural decoder is trained, as mentioned above.

      Overall, I was pleased by the quality of the methods and the clarity with which the question of the boundary between cognition and perception is addressed for the case of numerous and perceptual absence. While the methods used are well established in the field, the choice and rigor of their analysis and the controls provided stand as a convincing methodology to test their hypotheses, although they do not fully exclude alternative interpretations nor explore the wider extent of possibilities that may provide exhaustive evidence for showing that perceptual and numerical absences are distinctly encoded in the brain.

      This work will be of great appeal to neuroscientists interested in comparing the representation of percepts and concepts across different formats, to psychologists interested in the origin of number representation, and to philosophers interested in debates on the boundary between cognition and perception.

      Nieder, A. (2016). Representing something out of nothing: The dawning of zero. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 20(11), 830-842.

      Goupil, L., & Kouider, S. (2019). Developing a reflective mind: From core metacognition to explicit self-reflection. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 28(4), 403-408.

      Barnett, B., & Fleming, S. M. (2024). Symbolic and non-symbolic representations of numerical zero in the human brain. Current Biology, 34(16), 3804-3811.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is an interesting and well-written manuscript in which the authors set out to answer a simple, longstanding question with a modern comparative approach. Namely where in crab evolution did sideways walking arise, how often has it been lost or regained, and is its evolution plausibly associated with the ecological and taxonomic success of true crabs. To address these questions the authors recorded locomotion from 50 live species, quantified the predominant direction of locomotion, and mapped these behavioral states onto a recent crab phylogeny to reconstruct the likely evolutionary history of sideways walking. The revised manuscript also includes analyses of the underlying movement-angle distributions and tests whether the evolutionary conclusions depend on the original behavioral classification scheme.

      Strengths:

      The strongest part of the study remains the dataset itself. Comparable behavioral measurements across dozens of crab species are rare, and obtaining and recording live representatives from this range of taxa required substantial field, aquarium, and husbandry effort. The overall pattern that emerges, in which most true crabs are strongly biased toward sideways locomotion while several specialized lineages move predominantly forward, is interesting and likely to be useful to researchers studying animal locomotion, functional morphology, and behavioral evolution.

      The revised analyses substantially strengthened the manuscript. In the original version, I was concerned that the main behavioral classification depended too strongly on first assigning individual movements to forward or sideways bins using a fixed angular boundary. The authors have now analyzed the underlying continuous movement-angle distributions and have shown that, although mixed directional tendencies are present in some species, most taxa have a dominant directional preference. They also derived a separate, data-informed boundary from the distribution of dominant movement directions. I favor this alternative approach and it produces the same classification of species as the original index-based method, providing useful evidence that the main evolutionary reconstruction is not simply an artifact of the original 60{degree sign} cutoff.

      The authors also responded appropriately to the limitation that locomotion was measured from one individual per species. This sampling design cannot establish the full extent of within-species, ontogenetic, or size-dependent variation, but the revised manuscript now states this limitation clearly and restricts its conclusions to broad interspecific patterns in predominant locomotor direction. This is a more appropriate interpretation of the available sampling.

      The phylogenetic analysis provides a reasonable framework for addressing the main evolutionary question. Taken together, the behavioral and phylogenetic results support the conclusion that sideways locomotion likely arose once within the lineage leading to true crabs and was followed by multiple reversions toward predominantly forward locomotion in specialized groups. The manuscript therefore makes a convincing case that sideways walking is not simply an inevitable consequence of possessing a crab-like body plan.

      Weaknesses:

      My main remaining reservation concerns the interpretation of forward and sideways locomotion as two discrete biological modes. The revised analyses convincingly show that species can be classified according to their predominant direction of locomotion and that this classification is robust to alternative analytical approaches. However, this does not necessarily demonstrate that forward and sideways locomotion represent two intrinsically discrete or mutually exclusive behavioral modes. Indeed, the new analyses show that many taxa are better described by two-component movement-angle distributions, even though most of these have one dominant component. This is consistent with strong directional preferences, but it also indicates that mixed movement strategies are common. The supplementary circular distributions similarly show considerable variation in the shape and breadth of directional preferences among taxa. Having said that, I do not think this substantially weakens the central evolutionary conclusion. The phylogenetic analysis requires a defensible classification of predominant locomotor direction, and the revised analyses now provide one. The evolutionary story remains interesting whether the underlying behavioral variation consists of two sharply discrete modes or a broader continuum of directional strategies with strong clustering toward forward and sideways movement.

      A second limitation is that the proposed relationship between sideways locomotion and diversification remains necessarily correlational. The revised manuscript handles this more cautiously than the original version and now frames sideways locomotion as a plausible key innovation whose emergence is associated with the exceptional diversity of true crabs, rather than as a demonstrated causal driver of diversification. This distinction is important because differences in species richness among lineages can also reflect ecological opportunity, extinction history, and other lineage-specific factors. The revised framing is therefore better aligned with the strength of the evidence.

      Final assessment: Overall, this is a valuable comparative study with an unusually broad behavioral dataset. The revisions have addressed the principal methodological concerns raised in the original review, particularly by analyzing continuous movement directions and demonstrating that the main phylogenetic classification is robust to an alternative, data-informed approach. The evidence now convincingly supports the central conclusion concerning the evolutionary origin and repeated reversal of predominant locomotor direction in crabs, although the stronger interpretation that forward and sideways locomotion represent two strictly discrete biological modes remains less certain.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The current work investigates the evolution of sideward locomotion in Brachyura in light of a single evolutionary origin. To this end, the authors first analysed the mode of locomotion in 50 crab species and observed mutually exclusive presence of sideways vs. forward movement. The phylogenetic analysis confirmed that there is indeed a single evolutionary origin for sideways movement, which was sometimes followed by several reversions to forward locomotion. This way, authors demonstrate how locomotor movement modes shape evolutionary diversification in animals by showing that species richness is much higher in side-ways-moving crabs than in the nearest groups. This is an interesting work that integrates behavioural analysis and phylogenetic relations, capitalising largely on crabs.

      Original questions/suggestions:

      Firstly, I think the paper spends too much time on a straightforward analysis of the mode of locomotion. I was also wondering whether the phylogenetic analysis could be simply achieved by maximising an objective function in which the modes of movement are inversely coded for two putative groups, with all values calculated at all possible nodes.

      Unfortunately, I find that the authors did not sufficiently discuss differences in the ecological niches of species with forward vs. sideways locomotion modes (including challenges of locomotion and substrate).

      Likewise, what are the anatomic correlates of forward vs. sideways locomotion? For instance, how are the advantages assumed for sideways movement associated with a flattened body? Is it possible that the mode of motion is secondary to flattened/narrow body structure, which basically limits the distance between legs and thus makes the forward movement difficult - under this logic, the mode of movement would be a secondary phenomenon to body shape traits. How can one differentiate between this alternative and the one that puts the mode of movement in the centre of the story? On a related note, how do different modes of movement relate to the ability to fit into tight spaces - how does it relate to differences in leg joints?

      Is it possible that the sideways movement maximises the scanned visual field per unit time/displacement, which may be beneficial for mostly forward-moving predators?

      Briefly, although I find the study interesting, the presented complexity may not be necessary given the endpoints; it can be achieved much more simply. Furthermore, the degree to which the conceptual analysis of different modes of locomotion was exercised was limited. The general approach may serve as a good model for the evolutionary analysis of other traits. The demonstration of traceability of the relations in question is a major contribution of the work.

      Comment on revised version:

      I am not fully convinced by the authors' handling of the complexity of the paper, but this seems like a moot point.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors perform an analysis of the relationship between the size of an LMM and the predictive performance of an ECoG encoding model made using the representations from that LMM. They find a logarithmic relationship between model size and prediction performance, consistent with previous findings in fMRI. They additionally observe that as the model size increases, the location of the "peak" encoding performance typically moves further back into the model in terms of percent layer depth, an interesting result worthy of further analysis into these representations.

      Strengths:

      The evidence is quite convincing, consistent across model families and complementary to other work in this field. This sort of analysis for ECoG is needed and supports the decade-long enduring trend of the "virtuous cycle" between neuroscience and AI research, where more powerful AI models have consistently yielded more effective predictions of responses in the brain. The lag analysis showing that optimal lags do not change with model size is a nice result using the higher temporal resolution of ECoG compared to other methods like fMRI.

      Comments on revised version.

      After the latest revision, I am pleased to remove my previous remarks about weaknesses of the paper, as I believe the additional data scaling analysis, discussion of layerwise trends, and other additional commentary makes the paper a compelling addition to the literature.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper investigates whether large language models (LLMs) of increasing size more accurately align with brain activity during naturalistic language comprehension. The authors extracted word embeddings from LLMs for each word in a 30-minute story and regressed them against electrocorticography (ECoG) activity time-locked to each word as participants listened to the story. The findings reveal that larger LLMs more effectively predict ECoG activity, reflecting the scaling laws observed in other natural language processing tasks.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study compared model activity with ECoG recordings, which offer much better temporal resolution than other neuroimaging methods, allowing for the examination of model encoding performance across various lags relative to word onset.

      (2) The range of LLMs tested is comprehensive, spanning from 82 million to 70 billion parameters. This serves as a valuable reference for researchers selecting LLMs for brain encoding and decoding studies.

      (3) The regression methods used are well-established in prior research, and the results demonstrate a convincing scaling law for the brain encoding ability of LLMs. The consistency of these results after PCA dimensionality reduction further supports the claim.

      Comments on revised version.

      I thank the authors very much for their efforts in addressing my comments. One remaining concern is the extent of the paper's conceptual advance. Several recent studies have made broadly similar claims regarding the increasing alignment between large language models and human language processing, although using fMRI data (Antonello et al., 2023; Gao et al., 2025). I would therefore encourage the authors to more clearly articulate what additional insights are gained from using ECoG. Clarifying this point would help better establish the novelty and contribution of the present study.

      Antonello, R. J., Vaidya, A. R., & Huth, A. G. (2023). Scaling laws for language encoding models in fMRI. Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems, 36, 21895-21907.

      Gao, C., Ma, Z., Chen, J., Li, P., Huang, S., & Li, J. (2025). Increasing alignment of large language models with language processing in the human brain. Nature Computational Science, 5(11), 1080-1090.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This manuscript studies the connection between neural activity collected through electrocorticography and hidden vector representations from autoregressive language models, with the specific aim of studying the influence of language model size on this connection. Neural activity was measured from subjects that listened to a segment from a podcast, and the representations from language models were calculated using the written transcription as the input text. The ability of vector representations to predict neural activity was evaluated using 10-fold cross-validation with ridge regression models.

      The main results are that (as well summarized in section headings):<br /> (1) Larger models predict neural activity better.

      (2) The ability of language model representations to predict neural activity differs across electrodes and brain regions.

      (3) The layer that best predicts neural activity differs according to model size, with the "SMALL" model showing a correspondence between layer number and the language processing hierarchy.

      (4) There seems to be a similar relationship between the time lag and the ability of language model representations to predict neural activity across models.

      Strengths:

      (1) The experimental and modeling protocols generally seem solid, which yielded results that answer the authors' primary research question.

      (2) Electrocorticography data is especially hard to collect, so these results make a nice addition to recent functional magnetic resonance imaging studies.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The interpretation of some results seems unjustified, although this may just be a presentational issue.

      a) Figure 2B: The authors interpret the results as "a plateau in the maximal encoding performance," when some readers might interpret this rather as a decline after 13 billion parameters. Can this be further supported by a significance test like that shown in Figure 4B?

      b) Figure S1A: It looks like the drop in PCA max correlation is larger for larger models, which may suggest to some readers that the same trend observed for ridge max correlation may not hold, contra the authors' claim that all results replicate. Why not include a similar figure as Figure 2B as part of Figure S1?

      (2) Discussion of what might be driving the main result about the influence of model size appears to be missing (cf. the authors aim to provide an explanation of what seems to drive the influence of the layer location in Paragraph 3 of the Discussion section). What explanations have been proposed in the previous functional magnetic resonance imaging studies? Do those explanations also hold in the context of this study?

      (3) The GloVe-based selection of language-sensitive electrodes (at least to me) isn't explained/motivated clearly enough (I think a more detailed explanation should be included in the Materials and Methods section). If the electrodes are selected based on GloVe embeddings, then isn't the main experiment just showing that representations from larger language models track more closely with GloVe embeddings? What justifies this methodology?

      (4) (Minor weakness) The main experiments are largely replications of previous functional magnetic resonance imaging studies, with the exception of the one lag-based analysis. Is there anything else that the electrocorticography data can reveal that functional magnetic resonance imaging data can't?

      Comments on revised version.

      I reread the manuscript, my previous review, and the authors' response to it. I thank the authors for clarifying any misunderstanding from my end (e.g. the different LLM tokenizers) and feel that the authors addressed my concerns very carefully.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have adequately addressed how the percentage of fibroblasts was derived.]

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Seegren and colleagues demonstrate that in a mouse model of neonatal E. coli meningitis, loss of toll-like receptor 4 (TLR4) in VE-cadherin+ endothelial cells and a subset of meningeal fibroblasts leads to a marked decrease in transcriptional dysregulation across multiple leptomeningeal cell types, a decrease in vascular permeability, and a decrease in macrophage abundance. In contrast, loss of macrophage TLR4 had less pronounced effects. Using cultured wildtype and TLR4-knockout endothelial cells, the authors further demonstrate that TLR4 signaling leads to reversible internalization of the tight junction protein claudin-5, establishing a potential mechanism of increased vascular permeability. Authors also show that claudin-5 internalization is independent of NF-κB. Finally, the authors use RNA-sequencing of wildtype and TLR4-knockout endothelial cells to define the TLR4-dependent cell-autonomous transcriptional response to E. coli.

      Comments on previous version:

      The authors have considerably improved and strengthened the work through the addition of new experimental data, new data analyses, and modifications to their interpretation. Notably, the authors used additional Cre-reporter mice to clarify that Cdh5-CreER is active in endothelial cells and some meningeal fibroblasts, and thus revised nomenclature and interpretation to acknowledge that the Tlr4fl/-;Cdh5-CreER cKO (Tlr4-VEKO) is not exclusively endothelial. The authors also demonstrated that Tlr4-VEKO does not affect peripheral E.coli burden, but acknowledge that changes to periphery-derived signals (e.g., cytokines) may contribute to observed leptomeningeal phenotypes.

      The authors added PCA plots to show similarity in gene expression shifts across biological replicates (mice). This provides support for the claim that Tlr4-VEKO attenuates infection-associated transcriptional changes. With respect to differential expression analysis, I agree with authors that characteristics of individual cells (e.g. heterogeneity) are of interest. I remain concerned, however, that the formal differential analysis strategy appears to consider cells as independent experimental units, which they are not because a single cell cannot be randomly assigned to an experimental group (control or cKO, uninfected or infected). The mouse is the correct experimental unit for a comparison across these groups because it can be randomized. I appreciate that many of the gene expression changes appear consistent across mice (e.g. Figure 1 - Figure supplement 7) and that there are clear infection- and genotype-associated phenotypes in other assays. I would simply caution that the authors' analysis strategy likely leads to a larger number of type I errors (false positives) than is generally accepted; a mixed (hierarchical) model or pseudo-bulk approach would be more appropriate for future studies.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors use a postnatal mouse model of E. coli bacterial meningitis and a mouse brain endothelioma cell line combined with cell type specific gene deletion to study the function of endothelial TLR4, a cell surface receptor that recognizes gram positive bacterial wall components, in the local leptomeningeal (LPM) response with a focus on endothelial barrier breakdown mediated by TLR4. Single cell transcriptional profiling and imaging studies using wholemount preps of the LPM support that LPM endothelial, CD206+ local macrophage and LPM fibroblast and arachnoid barrier cell inflammatory response and is abrogated in endothelial specific KO of TLR4, pointing to a role for endothelial TLR4 in local LPM response. Culture studies using Bend3.1 cells (a mouse brain endothelioma cell line) support a direct role for TLR4 in the bacteria-mediated inflammatory response and in internalization of Cldn5 via the endosomal-lysosomal pathway, resulting in loss of barrier integrity

      Strengths:

      The local LPM cell response in meningitis and the role of specific LPM cells in inflammation and CNS barrier breakdown has not been extensively studied, despite ample evidence for primary immune response in the meninges in human patients and in animal models. The authors employ a robust, multi-model approach using both in vivo and in vitro models with cell-type specific knockout to study the function of TLR4 in brain endothelial cell response. The authors nicely combine functional barrier assays with IF for junctional localization in their experimental design and they delve into potential mechanisms of Cldn5 internalization using markers of endosomal-lysomal pathway localization. The authors also describe a new type of barrier assay using a streptavidin-coated plates upon which barrier forming cell cultures can be plated, this could be a very useful alternative or complement to other size-selective barrier assays and presumably could work for other barrier forming cell types, like epithelial cells.

      Comments on previous version.

      In their revision, the authors addressed prior noted weaknesses with new data and analysis. They now show that TLR4-VE-cad cKO mice have a largely similar disease progression as control mice, including increased bacterial burden in the LPM and brain. This underscores that that the reduced vascular leakage and blunted inflammatory response is due to loss of TLR4 response to bacteria on VE-cad recombined cells and not because the mice are protected from meningitis. The authors also performed additional experiments to show that Cldn5 internalization via the endosomal-lysosomal pathway is independent of NFKB signaling. The authors also added in important discussion points about how their results fit into the broader literature on TLR4 in BBB endothelial cell junctional protein localization and prior work on meningitis in global TLR4.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates the molecular underpinnings of immune responses in the leptomeninges in neonatal bacterial meningitis. Bacterial meningitis is a major disease burden, particularly for neonates, and it has previously been noted that the meningeal immune environment in infants is permissive to opportunistic infection (Kim et al., Sci Immunol, 2023). There is less known about the contribution of the stromal compartment to meningeal immune responses. Seegren et al. interrogate the role of leptomeningeal endothelium in host defense in E. coli infected neonatal mice using mouse genetic tools to delete the LPS receptor Tlr4 from either endothelial cells/stromal cells (using Cdh5-CreER) or myeloid cells (using LysM-Cre). The authors use snRNAseq, cleared cortical mounts, and in vitro work to define the impact of E. coli infection on leptomeningeal endothelial cells. This study uses a range of innovative techniques to probe the role of the stromal compartment in meningitis. With additional experiments to confirm the specificity of their Cre models, this strengthens the interpretation of the study significantly. The only major weakness is the inability to confirm TLR4 knockout in myeloid cells.

      Strengths:

      This study makes excellent use of cleared cortical mounts to examine the biology of the leptomeninges, in particular, changes to the endothelium, with unprecedented detail. In combination with high-quality sequencing data provide new insights into the impact of meningitis on the leptomeninges. The data presented by the authors is of very high quality.

      The authors have also done substantial work to address my two major comments regarding 1) the specificity of their Cre systems and 2) peripheral impacts of the interventions.

      (1) The authors identified and acknowledged some impacts in the leptomeningeal stroma (the relatively high level of recombination in ECs vs FBs presumably reflects a single low dose being given, where other groups have done more aggressive tamoxifen regimens that drive recombination in FBs as well). Given the incomplete recombination in the leptomeningeal FBs, I agree with their conclusion that it is probably endothelial driven. Acknowledging the contributions of other myeloid cells with the L. The Cre-NLS experiments with nuclear markers provided excellent data and had beautiful staining.

      (2) The authors did not observe differences in bacterial burden in peripheral organs in either CKO model, suggesting that CNS impacts are not downstream of peripheral bacterial control.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) While the inducible Cre lines used by the authors target both peripheral and CNS tissues, this potential confound is mitigated by the lack of impact on peripheral disease burden.

      (2) The authors were not able to confirm TLR4 knockout in myeloid cells, and this caveat is acknowledged. The lack of response in TLR4 VEKO mice strongly suggests successful conditional knockout.

      (3) The cell line model (bEnd.3) is a relatively low fidelity model of BBB endothelial cells. The authors acknowledge this, and it is likely that endothelial cell responses to LPS are highly conserved.

      (4) It is perhaps not surprising that Tlr4 is required for meningitis responses with E. coli. However, it is unclear if these findings can be generalised to other, more common, meningitis infections (streptococcal/pneumococcal).

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Gonzaga-Saavedra et al report an analysis on genomic binding of Polycomb group proteins, and of H2Aub1 and H3K27me3 domain formation in the early Drosophila embryo. Using carefully stage embryos during the nuclear cycles (NC) leading up to the cellular blastoderm stage, the authors provide compelling evidence that H3K27me3 domains at PcG target genes are only established during NC14 and do not exist in NC13. In contrast, H2Aub1 domains already start to appear during NC13. The authors show that E(z), the catalytic subunit of the H3K27 histone methyltransferase PRC2, is readily detected in interphase nuclei during the rapid nuclear divisions in pre-blastoderm embryos. In contrast, the DNA-binding proteins Pho, Cg and GAF that are known (Pho) or have been postulated (Cg, GAF) to anchor PRC2 and PRC1 to Polycomb Response Elements (PREs) in Polycomb target genes only start to show nuclear localization from NC10 onwards with gradually increasing nuclear concentrations, reaching a maximum during NC14. These data strongly corroborate the simple straightforward view that targeting of PRC2 and PRC1 to PREs by sequence-specific DNA-binding proteins is a pre-requisite for the formation of H3K27me3 and H2Aub1 domains at Polycomb target genes.

      The authors then explore the potential role of GAF/Trl in this process. They find that in embryos depleted of GAF/Trl, H3K27me3 domain formation is largely unperturbed.

      The authors also depleted the pioneer factor Zelda (Zld) and found that removal of Zld results in a more complex outcome. Zelda appears to counteract accumulation of H3K27me3 at the Polycomb targets eve and zen but also appears to be required for effective H3K27me3 domain formation at Polycomb targets such as amos or atonal.

      This is a very thorough study that reports data of superior technical quality that are highly relevant for the field. The study by Gonzaga-Saavedra et al extends and strengthens previous work from the labs of Eisen (Li et al, eLife 2014) and Zeitlinger (Chen et al, eLife 2013) to convincingly demonstrate that Polycomb domain formation in the early embryo occurs during ZGA but that such domains do not exist prior to ZGA. This should now finally put to rest earlier claims by the Iovino lab (Zenk et al, Science 2017) that H3K27me3 domains present in the zygote nucleus would be propagated and partially maintained during the rapid nuclear cleavage cycles and serve as seeds for H3K27me3 domain formation during ZGA.

      The experiments analyzing H3K27me3 domain formation in embryos depleted of GAF/Trl or Zelda will be of great interest to the field.

      Comments on revised version.

      In the revised version, the authors have addressed the comments and suggestions raised by this reviewer and added the missing references to earlier work.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Reynolds and colleagues provide a deep phenotypic analysis of behavior in adgrl3.1 mutant zebrafish at larval stages using a closed-loop optomotor response (OMR) assay. The analyses conducted are interesting and extract new locomotor phenotypes with possible relevance to the role of adgrl3.1 in ADHD. Reduced interbout interval (both in the OMR assay and in dark rest periods) and increased distance moved provide greater resolution on hyperactivity phenotypes already described in these mutants. Reduced variation in interbout interval and reduced variation in swim speeds throughout the assay provide new insights into how behavior is altered; the authors suggest that these findings reflect more stereotyped, less flexible behavior in adgrl3.1 mutant animals. Analyses of task performance are interesting and could help understand how / whether animals maintain vigilance over time in the OMR assay and reveal trends in adgrl3.1 mutants relative to siblings, but ultimately do not identify significant phenotypes for adgrl3.1 mutants. While methods are extremely clear and analyses and phenotypic insights are solid, the authors do not provide sufficient support for assertions that their paradigm separates anxiety from locomotor activity or extracts phenotypes central to ADHD (impulsiveness, attention, etc). In some instances, interpretation of behavioral phenotypes in the context of disease is difficult to follow or not well supported with citations, etc.

      Strengths:

      (1) Deeper phenotypic analysis of adgrl3.1 locomotor phenotypes reveals changes to bout timing/initiation of locomotion as potentially causative for broader hyperactivity phenotypes previously reported.

      (2) Interesting dissection of OMR performance over time and variability in locomotor parameters, assessment of OMR performance in high- and low-contrast.

      (3) Methods are clearly described and considered to be rigorous.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The introduction does not clearly spell out why the closed-loop OMR assay is expected to capture phenotypes central to ADHD (impulsiveness, attention, etc). Similarly, it's stated in the discussion that hyperactivity is driven by shorter inter-bout intervals and longer bout lengths...reflecting a reorganization of locomotor timing," and that "such fine-scale insights are not possible in standard light/dark paradigms." But in fact, each of these parameters was examined in the dark periods and could be assessed in a standard light/dark assay. As explained at the end of the discussion, this work provides a detailed analysis of locomotion and extracts new and interesting phenotypes, but the assertion that this is a function of the assay / that the assay is uniquely relevant to ADHD is not well-supported. The final statement of the introduction more accurately captures the advantages of the assay used: "this allowed us to assess whether loss of adgrl3.1 alters not only overall locomotor drive...but also specific visuomotor behavioral responses under different stimulus demands."

      (2) The statement early in the results that "this approach extends beyond classical locomotor assays conducted in static light / dark environments, where locomotor activity may conflate with anxiety-related responses" and later that the closed-loop OMR assay "disentangles hyperactivity from anxiety-related responses" are not well-supported. Anxiety states could influence performance on OMR (Braun et al., 2024, Molec Psychiatry).

      (3) Some interpretations of the phenotypes are not well supported by citations and may be overstated. For example, "adgrl3.1 elevates baseline arousal...producing a phenotype of heightened but less exploratory visuomotor activation." Since bout duration is increased alongside reduced interbout interval and increased total distance traveled, reduced exploration is not well-supported by the data. Later in the results, it's suggested that the increase in distance traveled reflects "over compensatory hyperactivity under ambiguous sensory conditions, consistent with attentional deficits." It's not clear what this means - references would be helpful to create links between hyperactivity and detection of ambiguous sensory conditions, and also between hyperactivity under these conditions and attentional deficits.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In the study by Reynolds et al., the authors propose a new behavioral approach for ADHD evaluation using a genetically modified zebrafish model. The study is interesting and has potentially important implications for the field. However, there are several methodological, analytical, and validation-related issues that should be addressed before the study can be considered scientifically rigorous.

      Comments:

      (1) Introduction section

      What is the epidemiological evidence supporting the prevalence of ADGRL3 dysfunction in the human population? The authors should consider adding this information, as well as clarifying where ADGRL3 mutations rank among other genetic variants associated with ADHD.

      I suggest reconsidering the sentence "quantifiable behavioural repertoires that complement rodent approaches." Zebrafish studies do not simply complement rodent studies; they can serve as independent pharmacological and toxicological tools that may be used in parallel with rodent models.

      The statement "forced light/dark (FLD) locomotion test" is too broad. Are the authors referring to the Visual Motor Response Test? If so, this is a robust assay that can evaluate not only anxiety-like responses but also locomotor state, arousal, decision-making, and potential cognitive impairment in larvae. A clearer description of the assay is necessary, especially to justify the statement that "while useful for detecting overall activity differences, it cannot determine whether increased movement reflects hyperactivity, altered arousal, disrupted behavioural control, or anxiety-like responses." In contrast, subtle behavioral changes across light and dark phases can be highly informative when velocity, time moving, and anxiety-like responses are analyzed together.

      (2) Methods section

      The zebrafish husbandry section lacks several essential details. The authors should include fundamental information, such as the embryo medium used, how embryos were obtained, the age of the breeding adults, and how larval age was determined in hours post-fertilization. These details are necessary for proper interpretation and reproducibility of the data.

      Why was the mutant DNA not sequenced? Although agarose gel electrophoresis can provide useful preliminary evidence of mutation, it cannot precisely determine the number or nature of base-pair changes. This information is essential because different mutations can have distinct impacts on gene function.

      The sentence "All statistical analyses and tests were completed on Prism10 (GraphPad)" is insufficient. It should be specified which statistical tests were used, including assumptions tested, post hoc comparisons, correction methods, and how experimental replicates or batch effects were handled.

      Overall, the methods section lacks sufficient information to support the scientific rigor of the study. It is unclear whether every individual evaluated behaviorally was injected and then only a subset was genetically confirmed, or whether stable breeding matrices were generated and all experimental individuals were derived from these parents. The manuscript mentions "2-6 parent batches per experiment, with batches collected and run on separate days," but the genetic origin and validation of these batches remain unclear.

      If embryos were injected for each batch, how did the authors ensure that the mutation was homogeneous enough across individuals to consider them equivalent? How did the authors confirm that the mutation was homozygous or present across all relevant cells? Zebrafish embryos remain at the single-cell stage for only a short period before mitosis begins. Without detailed information regarding breeding timing, embryo collection, injection timing, and sequencing validation, it is difficult to determine whether the injected embryos developed homogeneous mutations or mosaic patterns.

      Additionally, to claim a knockout model, protein-level validation, such as Western blotting or another protein expression assay, should be provided. At present, there appears to be some confusion between a knockout and a knockdown model.

      To validate a new behavioral protocol, the authors should compare their assay with an established gold-standard behavioral paradigm using the same experimental batch. They should clarify why this comparison was not performed.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study provides an in-depth phenotyping of a novel zebrafish larval model of ADHD. This topic is interesting, and the model and the approach are relevant and well-justified. While the paper has a massive amount of high-quality data, the general structure and presentation of this material lack focus and a clearly articulated rationale.

      Strengths:

      The paper is methodologically sound, well-presented, and well- illustrated. It has a clear logical rationale and reasonable experimental design.

      Weaknesses:

      The amount of high-quality data is impressive, yet the general structure and presentation of this material lack focus and a clearly articulated rationale.

      (1) First, it is unclear why VR is necessary here. It needs a better explanation in both the abstract and the intro section of the manuscript.

      (2) Second, data need to be better presented (most important things first, least important - shorter or move to the Supplementary materials). Currently, it is too much to be clear and easy to follow.

      (3) Discussion needs to better state the novelty and the significance of these findings. What does the study offer that is new? Why was it important to perform? What big questions does it address?

      (4) The authors should better discuss the study limitations and future directions of research.

      (5) There should be a stronger conclusion with a take-home message to emphasize what new information the study brings and why it is important.

      (6) The overall style of the paper should be improved. Currently, it reads like a dry bulleted CRO report, not a usual scholarly paper.

      (7) Optimize the text flow. Currently, the overall flow of the discussion needs to be smoother - it now reads as a selection of bulleted paragraphs, with few connections between them.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors report the results of a tDCS brain stimulation study (verum vs sham stimulation of left DLPFC; between-subjects) in 46 participants, using an intense stimulation protocol over 2 weeks, combined with an experience-sampling approach, plus follow-up measures after 6 months.

      Strengths:

      The authors are studying a relevant and interesting research question using an intriguing design, following participants quite intensely over time and even at a follow-up time point. The use of an experience-sampling approach is another strength of the work.

      Comments on revised version.

      With the last round of revisions, the authors have now addressed my concerns.

    2. Reviewer #4 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The current study tested the effects of repeated sessions of tDCS targeting the DLPFC on procrastination behavior. The main outcome is that anodal versus sham DLPFC tDCS reduces procrastination behavior on both a short-term and a long-term scale up to six months after the stimulation sessions.

      Strengths:

      The current study tests competing models of procrastination with state-of-the-art high-definition transcranial electric stimulation. The study assesses stimulation effects on procrastination on both a short-term and a long-term scale, suggesting that repeated stimulation of the prefrontal cortex reduces procrastination on a time scale of up to six months.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript has already been reviewed and revised before, and it seems that the quality of the manuscript has substantially improved as a result of this revision process. I agree with the other reviewers that one must be cautious with drawing conclusions regarding the cognitive mechanisms underlying this effect, as many different cognitive functions are implemented by the DLPFC.

      One aspect of the current results that puzzles me is the strength of the current stimulation effects. Meta-analyses suggest that tDCS shows only small-to-moderate effect sizes (with Cohen's d around 0.5). While the authors report no effect sizes for their statistical models, the small p values, in combination with the unusually small sample size of 18 participants per group, suggests that the effect size must be rather large. Can the authors provide an estimate of the effect size of their stimulation effects? If they are considerably larger than to be expected, could the authors give an explanation for why their stimulation setup is showing much stronger effects than comparable high-definition tDCS studies on cognition or decision making?

      Regarding the strengths of the stimulation effects, I moreover found remarkable that the post-test procrastination rate was 100% in all (!) participants in the DLPFC group (figure 3F). I admit that it is hard to trust results that have no individual variation at all. This means that all participants are perfect responders to tDCS, which is again at variance what one typically expects for tDCS (where one usually has many non-responders). Do the authors have an explanation for this?

      In any case, I am surprised by the rather small sample size. Due to the small effect sizes for tDCS, it is common to have a minimum of 30 subjects per group in between-subject designs. According to G*Power, a between-subject design with 17 subjects per group could detect only relatively large effect sizes of Cohen's d = 0.99 (alpha = 5%, power = 80%, independent-samples t-test). As explained above, this is far above the effect size that can be expected for tDCS. In addition, small samples bear the risk that results strongly depend on outliers in the data, which might explain the strong effect size observed in the current study. The small sample size should be discussed as a major limitation of the current study and that the results need to be replicated by studies with larger sample sizes. Moreover, to rule out that the results are driven by outlier in the data, the authors should show individual data points in all plots showing empirical data.

      Related to this, in the figure showing individual data points (3B/F), I count only around 10 data points per tDCS group for the 18 participants per group. I ask the authors to modify the plot that the data points from all participants can be seen (for example, by adding some noise on the x-axis for participants with the same value on the y axis).

      Another surprising aspect of the data is that repeated sessions of tDCS change procrastination behavior up to six months after stimulation. Do the authors think that their tDCS setup leads to such long-lasting neuroplastic changes, and if yes, can they cite prior work where similar dosages of tDCS also showed such long-lasting effects? Or could the results be explained by learning effects, for example because participants in the DLPFC group learned during the repeated tDCS sessions that it feels internally rewarding to finish one's tasks instead of procrastinating them, and they still benefit from this kind of "learned industriousness" 6 months later? In any case, in my view it is important to be more specific about how seven sessions of tDCS can affect behavior half a year later.

      Lastly, the link to the data repository works, but I could not inspect the data because I was asked to request access to the data, which I did not do in order to remain anonymous.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      A growing body of evidence indicates that Alzheimer's disease is not simply a disease of neurons accumulating toxic protein aggregates, but one in which the immune system, both its resident brain component and its circulating peripheral arm, plays an active and sustained role. Understanding how these two immune compartments interact with one another and with diseased neural tissue has been hampered by the fact that the mouse immune system differs fundamentally from the human one in ways likely to matter for disease progression. The authors set out to address this gap by building a modular laboratory model that brings together three human cell types in a three-dimensional setting: brain organoids derived from human stem cells to provide a neural substrate, stem cell-derived brain immune cells (microglia) to represent the resident immune compartment, and circulating immune cells (CD8-positive T cells) harvested from human blood to represent the peripheral adaptive immune response. By exposing this tri-cellular system to a toxic form of amyloid protein, the hallmark aggregating molecule of Alzheimer's disease, the authors aimed to dissect, step by step, how microglia respond to amyloid stress, what inflammatory signals they release as a consequence, and whether those signals are sufficient to attract T cells into the neural environment. They further aimed to test whether blocking the molecular receptors that guide T cell movement could interrupt this process, with the broader goal of positioning the platform as a tool for human-relevant drug screening.

      Strengths

      The conceptual architecture of the platform is one of its clearest strengths. The decision to add immune components in a stepwise, modular fashion, first characterising the neural response to amyloid, then adding microglia, then adding T cells, makes it possible to attribute observed changes to specific cellular contributions in a way that a more complex all-at-once model would not allow. This staged design is well thought-through, and its logic is clearly communicated. The combination of single-cell transcriptional profiling, calcium imaging for real-time functional readouts, transwell migration assays, and protein secretion measurements gives the study a genuinely multi-modal character that goes beyond what purely transcriptomic or purely imaging-based approaches can offer. The observation that T cells failed to migrate toward amyloid-treated organoids in the absence of microglia is a clean and conceptually important result, clearly supporting the idea that the resident immune response acts as an intermediary between amyloid pathology and the recruitment of peripheral immune cells. The identification of specific chemokine receptor pathways mediating T cell movement and the demonstration that pharmacological blockade of those receptors reduces migration and provide a degree of mechanistic resolution useful for thinking about future therapeutic strategies.

      Weaknesses

      Despite these strengths, several aspects of the work as presented substantially limit the confidence one can place in its conclusions.

      The most consequential issue concerns the origin of the cells used in the model. The three cellular components: the brain organoids, the microglia, and the T cells are derived from genetically unrelated individuals. The T cells, in particular, come from healthy blood donors unrelated to the stem cell lines used to generate the neural tissue. This means the immune cells and the tissue they are interacting with carry different molecular identity markers (the proteins that the immune system uses to distinguish self from non-self). In this setting, any T cell activation or directed movement could reflect a generic rejection-like response to foreign tissue rather than a disease-relevant, chemokine-directed recruitment process. This is not a subtle concern: it represents a fundamental ambiguity at the heart of the model's central finding, and it is not acknowledged anywhere in the manuscript. For the transwell migration data to be interpretable as a model of Alzheimer's disease rather than of immune incompatibility, the authors would need to demonstrate that migration is driven by the specific chemokine environment and not by the genetic mismatch between cells, for example, using cells from the same donor or from matched donors, or by showing that blocking identity-marker recognition does not alter migration.

      A related concern is that the T cells used are from healthy individuals, whereas T cells from people with Alzheimer's disease are known to differ in their activation state, surface receptor expression, and functional behaviour. The platform cannot yet claim to model the specific T cell biology of Alzheimer's disease until disease-relevant T cells are incorporated.

      Beyond this foundational issue, the study frequently describes findings in causal terms that the experimental design does not support. The resident immune cells are said to "drive" T cell recruitment and "establish" a feedback loop. These are strong mechanistic claims. The evidence presented indicates that when microglia are present, more T cells migrate, and that blocking T cells receptors reduces migration. What is missing is direct evidence that the specific molecules measured, particularly the chemokines CCL4 and CCL5, are the agents responsible, as opposed to other signals also present in the conditioned environment. No experiment directly neutralises these chemokines to test whether their removal is sufficient to abolish T cell recruitment. Without such an experiment, the receptor-blocking data show only that the receptors matter, not that the measured ligands are the ones activating those receptors.

      The abstract describes one particular molecule, CXCL10, as a contributor to T cell recruitment, but the data in the paper itself show no significant change in CXCL10 levels between conditions. This discrepancy between the abstract and the results is misleading to readers who may not read the figures in detail.

      The single-cell sequencing data, which form the basis for claims about changes in cell populations following amyloid treatment or microglia addition, are presented without validation of the cell type labels against established reference datasets from human brain tissue. The proportional shifts in cell populations between conditions (Figures 1H and 3E) are described as significant findings but are shown without any statistical test appropriate for this type of compositional data. Comparisons of cell-type proportions derived from single-cell sequencing require specialised statistical approaches that account for the interdependence of proportions and the variability between samples; standard tests are not appropriate here, and none are applied.

      There is also an unresolved inconsistency in the age at which the organoids were analysed by single-cell sequencing: the text states day 90, while the figure legend states day 60, and the methods section contains a passage describing experimental conditions (including a cholesterol treatment and a drug called semaglutide) that are entirely unrelated to this study and appear to have been copied from a different manuscript. These issues raise concerns about the rigour of the manuscript preparation and should be corrected.

      Finally, the sample sizes underpinning several key conclusions are small (typically three to four organoids per group), particularly for the protein-secretion measurements used to identify the inflammatory signals responsible for T cell recruitment. While organoid studies are inherently limited in scale, the strength of the mechanistic claims made here would benefit from larger sample size or independent experimental replication.

      Conclusion:

      The authors have built a platform that is conceptually well-conceived and generates data consistent with a role for microglia in bridging amyloid pathology and T cell recruitment. In that sense, they have made meaningful progress toward their stated aims. However, the platform, as described, cannot yet deliver the human-specific mechanistic insight it claims to provide, primarily because the non-autologous configuration of the model introduces an uncontrolled variable that confounds the interpretation of the immune interaction data. The claim to have provided "the first human-specific mechanistic demonstration" of microglial activation as a bridge between amyloid pathology and adaptive immune recruitment is not supported by the evidence presented. The data are consistent with this interpretation but do not establish it.

      The general approach, building increasingly complex human neural-immune models by adding components in a controlled, stepwise manner, is a valuable direction for the field and one that other groups working on neuroinflammation will find useful to consider. The combination of live calcium imaging and transcriptional profiling in the same experimental system is a practical contribution that demonstrates the kind of multi-modal readout this class of model can support. If the autologous confound is resolved in future iterations and if the mechanistic claims are grounded in more direct experimental evidence, this type of platform could become a genuinely useful tool for investigating human neuroimmune biology and for screening candidate therapeutic compounds in a human-relevant context. As currently presented, however, readers and researchers considering adopting this approach should be aware that the immune interaction data may reflect genetic mismatches between cell sources rather than disease-specific biology, and that the causal conclusions drawn from the chemokine and migration data go beyond what the experiments can support.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors developed a human forebrain organoid model incorporating both iPSC-derived microglia and CD8⁺ T cells, enabling them to recreate and investigate multicellular aspects of AD pathology in a human-relevant system.<br /> Their findings show that microglia help clear amyloid-β deposits, but they also promote inflammatory responses. Activated microglia recruit CD8⁺ T cells by releasing the chemokines CCL4, CCL5, and CXCL10, which signal through the receptors CCR1/CCR5 and CXCR3. Pharmacological inhibition of CCR5 or CXCR3 prevents T-cell recruitment and alters autophagy pathways in a microglia-dependent manner.

      Strengths:

      The study presents a versatile human organoid platform for investigating neuron-immune interactions in Alzheimer's disease. It highlights the critical role of microglia-driven recruitment of CD8⁺ T cells in sustaining neuroinflammation and identifies CCR5 and CXCR3 signaling pathways as promising therapeutic targets for neuroinflammatory conditions.

      This study is interesting and presents novel findings supported by state-of-the-art approaches, including single-cell RNA sequencing, a three-dimensional cerebral organoid model, and co-culture systems involving two distinct immune cell populations.

      Weaknesses:

      Several aspects of the study require clarification and further improvement. For example:

      (1) Figure 1H is missing statistical analyses.

      (2) The scRNA-seq analysis shows a reduction in the proportion of cells occupying transcriptional states associated with later pseudotime values, which the authors interpret as evidence that Aβ treatment inhibits neuronal maturation. However, the data presented do not appear sufficient to support this conclusion. An alternative explanation is that Aβ preferentially affects the survival of more mature neuronal populations, leading to their depletion, consequently, an apparent enrichment of cells at earlier pseudotime states. Therefore, the observed pseudotime shift does not necessarily demonstrate impaired maturation per se. The authors should revise the interpretation of these results in the first paragraph and either provide additional evidence supporting a maturation defect or discuss alternative explanations such as selective loss of mature neurons.

      (3) A similar concern applies to the scRNA-seq data presented in Figure 3. The authors interpret the shift toward later pseudotime states in the presence of microglia as evidence of enhanced neuronal maturation. However, the data do not exclude alternative explanations. For instance, microglia may preferentially promote the survival of more mature neuronal populations or protect them from cell death, thereby increasing their relative abundance in the dataset. Consequently, the observed pseudotime distribution cannot be taken as direct evidence of enhanced maturation. The authors should revise their interpretation accordingly and discuss the possibility that the observed effect reflects differential survival rather than accelerated neuronal maturation.

      (4) In Figures 4A-E, the authors should report the levels of the secreted proteins in pg/mL instead of relative values, as this would better reflect the actual amounts produced. In Figure 4H, the inhibitor-treated control T-cell samples should be included. Furthermore, it should be explicitly stated that the inhibitor-treated data points currently shown refer to T cells cultured in the presence of myeloid Aβ.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers.]

      This manuscript by Rudich ZD et al. systematically profiled the transcriptomic changes in nine long-lived C. elegans mutants and presented a careful and informative comparative analysis of these aging-related changes. In addition to these valuable datasets and bioinformatics analyses, the authors performed a large-scale RNAi screen to assess the role of the differentially expressed genes (DEGs) in these mutants and identify several potential targets to promote healthy aging. Moreover, the authors have provided a user-friendly website to examine genes of interest in those longevity mutants from their datasets.

      Strengths:

      Compared to previous transcriptomic analyses of these mutants in different reports, this study minimized the technical variations and benefitted from the advances in RNA-Seq technology and bioinformatics tools. Therefore, it should provide a more consistent and comprehensive view of the molecular mechanisms underlying the longevity of these mutants. The datasets in this manuscript are valuable to other researchers in the biology of aging.

      Weaknesses:

      Meanwhile, since these mutants have been extensively studied, the advance of this study in unknown ageing mechanisms remains limited.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors addressed the concerns successfully.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the manuscript titled "Multiple Molecular Pathways to Longevity: Opposing Gene Expression Programs Define Distinct Aging Strategies", the authors investigated diverse genetic pathways that contribute to lifespan extension in Caenorhabditis elegans and aimed to identify shared and distinct molecular mechanisms among various longevity mutants. Through comprehensive RNA sequencing of different longevity mutants representing seven distinct pathways, the authors showed that these mutants cluster into three primary groups based on their gene expression profiles. This transcriptomic analysis revealed that while some longevity genes are commonly regulated across multiple pathways, others exhibit opposing expression patterns, suggesting that distinct molecular strategies can lead to increased lifespan. Specifically, they identified a set of 196 genes that are consistently upregulated in most longevity mutants, many of which are involved in innate immunity and stress defense. By performing RNAi-based screening, the authors further validated the functional roles of several candidates, including C08F11.7, ugt-62, and K05C4.9, supporting their contributions to longevity and stress resistance. The authors conclude that longevity is mediated through multiple molecular pathways and provide a public online tool to study these complex transcriptomic landscapes.

      Significance:

      This study provides a systematic, side-by-side transcriptomic comparison of nine genetically distinct long-lived C. elegans mutants, revealing that lifespan extension arises from both shared and opposing gene expression programs. By identifying three distinct longevity groups and demonstrating that key pathways can be modulated in opposite directions to achieve long life, the work challenges the notion of a single universal transcriptional signature of aging. Importantly, functional validation shows that select commonly regulated genes can directly modulate lifespan and stress resistance, highlighting actionable molecular targets for promoting healthy aging.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors addressed my concerns successfully.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      This is a very cool paper that casts light on a persistent problem in the psychology and philosophy of visual representation: is there high-level perception? Every vision scientist agrees that low-level features such as shape, color, texture, motion and spatial frequency are represented in visual perception, but there is a great deal of controversy about the representation of high-level properties such as causation, faces, agency and animacy. Animacy is especially problematic because there are large differences in line curvature between stimuli that represent animate and inanimate items.

      This article uses a novel approach-visual "anagrams" that are exactly the same image, except one is rotated 90 degrees relative to the other. They found persistent differences in visual processing between animate and inanimate stimuli. (Of course, the stimuli aren't animate-they represent animate items.). For example, there were processing differences between changes between animate and inanimate items (rabbit to boot) that were not present in rabbit to dog. They also showed such differences in two kinds of visual search tasks.

      Of course, there are feature differences that exploit orientation. A classic example is the difference between a square and a diamond that is produced from the square by rotating it 45 degrees.

      They addressed an aspect of this challenge having to do with some features using silhouettes. There was no search advantage for silhouetted stimuli.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors present a creative approach using visual anagrams matched on low-level image statistics to isolate animacy from low-level visual features and report consistent effects of animacy on visual working memory and attention.

      Strengths:

      (1) An important methodological advance in controlling low-level confounds that have historically complicated the study of animacy.

      (2) The converging effects across multiple experiments, together with the pre-registered design, strengthen the reliability of the reported findings.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This study makes clever use of generative AI to create stimuli that are pixel-for-pixel identical but which have radically different meanings depending on their orientation, to investigate the perception of animacy while retaining control over low-level image features (so-called 'anagram' stimuli).

      The authors present seven elegantly designed experiments in a commendably compact format.

      Experiments 1 and 2 involved a working memory paradigm in which participants had to spot which of five objects in an array changed after a pause. Importantly, the changed object was an anagram stimulus that in one orientation matched the animacy/inanimacy of the changed object, and in the other orientation was the opposite (e.g., a rabbit is replaced by either a dog or a boot, where the dog and boot stimuli are actually identical, just rotated by 90 degrees). They found a difference in accuracy depending on whether the animacy of the objects matched.

      Experiments 3 and 4 used a visual search task in which the participants had to localize the target, and the distractors were anagrams that either matched the target in terms of animacy or did not. There was a significant cost in terms of response time when the animacy of the target was the same as that of the distractors. Experiments 5 and 6 also used a similar visual search design, except that the task was to determine if the target was present or absent from the display, and the distractors again either matched or differed from the target in terms of animacy. Again, the authors found slower responses when the distractor arrays matched the animacy of the target than when they differed.

      An obvious potential concern about the studies is addressed by Experiment 7. It is unclear if the observed effects are related to the specific orientations of the target and distractor stimuli selected in each condition. For example, it could be that all the animate versions of the anagrams involved tall and skinny shapes, while all the inanimate versions involved wide and short objects, due to the 90-degree rotational difference between the two versions of the stimuli. To control for this, the authors repeated the visual search experiment but with convex-hull silhouettes of each of the stimuli. In other words, all targets and distractors from each trial were replaced by a black splotch with approximately the same overall outline (envelope) as the corresponding stimulus. Importantly, in contrast to the anagram stimuli, the silhouettes had had no meaningful semantic interpretation, and their animacy did not change depending on their orientation.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aim to use state-of-the art behaviour, imaging and connectome techniques to identify the neural interaction between sleep and long-term memory consolidation in the PAM-DPM circuits, a well-known dopaminergic pathway within Drosophila Mushroom Body.

      Strengths:

      The investigation follows a logical strategy to collect huge dataset of sleep, appetitive memory and live imaging. The authors identified and showed that activation of a PAM subset: alpha-1 reduces sleep quality and memory consolidation in a starvation dependant manner. The author also convincingly demonstrated the corresponding neuronal responses of DPM neurons following PAM alpha-1 activation, and the positive role of DPM neural activity in sleep and memory consolidation. Moreover, the new data provide TRIC-LUC provided better temporal resolution of neural activity correlates for PAMalpha1-DPM inhibition. Importantly, the author demonstrated that memory loss derived from PAM alpha 1 activation can be partly restored by ectopic sleep enhancement via feeding THIP at the memory consolidation period after training.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the revised version carries arguments to satisfy the reviewers' concern, the writing is now less cohesive. Crucially an explanation however remains required for the following experimental contradiction: the central observation of the study indicates that PAM alpha1 activation cause DPM inhibition which disrupt sleep and memory consolidation. Therefore, one would expect a reduced PAMalpha1 and increased DPM activities after memory training, but the authors found the opposite is true from now enhanced TRIC-LUC dataset. The authors indicate this data reinforce the inhibitory nature of PAM-alph1-DPM, but it does not explain why such a reduced DPM activity is observed after training.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Sleep plays a critical role in memory consolidation, but the neural mechanisms underlying this relationship remain incompletely understood. The authors examined a specific subset of PAM dopaminergic neurons, PAM-α1, and DPM neurons in Drosophila. These neurons have previously been implicated in memory, and DPM neurons have also been linked to sleep. The study explores whether this circuit provides a mechanistic link between sleep and memory consolidation.

      Strengths:

      The authors report several novel findings. Brief activation or inhibition of PAM-α1 neurons, or brief inhibition of DPM neurons during the first few hours after training, impairs 24-hour LTM. Notably, these brief manipulations disrupt sleep for many hours afterward, particularly during the night. The authors further show that perturbation of PAM-α1 and DPM neurons impairs sleep and appetitive memory consolidation under starvation conditions, and that pharmacological sleep induction during the night rescues the LTM defects. Together, these findings suggest that PAM-α1 and DPM neurons are involved in sleep regulation and LTM consolidation under starvation. These are important observations that advance our understanding of the circuits regulating sleep and memory consolidation.

      Weaknesses:

      Some claims require additional evidence or clarification.

      (1) Previous studies linking impaired memory to reduced sleep have primarily examined conditions involving severe sleep deprivation. In contrast, this manuscript argues that relatively modest decreases in total sleep, accompanied by sleep fragmentation, are sufficient to impair memory consolidation. It remains unclear whether sleep fragmentation of this magnitude is itself critical for LTM consolidation. An independent method for inducing comparably mild sleep loss and fragmentation would be needed to directly test this interpretation.

      (2) It is unclear why both activation and inactivation of PAM-α1 neurons produce similar effects on sleep and memory. In addition, MB299B-labeled neurons exert stronger effects on memory than MB043B-labeled neurons, whereas MB043B-labeled neurons have stronger effects on sleep. If sleep disruption is the primary driver of impaired memory consolidation, a stronger correspondence between the sleep and memory phenotypes might be expected. The authors speculate that MB043B may affect sleep through non-PAM neurons, but without identifying the relevant neurons, this remains speculative.

      (3) The complex schematic model (Fig. 12), with parallel circuits and unidentified neuronal groups, underscores the difficulty of interpreting the current data. In the "less activity" arm of the model, distinct circuits are proposed to regulate sleep and LTM, respectively, and DPM neurons are not included. This makes it difficult to reconcile the model with the central claim that the PAM-α1-to-DPM microcircuit links sleep and LTM consolidation.

      (4) The TRIC-LUC reporter system is not ideal for resolving dynamic changes in neuronal activity. Activity-dependent Ca²⁺ signaling must first reconstitute the TRIC transcriptional system, which then drives luciferase transcription, translation, and accumulation. The original characterization of TRIC indicates that TRIC signals accumulate and decay over several hours. Thus, the kinetics of the TRIC-LUC reporter should be interpreted cautiously, particularly when inferring transient or precisely timed changes in neuronal activity.

      (5) Including data from training under fed conditions would provide a more complete understanding of state-dependent neural activity and would help distinguish starvation-specific effects from more general circuit mechanisms.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Understanding the neural circuits that link sleep and memory remains a fundamental challenge in neuroscience. In this study, Lin Yan and colleagues investigate how dopamine signaling in Drosophila regulates long-term memory (LTM) formation in the context of sleep. They identify a specific microcircuit between protocerebral anterior medial dopamine neurons (PAM-DANs) and dorsal paired medial (GABAergic DPM) neurons that modulates memory consolidation. Their findings suggest that disrupting the basal activity of PAM-α1 neurons during early consolidation impairs LTM, with particularly pronounced effects under starvation conditions. Notably, sleep fragmentation caused by this disruption can be pharmacologically rescued, restoring LTM. These results provide compelling evidence how dopamine signaling plays a crucial role in linking sleep and memory, offering new insights into the underlying mechanisms.

      Strength:

      This study presents a well-executed investigation into sleep-memory interactions, utilizing a combination of connectomics, behavioral assays, functional imaging, and pharmacological manipulations. The authors convincingly demonstrate that the PAM-α1 and DPM circuit interact, highlighting a potential mechanism by which sleep influences memory consolidation. The anatomical and functional dissection of this circuit is of high interest to the field, and the study's integration of sleep and memory processes contributes significantly to our understanding of the role of dopamine in cognitive functions. Additional experiments investigating the contribution of MBON-α1 to the circuit, connectomic analysis together with a dissection of dopamine receptor function further strengthen the proposed circuit motif and its biological relevance.

      Weaknesses:

      While the study is well designed, presents compelling findings and has been further strengthened by additional experiments, some aspects remain unclear. The role of DPM neurons in memory consolidation seems not yet fully resolved, as different genetic approaches yield variable results. Furthermore, some manipulations impair memory without affecting sleep fragmentation - or vice versa, suggesting that the observed memory deficits cannot be explained solely by impaired sleep-dependent consolidation. It would also have been interesting to discuss potential mechanisms by which dopamine receptor-mediated cAMP signaling could lead to a reduction in Ca²⁺ signals. I am confident that these questions can be addressed in future studies.

      Conclusion:

      Overall, this study provides valuable new insights into how sleep and dopaminergic circuits interact to regulate memory consolidation in Drosophila and may reveal general principles underlying the neural regulation of memory.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have updated the labelling of Figure 7. As all of the reviewer comments have now been addressed, I believe that this version of the manuscript can now be put forward as the Version of Record.]

      Summary:

      This study builds upon a major theoretical account of value-based choice, the 'attentional drift diffusion model' (aDDM), and examines whether and how this might be implemented in the human brain using functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI). The aDDM states that the process of internal evidence accumulation across time should be weighted by the decision maker's gaze, with more weight being assigned to the currently fixated item. The present study aims to test whether there are (a) regions of the brain where signals related to the currently presented value are affected by the participant's gaze; (b) regions of the brain where previously accumulated information is weighted by gaze.

      To examine this, the authors developed a novel paradigm that allowed them to dissociate currently and previously presented evidence, at a timescale amenable to measuring neural responses with fMRI. They asked participants to choose between bundles or 'lotteries' of food times, which they revealed sequentially and slowly to the participant across time. This allowed modelling of the haemodynamic response to each new observation in the lottery, separately for previously accumulated and currently presented evidence.

      Using this approach, they find that regions of the brain supporting valuation (vmPFC and ventral striatum) have responses reflecting gaze-weighted valuation of the currently presented item, where as regions previously associated with evidence accumulation (preSMA and IPS) have responses reflected gaze-weighted modulation of previously accumulated evidence.

      A major strength of the current paper is the design of the task, nicely allowing the researchers to examine evidence accumulation across time despite using a technique with poor temporal resolution. The dissociation between currently presented and previously accumulated evidence in different brain regions in GLM1 (before gaze-weighting), as presented in Figure 5, is already compelling. The result that regions such as preSMA response positively to |AV| (absolute difference in accumulated value) is particularly interesting, as it would seem that the 'decision conflict' account of this region's activity might predict the exact opposite result. Additionally, the behaviour has been well modelled at the end of the paper when examining temporal weighting functions across the multiple samples.

      In response to reviewer comments, the authors have explicitly tested for the effects of gaze-weighting over and above any main effect of value, and convincingly shown that these effects are both present in the main regions of interest - namely |SV| and gaze-weighted |SV| in the vmPFC, alongside |AV| and |AV_gaze| in the pre-SMA. This provides clear evidence in support of the notion of gaze-weighting of value signals in these regions.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper the authors seek to disentangle brain areas that encode the subjective value of individual stimuli/items (input regions) from those that accumulate those values into decision variables (integrators) for value-based choice. The authors used a novel task in which stimulus presentation was slowed down to ensure that such a dissociation was possible using fMRI despite its relatively low temporal resolution. In addition, the authors leveraged the fact that gaze increases item value, providing a means of distinguishing brain regions that encode decision variables from those that encode other quantities such as conflict or time-on-task. The authors adopt a region-of-interest approach based on an extensive previous literature and found that the ventral striatum and vmPFC correlated with the item values and not their accumulation whereas the pre-SMA, IPS and dlPFC correlated more strongly with their accumulation. Further analysis revealed that the pre-SMA was the only one of the three integrator regions to also exhibit gaze modulation.

      The study uses a highly innovative design and addresses an important and timely topic. The manuscript is well-written and engaging, while the data analysis appears highly rigorous.

      Weaknesses:

      With 23 subjects the study has relatively low statistical power for fMRI although the within-subjects design and relatively high trial count reduces these concerns.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: the second round of revision has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the minor comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      This manuscript reports the discovery and characterization of the first bifunctional degrader of tankyrase. Notably, the tankyrase degrader exhibits stronger β-catenin inhibition and tumor growth suppression compared to conventional tankyrase inhibitors. Mechanistically, while tankyrase inhibitors stabilize tankyrase and promote Axin puncta formation-thereby impairing β-catenin degradation-the degrader avoids this effect, resulting in deeper suppression of β-catenin signaling. These findings suggest that targeted degradation of tankyrase offers a novel therapeutic strategy for β-catenin-driven cancers. Overall, this is a compelling study with significant translational potential.

      Strengths:

      (1) The manuscript presents a rigorous and well-executed study on a timely and impactful topic.

      (2) The biochemical and cellular characterization of the tankyrase degrader is thorough, and the comparative analysis with tankyrase inhibitors is insightful.

      (3) The finding that tankyrase stabilization by inhibitors may interfere with Axin function is novel and significant. It aligns with earlier observations (e.g., Huang 2009) that transient tankyrase overexpression can stabilize β-catenin independently of PAR domain activity.

      (4) The use of TNKS1/2 knockout cells expressing catalytically inactive tankyrase to demonstrate β-catenin inhibitory activity of the tankyrase degrader is elegant.

      (5) The finding that the tankyrase degrader has superior anti-proliferative effects in colorectal cancer models has important therapeutic implications.

      Comments on previous version:

      I had a favorable opinion of the manuscript in the first round of review. I don't have additional comments on the revised manuscript. The manuscript looks fine to me.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The ADP-ribosyltransferase tankyrase controls many biological processes, many of which are relevant to human disease. This includes Wnt/beta-catenin signalling, which is dysregulated in many cancers, most notably colorectal cancer. Tankyrase is a positive regulator of Wnt/beta-catenin signalling in that it counters the activity of the beta-catenin destruction complex (DC). Catalytic inhibition of tankyrase not only blocks PAR-dependent ubiquitylation and degradation of AXIN1/2, the central scaffolding protein in the DC, but also tankyrase itself. As a result, blocking tankyrase gives rise to tankyrase accumulation, which may accentuate its non-catalytic functions, which have been proposed to drive Wnt/beta-catenin signalling. Most tankyrase catalytic inhibitors have shown limited efficacy and substantial toxicity in vivo. By developing tankyrase-directed PROTACs, the authors aim to block both catalytic and non-catalytic functions of tankyrase, aspiring to achieve a more complete inhibition of Wnt/beta-catenin signalling. The successfully developed PROTAC, based on the existing catalytic inhibitor IWR1, IWR1-POMA, induces the degradation of both TNKS and TNKS2, blocks beta-catenin-dependent transcription without stabilising the DC in puncta/degradasomes, and inhibits cancer cell growth in vitro. Mechanistically, this points to a scaffolding role of tankyrase in the DC, at least under conditions of tankyrase catalytic inhibition, in line with previous proposals.

      Strengths:

      The study clearly illustrates the incentive for developing a tankyrase degrader, namely, to abolish both catalytic and non-catalytic functions of tankyrase. By and large, the study achieves these ambitions, and the findings support the main conclusions, although the statement that a more complete inhibition of the pathway is achieved requires corroboration. The proteomics studies are powerful. IWR1-POMA constitutes a very useful tool to re-evaluate targeting of tankyrase in oncogenic Wnt/beta-catenin signalling. The paired compounds will benefit investigations of tankyrase scaffolding functions across many different biological systems controlled by tankyrase. The findings are exciting.

      Comments on previous version:

      I thank the authors for responding to the queries raised in the original review, most of which have now been addressed. This further strengthens this well-conducted study and well-presented manuscript. I congratulate the authors for this interesting and insightful work.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, Wang et al employ a chemical biology approach to investigate the differences between the enzymatic and scaffolding roles of tankyrase during Wnt β-catenin signalling. It was previously established that, in addition to its enzymatic activity, tankyrase 1/2 also plays a scaffolding function within the destruction complex, a property conferred by SAM-domain-dependent polymerization (PMID: 27494558). It is also known that TNKS1/2 is an autoregulated protein and that its enzymatic inhibition leads to accumulation of total TNKS proteins and stabilization of Axin punctae (through the scaffolding function of TNKS1/2), leading to rigidification of the DC and decreased β-catenin turnover. The authors surmised that this could, in part, explain the limited efficacy of TNKS1/2 catalytic inhibition for the treatment of colorectal cancers. To test this hypothesis, they evaluated a series of PROTAC molecules promoting the degradation of TNKS1/2 to block both the catalytic and scaffolding activities. They show that IWR1-POMA (their most active molecule) promotes more efficient suppression of beta-catenin-mediated transcription and is more active in inhibiting colorectal cancer cell and CRC patient-derived organoids growth. Mechanistically, the authors used FRAP to demonstrate that catalytic inhibitors of TNKS led to a reduced dynamic assembly of the DC (rigidification), whereas IWR1-POMA did not affect the dynamics.

      Overall, this is an interesting study describing the design and development of a PROTAC for TNKS1/2 that could have increased efficacy where catalytic inhibitors have displayed limited activity. Knowing the importance of the scaffolding role of TNKS1/2 within the destruction complex, targeting both the catalytic and scaffolding roles certainly makes sense. The manuscript contains convincing evidence of the different mechanisms of the PROTAC vs catalytic inhibitors. Some additional efforts to quantify several of the experiments and to indicate the reproducibility and statistical analysis would strengthen the manuscript. Ultimately, it would have been great to evaluate the in vivo efficacy of IWR1-POMA in an in vivo CRC assay (APCmin mice or using PDX models); however, I realize that this is likely beyond the scope of this manuscript.

    4. Reviewer #4 (Public review):

      From the Reviewing Editor:

      This important study reports the development of the first PROTACs targeting the ADP-ribosyltransferases tankyrase 1 and 2, with the goal of inhibiting Wnt/β-catenin signaling more completely than is possible with catalytic tankyrase inhibitors. The work addresses a significant limitation of existing tankyrase inhibitors: although catalytic inhibition stabilizes AXIN1/2 and suppresses Wnt signaling, it also stabilizes tankyrase itself, potentially enhancing non-catalytic scaffolding functions and promoting accumulation of degradasome-like puncta.

      The evidence is convincing. The authors use appropriate and well-validated approaches, including chemical biology, cellular assays, and proteomic profiling, to show that PROTAC-mediated degradation of tankyrase avoids tankyrase accumulation while still stabilizing AXIN and inhibiting Wnt/β-catenin signaling. The data support the conclusion that degradation of tankyrase can separate pathway inhibition from the confounding effects of stabilized tankyrase protein and may therefore offer advantages over conventional catalytic inhibitors.

      A strength of the study is the clear mechanistic comparison between tankyrase degradation and catalytic inhibition. The manuscript provides convincing evidence that the PROTAC and catalytic inhibitors act through distinct mechanisms, with the PROTAC targeting both catalytic and scaffolding roles of tankyrase. The study is well conducted and clearly presented, and the authors have addressed most concerns raised during review.

      A remaining limitation is that the therapeutic potential of the compound is not tested in vivo, for example in APC-mutant colorectal cancer models, APCmin mice, or patient-derived xenografts. Such experiments would strengthen claims about practical efficacy, although they are not essential for the main mechanistic conclusions of the manuscript.

      Overall, this is an important and insightful contribution. It advances the tankyrase and Wnt signaling fields by providing a new chemical strategy to suppress tankyrase function more completely than catalytic inhibition alone, and it offers a useful framework for future therapeutic exploration of tankyrase degradation.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study identifies a mechanism responsible for the accumulation of the MET receptor in invadopodia, following stimulation of Triple-negative breast cancer (TNBC) cells with HGF. HGF-driven accumulation and activation of MET in invadopodia causes the degradation of the extracellular matrix promoting cancer cell invasion, a process here investigated using gelatine-degradation and spheroid invasion assays.

      Mechanistically, HGF stimulates the recycling of MET from RAB14-positive endodomes to invadopodia, increasing their formation. At invadopodia, MET induces matrix degradation via direct binding with the metallo protease MT1-MMP.

      The delivery of MET from the recycling compartment to invadopodia is mediated by RCP which facilitates the colocalization of MET to RAB14 endosomes. On this compartment, HGF induces the recruitment of the motor protein KIF16B promoting the tubulation of the RAB14-MET recycling endosomes to the cell surface.

      This pathway is critical for the HGF-driven invasive properties of TNBC cells as it is impaired upon silencing of RAB14.

      Strengths:

      The study is well organized and executed using state of the art technology. The effects of MET recycling in the formation of functional invadopodia are carefully studied taking advantage of mutant forms of the receptor that are degradation-resistant or endocytosis-defective.

      Data analyses are rigorous and appropriate controls are used in most of the assays to assess the specificity of the scored effects. Overall, the quality of the research is high.<br /> The conclusions are well supported by the results and the data and methodology are of interest for a wide audience of cell biologists.

      Previous Weaknesses:

      The role of the MET receptor in invadopodia formation and cancer cell dissemination has been intensively studied in many settings including Triple Negative breast cancer cells. The novelty of the present study mostly consists in the detailed molecular description of the underlying mechanism based on HGF-driven MET recycling. The question of whether the identified pathway is specific for TNBC cells or represents a general mechanism of HGF-mediated invasion detectable in other cancer cells is not addressed or at least discussed.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have partially replied to my previous concerns.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Khamari and colleagues investigate how HGF-MET signaling and the intracellular trafficking of the MET receptor tyrosine kinase influence invadopodia formation and invasion in triple-negative breast cancer (TNBC) cells. They show that HGF stimulation enhances both the number of invadopodia and their proteolytic activity. Mechanistically, the authors demonstrate that HGF-induced, RAB4- and RCP-RAB14-KIF16B-dependent recycling routes deliver MET to the cell surface specifically at sites where invadopodia form. Moreover, they report that MET physically interacts with MT1-MMP - a key transmembrane metalloproteinase required for invadopodia function- and that these two proteins co-traffic to invadopodia upon HGF stimulation.

      Although the HGF-MET axis has previously been implicated in invadopodia regulation (e.g., by Rajadurai et al., Journal of Cell Science 2012), studies directly linking ligand-induced MET trafficking with the spatial regulation of MT1-MMP localization and activity have been lacking.

      Overall, the manuscript addresses a relevant and timely topic and provides several novel insights.

      Comments on revised version:

      I appreciate the authors' efforts to revise the manuscript and address the reviewers' comments. While the revised version includes additional experiments and several improvements in data presentation, the major methodological and conceptual concerns raised in the initial review remain largely unresolved. In my opinion, these issues critically undermine the central mechanistic conclusions of the study.

      (1) Inappropriate experimental design for studying MET trafficking

      A major concern remains the use of prolonged HGF stimulation times (2-6 hours) to study MET endocytosis and recycling. This is not an appropriate experimental design for investigating receptor tyrosine kinase trafficking dynamics. Ligand-induced internalization of MET occurs within minutes, with maximal endosomal accumulation typically observed within 5-15 minutes, whereas recycling occurs over approximately 15-60 minutes.

      Importantly, the authors have not included short stimulation time points or any kinetic analysis that would allow a proper assessment of MET internalization or recycling. The additional surface biotinylation experiment does not address this issue, as it still does not provide temporal information regarding receptor trafficking.

      Therefore, the current data do not support the conclusions regarding MET endocytosis or recycling, and this major methodological concern has not been adequately addressed in the revised manuscript.

      (2) Insufficient validation of antibody specificity in immunofluorescence

      The validation of antibody specificity for MET, phospho-MET, and MT1-MMP in immunofluorescence experiments remains insufficient. While the authors demonstrate knockdown efficiency by immunoblotting and show some reduction in fluorescence signal, they do not provide rigorous evidence that the immunofluorescence signal is specifically abolished upon gene silencing under identical imaging conditions. Such validation is essential, particularly because the manuscript relies heavily on imaging-based localization and colocalization analyses. Without these controls, it cannot be excluded that the observed signal represents non-specific staining.

      Importantly, the authors attempt to justify antibody specificity primarily by citing previous publications that used the same antibodies. However, this is not an adequate substitute for experimental validation within the current study. Previous reports do not guarantee specificity under the present experimental conditions, particularly in immunofluorescence, where staining patterns can be strongly influenced by fixation procedures, antibody concentrations, imaging settings, and cell type. Moreover, those studies may themselves lack sufficiently rigorous validation of antibody specificity. Therefore, antibody specificity should be demonstrated directly in the experimental system used in this manuscript, especially given that the principal conclusions rely extensively on the subcellular localization of MET, phospho-MET, and MT1-MMP.

      (3) Questionable MET localization in TIRF microscopy

      The presence of punctate MET signal in TIRF microscopy under unstimulated conditions raises additional concerns. Under basal conditions, MET is generally expected to exhibit a predominantly diffuse distribution at the plasma membrane, whereas prominent punctate structures are typically associated with ligand-induced clustering, endocytosis, or trafficking events.

      The observation of numerous MET-positive puncta in unstimulated cells, together with the insufficient validation of antibody specificity, raises the possibility that at least part of the observed signal represents non-specific staining or imaging artefacts rather than bona fide MET localization. This concern is further compounded by the lack of rigorous immunofluorescence antibody validation discussed above and significantly undermines the interpretation of all TIRF-based trafficking analyses presented in the manuscript.

      (4) The evidence supporting a MET-specific role in invadopodia remains unconvincing

      The authors argue that the role of MET in invadopodia formation is validated using three independent approaches: shRNA-mediated knockdown, SMARTpool siRNA-mediated knockdown, and pharmacological inhibition with PHA665752. However, I do not agree that these constitute three independent orthogonal validations of MET function.

      First, the shRNA-mediated knockdown presented in this study achieves only modest depletion of MET protein. The authors themselves acknowledge this limitation and therefore selected cells with visibly reduced MET staining for imaging. Consequently, the shRNA experiments cannot be considered a robust or independent validation of MET function.

      Second, although pooled SMARTpool siRNAs are widely used to improve knockdown efficiency, they cannot exclude off-target effects, as each individual guide RNA contributes its own potential off-target profile. Therefore, pooled siRNAs cannot by themselves establish that an observed phenotype is specifically attributable to depletion of the intended target and do not replace validation using independent individual siRNAs or rescue experiments.

      Third, the pharmacological data should also be interpreted with caution. Throughout the manuscript, PHA665752 is presented as a MET inhibitor supporting the specificity of the observed phenotype. However, there is essentially no such thing as a truly selective receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitor. PHA665752 inhibits multiple kinases in addition to MET, particularly at concentrations commonly used in cell-based assays. Consequently, the inhibitor cannot be considered an independent validation of MET-specific function.

      Importantly, the newly added siRNA experiments do not resolve my original concern regarding the role of MET in invadopodia formation. Although siRNA-mediated MET depletion is substantially more efficient than the shRNA-mediated knockdown presented in the original manuscript, this marked difference in MET depletion is not accompanied by a correspondingly stronger inhibition of invadopodia formation or ECM degradation. If MET were indeed the principal driver of the observed phenotype, one would expect the magnitude of the biological effect to correlate with the efficiency of MET depletion. This inconsistency raises the possibility that the observed phenotype is not solely attributable to MET depletion and calls into question the specificity of the proposed mechanism.

      Taken together, the three perturbation approaches used by the authors cannot be regarded as independent orthogonal validation of MET function. One approach provides only modest target depletion, another relies on pooled RNAi reagents that cannot exclude off-target effects, and the third employs a multi-kinase inhibitor rather than a MET-specific compound. Collectively, these limitations substantially weaken the conclusion that the reduction in invadopodia formation is specifically attributable to loss of MET. A convincing demonstration of MET-specific function would require rescue experiments or another truly orthogonal validation strategy.

      (5) Weak evidence for MET-MT1-MMP interaction

      The evidence supporting a physical interaction between MET and MT1-MMP remains unconvincing. The newly added co-immunoprecipitation experiment does not reveal a convincing MET-MT1-MMP interaction, and I am unable to appreciate a specific co-immunoprecipitated MT1-MMP signal in the presented blot. As presented, these data do not convincingly demonstrate a specific or functionally relevant interaction. Given that this interaction constitutes a central component of the proposed mechanistic model, this remains a major weakness of the study.

      (6) Overinterpretation of the data

      Taken together, the study proposes a mechanistic model linking MET trafficking to MT1-MMP localization and invadopodia function. However, the experimental evidence largely supports correlative observations rather than demonstrating a direct mechanistic relationship.

      Specifically, MET endocytosis and recycling are not properly demonstrated because of the inappropriate temporal resolution of the trafficking experiments; the localization data remain uncertain owing to insufficient validation of the immunofluorescence reagents; and the proposed interaction between MET and MT1-MMP is not convincingly demonstrated. Consequently, the manuscript establishes correlation rather than causality, and the central mechanistic conclusions appear to be substantially overstated relative to the presented data.

      Conclusion:

      While the manuscript addresses an interesting and biologically relevant question, the current experimental evidence does not adequately support the proposed mechanistic model. The combination of inappropriate experimental design for trafficking studies, insufficient validation of key imaging reagents, questionable interpretation of the localization data, lack of convincing evidence for the proposed MET-MT1-MMP interaction, and the absence of a clear relationship between the degree of MET depletion and the biological phenotype substantially limits the reliability of the conclusions.

      In my opinion, these issues cannot be addressed by further revision of the current manuscript, as they require substantial additional experimentation, including appropriately designed trafficking assays with short kinetic time points, rigorous validation of antibody specificity for immunofluorescence, and stronger mechanistic evidence linking MET trafficking to MT1-MMP-dependent invadopodia function.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Festa et al. provide a detailed analysis of the outcome of spike-timing-dependent plasticity acting on inhibitory synapses for distinct shapes of the kernel that governs how pre- and postsynaptic spike times induce synaptic changes. The authors investigate symmetric and asymmetric kernels, providing a theoretical description of the ingredients that give rise to rate- or covariance-dominated plasticity based on a simplified two-neuron circuit. These analyses are confirmed via simulations of large recurrent networks with random excitatory connectivity. For excitatory connections arranged in a one-dimensional ring, the authors show that two distinct classes of inhibitory neurons (distinguished by their plasticity rules) form an effective Mexican-hat weight profile. Furthermore, the authors show that external inhibition of one of the inhibitory neuron types gives rise to the phenomenon of surround modulation.

      Strengths:

      The analytical description of the two-neuron circuit is robust and accurately captures the qualitative evolution of inhibitory weights in the recurrent network with random excitatory connectivity. The emergence of the Mexican hat from the combination of distinct inhibitory synaptic plasticity rules acting on different neuron types is an important result that reveals how such connectivity can be learned in biologically plausible networks. All the analyses are well done, and the simulation results are convincing, which supports a robust interpretation of the findings.

      Weaknesses:

      The two-neuron circuit model is a good choice for the analytics, but it may have hidden a covariance effect of the "rate-dominated" symmetric spike-based kernel that would appear when several inhibitory neurons, each sharing a different spike correlation with the postsynaptic neuron, converge onto it. The rate homeostasis achieved by the rate-dominated model arises from adjusting inhibitory weights according to their initial correlation with the output neuron, so that after learning, the weights are distributed such that these correlations are cancelled out (Vogels et al., 2011). In other words, even the rate-dominated rule is covariance-driven under the hood: with a single inhibitory input, the two-neuron circuit cannot expose this, but with several differently correlated inputs, the covariance dependence should reappear.

      It is unclear whether the distribution of inhibitory weights has stabilised after 25 minutes of simulation time (Figure 3C), given that a considerable proportion of (mutual) weights reach the maximum allowed weight while (unidirectional) weights appear to vanish. Without a maximum-weight bound, and given sufficiently long simulations, the weights might diverge to infinity or decay to zero, so the apparent stationarity may be imposed by the bound rather than reflecting a true steady state. This could also be a finite-size effect, given the small number of excitatory connections per neuron.

      The connections from excitatory neurons to the two inhibitory populations are different in the ring model (exc to PV is wider than exc to SST according to Table 3), and it is not clear whether this width difference, rather than the plasticity rules themselves, is responsible for the emergence of the Mexican hat.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates how inhibitory synaptic plasticity can stabilize recurrent neural circuits while also shaping their functional connectivity. The authors analyze inhibitory spike-timing-dependent plasticity rules and show that different temporal kernels promote distinct E/I motifs, including reciprocal E/I connectivity and lateral inhibition. Using reduced circuit analyses and larger spiking network simulations, they demonstrate that inhibitory plasticity can generate structured effective connectivity, including Mexican-hat-like interactions in ring networks, while maintaining stable activity. The work therefore extends the view of inhibitory plasticity from a primarily homeostatic mechanism to one that may contribute to computationally useful circuit organization.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of the study is that it identifies a concrete mechanism by which the temporal shape of iSTDP rules determines the structure of learned inhibitory connectivity. The comparison between rules favoring reciprocal E/I motifs and those favoring "lateral" inhibition is shown across both reduced circuit models and larger spiking networks. The ring-network simulations further connect these learned motifs to circuit-level outcomes, including Mexican-hat-like effective connectivity, surround-suppression, and modular spontaneous activity.

      Weaknesses:

      The main limitations concern the extent to which the learned motifs are fully self-organized and how broadly the results generalize. In particular, the ring-network results rely on a pre-specified ring-like excitatory architecture and on two inhibitory populations with distinct plasticity rules, making it important to clarify which aspects of the Mexican-hat effective connectivity emerge from iSTDP itself. The conclusions would also be strengthened by intermediate plasticity rules. Finally, the ring-network simulations provide an interpretable proof of principle, but the authors should clarify whether the PV/SST effects depend on this specific architecture or would also arise in a more generic recurrent or cortex-like connectivity motif.

      The authors largely achieve their aim of showing that inhibitory synaptic plasticity can provide structured stabilization of recurrent circuits. The results support this claim within the model framework by demonstrating that different temporal forms of iSTDP lead to distinct learned E/I motifs and can shape effective connectivity and cortical-like response patterns. However, the broader biological interpretation remains more suggestive because some results depend on specific assumptions for the network architecture and plasticity rules.

      The work is likely to be valuable for researchers studying inhibitory plasticity, E/I balance, cortical circuit development, and biologically plausible learning because it provides a clear theoretical link between local inhibitory learning rules and circuit-level organization. The combination of analytically tractable motifs, spiking network simulations, and publicly available code makes the framework useful for future research.

      The significance of the work lies not in showing that inhibitory plasticity can have functions beyond homeostatic stabilization, which has been established by previous theoretical and experimental studies, but in formalizing how the temporal form of iSTDP rules can bias the emergence of distinct E/I motifs. At present, the work identifies rules that are sufficient to generate these motifs in model networks, while the mapping of these rules onto specific interneuron types remains for future experimental testing.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript by Laura Korobkova and Brian Dias describes an interesting study of the role of GABAergic neurons in the zona incerta (ZI) in incentive motivation for reward.

      The authors report that DREADD inhibition of ZI neurons reduced the effort breakpoint in a progressive ratio task, which measures the intensity of incentive motivation to obtain food rewards. In other tests, chemogenetic inhibition did not alter food consumption or memory.

      Conversely, DREADD excitation of ZI neurons increased incentive motivation in the progressive ratio task, expressed as a higher breakpoint for food rewards.

      Korobkova and Dias report that prior stress exposure to a series of stressors (e.g., forced swim & water submersion, restraint, mild footshock) by itself reduced the breakpoint for food reward under vehicle, though it did not impair the ability to learn an instrumental response. However, DREADD excitation of ZI neurons in previously stressed mice increased the breakpoint to normal levels equivalent to the never-stressed group. This important finding indicates the ability of ZI stimulation to rescue the incentive motivational deficit induced by prior stress.

      In fiber photometry studies using vGAT-CRE mice to specifically identify GABA neurons, Korobkova and Dias report that ZI GABA neurons are excited by sensory signals, including neutral cues. However, after reward conditioning, ZI GABA neurons increase their activation to the CS+ cue that predicts reward, but not to the CS- cue that doesn't. ZI neurons also respond in an instrumental reward task during both lever press and reward delivery. The authors conclude that ZI neurons respond to sensory stimuli, but specifically code the motivational significance of reward-related stimuli.

      In optogenetic studies, the authors find that ZI GABA neuron stimulation during a reward CS+ enhances motivated responding to obtain reward, particularly in females, but not stimulation outside the CS+. This suggests the ZI stimulation in females may specifically enhance the incentive salience of the CS+, namely the cue's ability to trigger an increase in 'wanting' for the reward. However, that effect was not found here in males.

      Altogether, this is a fine contribution to the literature, and the authors deserve congratulations on their study and manuscript.

      Strengths:

      This is a powerful and creative set of studies that clarifies the roles of ZI neurons in sensory processing and especially in incentive motivation for rewards. The use of multiple methods and test situations to triangulate on reward motivation functions gives a well-rounded perspective on ZI function. The discovery of incentive motivation roles for ZI neurons is intriguing and improves understanding of ZI, which traditionally has been a relatively understudied brain structure. The finding that ZI stimulation may rescue stress-induced deficits in motivation is especially notable and may have therapeutic implications.

      Weaknesses:

      Minor: This version of the manuscript focuses the introduction and discussion specifically on ZI GABA neurons. The ZI may be primarily GABAergic, but also contains other neurons, and DREADD studies may have used the hSyn promoter, which would impact all types of ZI neurons. Other studies here did more specifically target GABA neurons using vGAT Cre mice and specific targeting. The manuscript might be slightly improved by distinguishing in the discussion a bit more clearly which effects implicate GABA neurons specifically, and which effects might include other neurons too, to more clearly parse out the relative roles of GABA vs broader neuronal populations in ZI.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper describes a study that uses a combination of observational and experimental techniques to investigate the hypothesis that the zona incerta is a neural loci where sensory information is integrated to interpret the motivational value of reward-associated cues. They show that manipulation of GABAergic neurons in this region bidirectionally modulates responding during a progressive ratio test, that activating these neurons recovers motivational deficits incurred by chronic stress, and that they fire in response to reward-associated visual or auditory cues. They also showed that activity in these neurons is not necessary for incentive salience of reward-associated cues, because inactivating them did not prevent Pavlovian-instrumental transfer. However, activating them did enhance responding during the presentation of reward-associated cues in females but not in males.

      Strengths:

      The study has a very systematic and elegant approach to assess how this region responds first to intrinsic motivation and then to motivation-enhancing effects of reward-associated cues.

      Weaknesses:

      Males and females are used throughout, but sample sizes are generally too small to make a meaningful interpretation of sex differences (which is not the focus of the study, but is worth bearing in mind). In the last experiment, the lack of discrimination between CS+ and CS- conditions across training for males confounds any interpretation of sex-differences in the outcomes.

      The ZI is known to be a region where there is notable convergence of neural inputs from a diverse and heterogenous range of sensory and other cortical inputs. To my knowledge, this is the first study that has directly tested whether it may serve to encode motivational/incentive properties of reward-associated cues. The outcomes are not definitive - it appears that they are sufficient but not necessary. However, this study represents an important first step - the ZI also has notable heterogeneity in the genetic identity of neurons, and properly dissecting the function of ZI microcircuits will likely require characterising function based on more than one molecular marker. This is addressed by the authors in the discussion.

      In summary, this study will have a significant impact on our understanding of how motivation is calculated based on complex environmental signals.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigated the role of the zona incerta in motivation and cue-reward associations. Using chemogenetic and optogenetic manipulations of the ZI, they altered motivation in cued and uncued variants of the progressive ratio task and rescued deficits in motivation induced by chronic stress. They further use fiber photometry to demonstrate that the ZI tracks the formation of cue-reward associations.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors fill an important gap in the literature linking sensory input to motivation via the zona incerta.

      (2) The authors demonstrate that ZI tracks cue value rather than just tracking sensory input.

      (3) The authors demonstrate that the ZI excitation rescues stress-induced suppression of motivation.

      (4) The authors perform several important control tasks, demonstrating that their findings are not a result of alterations in locomotor activity, food consumption, or memory.

      Weaknesses:

      In Figure 1D and E (inhibitory vs excitatory DREADDS), the control groups in the Gi group appear to have more elevated breakpoints than the control groups in the Gq group, although a statistical comparison between the two is not reported. It is not clear if this is because the two groups were given a different reinforcement schedule, this should be made clearer.

      In Figure 1E, it is important to note that although the authors found a significant planned comparison between Gq VEH and Gq CNO, the interaction was not significant, nor were comparisons to mice injected with control virus. Thus, activation of ZI GABA neurons appears to be a relatively weak effect.

      In Figure 5, the authors see what is likely a significant difference in lever presses during acclimation between the Gi and GFP groups, which they state is an expected difference. However, it is difficult to see why this would be expected. While Gi:CNO manipulation yielded lower breakpoints in Figure 1D, it did not yield lower FR1 responding for food in Fig S3 (although this was FR1 for food dispenser visits rather than lever press). One reason I ask is that the authors highlight the differences in CS+/CS- between groups, but the biggest difference between groups appears to be in acclimation, which may be driving the group x block interaction.

      In Figure 6, the authors demonstrate that optogenetic stimulation during cue light increases the breakpoint in females, but not in males. They suggest that this may be because the males did not sufficiently discriminate the cue light before optogenetic manipulation began. If this were the case, then the authors would need to use "cue discrimination" as a factor to determine if it is a better predictor than sex.

      The authors' work demonstrates that chemogenetic inhibition of GABAergic ZI cells reduces uncued motivation for reward but enhances cued responses under extinction. The authors state that this is a paradoxical finding that suggests that the ZI operates within a redundant motivation network. However, a critical difference between the two tasks is that one measures motivation for food while the other measures persistent responding under food extinction, which are not the same process. Thus, a simpler explanation is that ZI inhibition reduces motivation and impairs extinction.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper uses three different datasets to study the relationship between the standard deviation of dynamic brain state time series (state engagement variability or SEV) and measures of cognition. Results show associations between SEV and cognitive measures, with stronger associations in patients than controls (at least for inhibition).

      Strengths:

      Strengths include the use of innovative dynamic approaches to study cognition and the validations across three independent datasets.

      Weaknesses:

      With a highly innovative approach, it can be challenging to provide enough context for the reader to understand and interpret the results. In particular, the paper would benefit from:

      (1) More detail on the brain state calculation, multiple comparison control, and added benchmarking of the novel summary SEV measure.

      (2) Guidance on the interpretation of relatively low prediction performance, negative t-statistics, and more broadly regarding the justification for the multi-step approach going from 4 brain states to 1 SEV to a network of edges.

      (3) Removal of the moment-to-moment alignment results given the circularity of the edge time series extraction with overlapping contributions to SEV and cognitive control time series.

      (4) Adjustment of text to avoid causal interpretations and to reduce the emphasis on transdiagnostics.

      Major Points:

      While the brain states were developed in prior work, SEV is a new metric and therefore warrants careful benchmarking in terms of test-retest reliability, sensitivity to scan length/quality, and associations with demographic variables like age and sex (which do not appear to be controlled for in analyses).

      Although the external validation approach is appreciated, the prediction performance is pretty low (predicted-observed correlation 0.17-0.3). It would be good to also report other metrics of performance, such as balanced accuracy.

      The steps in the paper are somewhat convoluted by going from 4 brain states to 1 SEV, back to specific FC networks. This makes the paper a bit complex and difficult to interpret. It would be helpful to provide a clear justification for these steps and/or a figure to orient the readers.

      Many results are reported in the manuscript, and it is unclear whether/what multiple comparisons control was adopted where.

      The moment-to-moment change section tries to test whether inter-individual variation in SEV maps onto cognitive control, which is very interesting. However, both measures were operationalized using edge-timeseries calculated from the same data with shared inputs (as shown in Figure 4B). As such, the 'alignment' (i.e., correlation) between resulting time series appears somewhat circular given that it is likely driven by the shared inputs. More broadly, edge timeseries were summed across edges (and subtracted between edges with positive and negative CPM associations), which further complicates their interpretability in the context of 'cognitive control'. I would recommend removing this section or using behavioral data to quantify cognitive control.

      The descriptions of how brain states were derived are unclear. In line 466, what do 'these fMRI data' refer to? Was the least-squares regression performed across subjects (given that it results in one beta value per time point)? Was this performed as a multiple regression and - if so - what was the collinearity between brain state inputs?

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      A relatively new measure of flexible brain state engagement (SEV - State Engagement Variability) is used here. It simply measures time-to-time variation in brain activity in terms of how it matches pre-specified motifs of activity. This metric seems to be predictive of behavioural data measuring cognitive control abilities. This was found to be the case in two independent datasets with different (though related) behavioural measures.

      Strengths:

      Use of multiple datasets is a clear strength. The use of both replication and out-of-sample model prediction is another.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) It is not clear to me how specific the SEV metric is for telling us about brain state engagement flexibility. Resting state fluctuations have been described as quasi-periodic changes that can be mapped onto "states", but the fluctuations could easily be a reflection of vascular flow, which may indirectly correlate with cognition.

      (2) If SEV is calculated using other state descriptors (e.g. a random parcellation of the brain into 4 networks) - would the result still hold? Or are the motifs important (this would rule out, to some extent, the vascular argument from (1) above)?

      (3) Figure 1 confused me a little. Why not show all the combinations (patient v full sample), inhibition vs shift, and main vs validation? Instead, a subset of 4 was selected?

      (4) The inhibition/patient/main correlation seems to be driven by 4 patients with particularly high inhibition measures?

      (5) Why is SEV negative in some cases (e.g., Figure 1) if it's a std measure? Has it been demeaned or orthogonalised wrt another variable?

      (6) The external analysis is great, but why should the model predict a relationship between SEV and inhibition if the claim is that it is only true for patients? Why would it only be true for patients in the first place?

      (7) I can't get my head around the results shown in Figure 3. How can one have both positive and negative correlations being significant or meaningful in the same pairs of networks? I think this set of results could benefit from more explanation.

      (8) I struggled with Figure 4 analysis. What is the SEV network? How do we know that it is specific enough to the SEV concept? Looking at co-fluctuations with the cognitive network, are we not simply looking at the old anti-correlation between the default mode and the rest of the brain (I note that the correlations in the y-axes of Figure 4 are negative)?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The paper submitted by Renard et al. seeks to capture the moment when learning occurs and to identify the associated changes in neuronal activity within cortical circuits. Specifically, the study aims to test whether sensory representations in the cortex reorganize on the same timescale over which behavioral changes first emerge.

      To address this question, the authors developed a new behavioral paradigm in which mice were first trained on an auditory detection task and then introduced to whisker stimulation, which they learned to associate with reward. This design allowed mice to form a new whisker-reward association within a single behavioral session, enabling the authors to track learning-associated neuronal changes during the course of the experiment.

      Using pharmacological and optogenetic interventions, the authors first show that learning depends on the whisker somatosensory cortex. They then combined the task with longitudinal two-photon calcium imaging to examine real-time changes in neuronal representations that accompany improvements in task performance over trials within a session and across days. By applying a range of analytical approaches, they show that learning induces a rapid reorganization of sensory cortical representations over tens of trials, on the timescale of minutes. They further propose that spontaneous reactivation of neurons during the task may contribute to these representational changes during learning.

      Strengths:

      (1) Overall, the experiments are thoughtfully designed, well controlled, and clearly presented. The conclusions are generally well supported by the data. The manuscript is clearly written, and the Discussion acknowledges potential caveats while outlining future directions.

      (2) A major strength of the study is the design of a new learning paradigm in which head-fixed mice rapidly form a new sensory-motor association within a single session, on the timescale of minutes. This offers a unique opportunity to track real-time changes in neuronal dynamics associated with learning during a single recording experiment.

      (3) Taking advantage of this behavioral design, the authors show that learning induces rapid reorganization of sensory cortical representations. They also report an increase in spontaneous reactivation of neurons that gained stimulus responsiveness during training, and propose that these reactivations may contribute to rapid representational reorganization. These findings provide important insights into the neural dynamics associated with learning.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors propose that spontaneous reactivation mediates rapid reorganization of neuronal representations and thereby supports rapid task learning. However, as they also acknowledge in the Discussion, the present study does not directly test a causal role for these reactivations in facilitating representational changes or behavioral improvement.

      (3) The authors show reorganization of neuronal representations even on the first day of training with the new whisker task. However, because there is no explicit control for natural representational drift, it remains unclear to what extent these changes reflect learning-related reorganization rather than spontaneous day-to-day drifts in neuronal responses.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Renard, Foustoukos and colleagues present a study of rapid sensorimotor learning in the mouse barrel cortex. Head-fixed water-restricted mice already trained on an auditory detection task are introduced to a novel C2 whisker stimulus, and the authors show that reward-paired mice acquire the whisker-lick association within a single behavioral session, with the two groups (rewarded vs non-rewarded) diverging behaviorally within ~22 whisker trials and ~14 minutes. Both pharmacological inactivation of wS1 across Days 0/+1/+2 and optogenetic inactivation on Day 0 impair whisker-guided performance, while fpS1 manipulations do not, establishing that wS1 activity is required for whisker-guided behavior during the initial learning period. Longitudinal two-photon imaging of GCaMP6f-expressing L2/3 neurons across five days (-2 to +2 relative to whisker introduction) reveals a bidirectional, reward-dependent reorganization of population responses to passive whisker stimuli: rewarded mice show enhancement, non-rewarded mice show suppression. The authors use a logistic-regression decoder trained to discriminate pre- vs post-learning passive trials and then project Day 0 active whisker trials onto this learning axis; the projection rises monotonically across Day 0 in R+ mice and is significantly correlated with behavioral performance, with no such trajectory in R- mice. Finally, the authors detect reactivation events during catch trials by template-matching to the average passive whisker response, and show that on Day 0, the neurons most positively modulated by learning (LMI-positive) participate in these reactivations more than LMI-negative neurons in R+ but not R- mice. The authors interpret this as evidence that online, reward-gated reactivations may act as an upstream selection mechanism for which neurons undergo learning-related plasticity, operating on the minutes-timescale of within-session learning. There is much to like in this paper, with some moderate-to-major concerns that could largely be addressed with re-analysis or re-framing.

      Strengths:

      The single-session learning paradigm is a key aspect of this paper, given the rapid learning observed. Coupled with the R+ and R- design, there's a lot to like with the behavioral approach. The bidirectional response change across these R+ and R- groups (enhancement vs suppression) is also a nice finding.

      The causal manipulations demonstrate that the imaged region is used during the task. By doing both pharmacological and optogenetic inactivation, each with a control in the spatially adjacent region (fpS1), the authors make a strong case that wS1 activity is necessary for whisker-guided behavior during the initial learning period (though see below about the limitations of the current approach).

      The longitudinal two-photon imaging of the same L2/3 neurons across five days underlies essentially every neural analysis in the paper and enables the single-cell LMI and population-trajectory analyses.

      The pathway-specific analysis in Figure 3 - figure supplement 2 is very interesting, but not much time is spent on it (lines 151-155). The dissociation between wS2-projecting neurons (which show learning-related enhancement in R+ and suppression in R-) and wM1-projecting neurons (which do not) is (in my opinion) a nice instance of projection specificity - it also aligns with the known routing of task-relevant whisker information through the wS1→wS2 pathway. I would encourage the authors to motivate this experiment in the main text rather than leaving it all to the discussion (lines 256-262).

      The methods are generally well documented and easy to follow.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Conflation of de novo association learning with generalization from auditory pre-training.

      All mice have already learned a task structure with the auditory task - "detect the salient sensory cue → lick → reward". Under these conditions, the rapid emergence of licking to the whisker stimulus could reflect either de novo formation of a whisker-specific association or generalization of an instrumental policy to a novel salient cue. The manuscript frames the result as the former ("acquisition of a novel sensorimotor association"), but the experiment cannot distinguish between the two alternatives. This distinction between de novo learning and generalization may have a meaningful impact on the interpretation, though it doesn't impact the specific results. It would be helpful for the authors to discuss the two possibilities and generally consider the contribution of generalization from auditory pre-training to Day 0 performance.

      Relatedly, the R- group is introduced (lines 69-74) and later used (lines 244-247) as a passive-exposure control that rules out representational drift. While R- group is an important control for repeated whisker stimulation and task context, it does not appear to be a pure passive-exposure control: Figure 1B shows that on Day 0 the mice lick more to the R- stimulus than with no stimulus and then extinguish that licking by Day 1. Thus, one possibility is that R- mice actively learn to suppress licking to an unrewarded stimulus (whisker) in a context where other stimuli (auditory) remain rewarded. This would be a different cognitive operation (response suppression) from a purely passive exposure condition. The manuscript therefore lacks a true passive-exposure baseline, and several claims that rely on R- as such a baseline (including that bidirectional changes are reward-driven rather than reflecting passive drift, lines 244-247) need to be reframed.

      (2) The inactivation experiments establish that wS1 is necessary on Day 0, but they cannot separate detection, acquisition, and expression.

      Both the muscimol manipulation (whole session, Days 0/+1/+2) and the optogenetic manipulation (0.1 s before stimulus onset through the 1 s reporting window) silence wS1 during the moments when the whisker stimulus must be detected for a successful trial. Under these conditions, impaired performance could reflect that the animal cannot detect the stimulus, cannot express the learned response on that trial, or cannot acquire the association. These are causally distinct processes, and the manuscript currently treats them as equivalent.

      Specifically, on Day +1 of the opto experiment (light off), do mice learn at the same rate as a naive Day 0 cohort (e.g., the R+ imaging mice on Day 0), or is performance already higher than the naive group? If higher than the naïve group, this would suggest that there is learning occurring and would suggest that something that may have been acquired during Day 0 inactivation, even if it could not be expressed.

      (3) The interpretation of the LMI-participation correlation is complicated by the peaked LMI distribution and neuron-level pooling.

      Two related issues arise from the results shown in Figure 4I. First, the LMI distribution in Figure 3F (and visible in 4I) is sharply peaked near zero. The reported r = 0.24 in R+ mice is therefore difficult to interpret biologically because the distribution is dominated by near-zero-LMI neurons and the slope may be disproportionately influenced by neurons in the tails. The key claim is better tested by comparing significantly LMI-positive, LMI-negative, and non-modulated neurons. The authors do address this in Figure 4J - showing that participation rate rises across days for significantly LMI-positive R+ neurons (p = 5×10⁻⁴) but not for LMI-negative neurons (p = 0.05) - but this analysis is not the lead result. To my understanding, Figure 4J is more interpretable and should be the key piece of data supporting their claim.

      Second, the p-value of p = 1×10^-41 in Figure 4I comes from treating thousands of neurons pooled across 19 mice as independent observations. Neurons within an animal are correlated through shared behavioral state, shared imaging session, and circuit-level interactions, so it would be helpful to consider a different statistical unit of comparison (FOV, animal, etc). For example, a linear mixed-effects model with mouse as a random effect could work.

      (4) The reactivation-LMI relationship is partially circular, and the framing in the abstract could be more constrained.

      The "reactivation template" is the trial-averaged passive whisker-evoked population vector from each session, and reactivations are detected as moments in catch-trial activity that correlate with this template above a shuffled threshold. This approach is reasonable, but it means that the reactivation-LMI relationship is not fully independent of template construction, and the framing in the abstract blurs that line. LMI-positive neurons are defined as neurons whose passive whisker-evoked responses increase from pre- to post-learning. Therefore, neurons with strong whisker responses, or neurons that become stronger components of the whisker-evoked template across learning, may be more likely to contribute to template-matching events by construction. Thus, the LMI-participation relationship could partly reflect template weighting or sensory-response amplitude, rather than showing that reactivation events selectively recruit neurons for future learning-related plasticity. It would be helpful and more reassuring if the authors could control for each neuron's whisker-template weight, baseline whisker responsiveness, and overall calcium event rate when relating LMI to reactivation participation.

      A complementary unsupervised approach could also help: rather than starting from the whisker template, one can derive co-activity assemblies directly from spontaneous activity (e.g., via PCA or ICA on the catch-trial population activity), and then ask, separately, whether any of these assemblies overlap with the whisker ensemble. The interesting test is then whether whisker-like assemblies become more frequently expressed across Day 0 in R+ but not R- mice, and whether LMI-positive neurons are preferentially loaded onto these whisker-like assemblies. This logic inverts the current pipeline and can be complementary to the current analysis. By identifying structure in nominally spontaneous activity first and then comparing to the whisker response, this could help avoid the circularity in which the template both defines the events and contains the cells being tested. The Figure 4 - figure supplement 1B partial-correlation analysis is a step in this direction but addresses only spontaneous firing rate, not template coupling. Without such a complementary approach, the authors may want to clarify that the reactivation detection is anchored to a template defined in part by the same cells whose participation is being tested.

      (5) The reactivation-as-selection-mechanism interpretation is not supported by the current data.

      The Discussion (lines 278-281) acknowledges that the authors have not shown necessity, but the end of the intro and part of the discussion (Lines 275-277) frame reactivations as a "reward-gated selection mechanism" for plasticity. An equally plausible alternative is that neurons whose synaptic inputs or intrinsic excitability have been potentiated by reward-driven learning will simply co-fire more often during quiet periods - meaning reactivations would be a consequence of plasticity that has already occurred rather than a mechanism that selects which neurons to potentiate. The current data cannot distinguish these.

      A separate concern is the use of the term "spontaneous." The authors' usage is defensible in one sense - catch trials are stimulus-free, so the activity is not externally driven. However, "spontaneous" in the reactivation literature typically connotes offline, internally generated activity during quiet wakefulness or sleep, which carries different implications for plasticity than activity during active task engagement. Catch trials in this paradigm occur within the behavioral session, with the animal still engaged in the task, potentially anticipating reward or licking. The authors should either acknowledge this distinction in the text or qualify the term - "within-session" or "inter-trial" reactivations would be more accurate and would avoid borrowing the conceptual weight of the offline-replay literature.

      The authors should also clarify whether catch-trial activity around licks (false alarms, anticipatory licks) is excluded from the reactivation analysis, and whether reactivation rates depend on recent reward, recent whisker trial outcome, or behavioral state. Specificity controls - template-matching with shuffled templates and with auditory templates - would help establish that detected events reflect whisker-specific patterns rather than generic high-coactivity moments.

      (6) Motor, lick, and behavioral-state confounds in the neural analyses are not fully addressed.

      I have two specific concerns. First, for the Day 0 active-trial projection, mean whisker reaction times in Figure 1 - figure supplement 1G are around 350-500 ms, but the distributions extend into the 0-300 ms analysis window. The correlation between the projection trajectory and the behavioral learning curve (Figure 4E, lines 196-198) is the key piece of evidence that the neural shift tracks learning. However, on hit trials the lick may fall within or close to the analysis window, so a motor confound could in principle contribute to the rising projection. The authors could repeat the projection using an earlier/shorter window, exclude trials with early licks, or regress out lick timing. It would be helpful to better understand whether this effect is, in part, driven by licking activity.

      Second, the central evidence for representational reorganization (Figure 3) rests on a post-session passive epoch in which 50 whisker stimulations are delivered after "task disengagement" (lines 131, 387-389). The concern is that the brain state during this epoch is unlikely to be matched across groups or across days. R+ mice receive additional water rewards on whisker trials, whereas R- mice receive rewards only on auditory trials. This could lead to systematic differences in satiety, arousal, and disengagement state during the passive block. Because cortical sensory responses are strongly modulated by arousal, some of the apparent learning-related enhancement (R+) or suppression (R-) of passive whisker responses across days could reflect systematic state differences during the passive epoch rather than plasticity. The disengagement criterion ("stopped licking in all trial types") is also qualitative - no consecutive-miss or time-window threshold is specified - so the epoch may begin at slightly different behavioral states across mice. To resolve this, the authors could (i) specify the disengagement criterion quantitatively and (ii) compare pupil diameter and whisker self-motion (if available) across R+ vs R- and across days during the passive epoch.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This is a methodologically sound manuscript and provides reasonably interpretable results. While being appropriate, they do not seem to bring entirely novel concepts; nevertheless, most of my comments concern the calibration of the interpretive claims rather than the quality of the data.

      Strengths:

      (1) Longitudinal within-subject imaging:<br /> Tracking the same layer 2/3 neurons across learning allows the bidirectional effect (enhancement in R+, suppression in R-) to be measured within identified cells rather than inferred across cohorts.

      (2) Appropriate behavioural controls:<br /> The R+/R- design controls for repeated sensory exposure, and maintaining rewarded auditory trials in both groups controls for engagement and arousal, arguing against disengagement as the source of the R- effect.

      (3) Convergent causal manipulations:<br /> Muscimol and optogenetic inactivation both abolish acquisition and include an adjacent control region (fpS1); the temporally restricted optogenetic result partially addresses the concern (Hong et al., 2018) that sustained inactivation may destabilise downstream circuits.

      (4) Convergent analyses:<br /> Single-cell learning modulation indices, population similarity measures, and a trial-resolved decoder projection onto a naïve-to-expert axis provide consistent evidence that representational change is concurrent with behavioural acquisition.

      (5) Projection-specific resolution:<br /> Retrograde labelling shows learning-related changes in wS2-projecting, but not wM1-projecting neurons, consistent with preferential routing of task-relevant signals through the wS1 to wS2 pathway.

      (6) Mechanistically motivated reactivation analysis:<br /> Relating rapid, reward-dependent plasticity to spontaneous reactivations on a timescale of minutes is an original use of the single-session paradigm.

      Weaknesses and points requiring clarification

      (1) The stimulus is not strictly novel: Passive whisker stimulations were delivered on pre-training Days -2 and -1, so what changes on Day 0 is the stimulus-reward contingency rather than the stimulus itself. This resembles contingency reassignment with reversal-like properties (and possible habituation or latent inhibition) rather than de novo learning, and the licking response is already established during auditory training. The framing should be qualified accordingly.

      (2) Barrel cortex dependence should be stated more narrowly: The data show that acute wS1 suppression prevents acquisition of this task, not that whisker detection in general requires barrel cortex; cortical dependence varies with task and manipulation (Hong et al., 2018; Ryan et al., 2022 vs Miyashita and Feldman, 2013). The near-threshold explanation would require psychometric or stimulus-intensity data.

      (3) The passive block carries confounds: It is acquired after task disengagement, when satiety, arousal, and reward history differ across groups and days. The authors should report within-block response adaptation and the robustness of the main results to early versus late passive trials. Additionally, could passive presentation of the stimulus without reward delivery lead to devaluation of the stimulus, leading to additional behaviour and plasticity changes which are not addressed?

      (4) Some statistics appear to be neuron-level rather than animal-level:<br /> Very small p-values (e.g., the LMI-participation correlation r = 0.24, p on the order of 10^-41) suggest thousands of non-independent neurons treated as independent samples, risking pseudoreplication. Central claims should rest on hierarchical or animal-level statistics with effect sizes.

      (5) The cosine-similarity decrease in R- animals needs clarification:<br /> Because cosine similarity is scale-invariant, uniform suppression would leave it largely unchanged; the observed decrease therefore implies heterogeneous suppression, reduced signal-to-noise, or increased variability, and the favoured interpretation should be stated.

      (6) The decoder requires cautious interpretation:<br /> Training on passive trials and applying to active Day 0 trials could introduce a behavioural-state domain shift. The meaning of positive and negative values in Figure 4C should be defined, and near-zero early projections reflect the classifier boundary rather than a biological baseline.

      (7) The reactivation analysis is the least conclusive and is susceptible to circularity:<br /> The template and the LMI are both derived from the passive whisker response, predisposing responsive neurons to register as reactivation participants, and the Day 0 template is obtained after learning.

      Leave-one-cell-out and pre-learning templates, cell-specific templates, and tests of whether reactivations predict subsequent trial responses would strengthen the claim; causal disruption would ultimately be required.

      (8) Figure, sample-size, and specificity points:<br /> The positive LMI shift in R+ animals is less visible than the R- shift in Figure 3F; the optogenetic cohort is small (n = 6 per group); and confirming that auditory detection was preserved during wS1 inactivation would establish whisker-specificity.

      (9) The comparison to prior work is overly broad:<br /> Banerjee et al. (2020) and Chéreau et al. (2020) are reversal learning and discrimination paradigms and may not be equated with simple whisker detection; the defensible novelty claim is the trial-resolved tracking within the first session and its concurrence with online reactivations.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors address a difficult and well-known problem in systems/computational neuroscience: how to estimate the magnitude of "information-limiting" noise. Existing approaches (direct Fisher-information estimation, decoding + Cramer-Rao, and large-N extrapolation) are data-hungry and unstable, which has left the field with conflicting empirical estimates across systems.

      The central proposal - "split-trial analysis" - is simple and appealing. The recorded population is randomly partitioned into two non-overlapping halves; a decoder (continuous case) or classifier (binary case) is trained on each half using the same trials; and the covariance of the two halves' decoding errors is used to estimate the variance of the information-limiting noise. There is a clean mathematical derivation to support this conclusion (although there are a couple of mathematical errors in the methods section that should be fixed to avoid confusion on the part of the reader).

      They benchmark the method in simulation against three prior methods (Moreno-Bote et al. 2014; Rumyantsev et al. 2020; Kafashan et al. 2021) and report substantially better sample efficiency, lower bias, and greater robustness. They then apply the method to three datasets: (1) mouse head-direction cells (Ajabi et al.), (2) mouse V1 (Stringer et al.), and (3) macaque PFC during a saccade task (Bartolo et al.).

      This is a strong and timely contribution. The core idea is elegant, and the method appears to be more practical than existing alternatives in the finite-data regime that real experiments occupy. The three applications are well chosen, and each yields a non-trivial, biologically interpretable result. I am strongly supportive of the potential of this paper.

      That said, the paper makes several strong empirical claims - most notably that prior V1 estimates were substantial overestimates, and that PFC information-limiting noise is temporally redundant - and the central estimator rests on an independence assumption whose finite-N validity is only partially characterized. Before these claims can be considered well supported, I would like the authors to address the following:

      Major Points:

      (1) The method relies on a key independence assumption that may not always be satisfied in the regime of finite neurons and trials. The author's main idea is to decompose the residuals of two decoders as follows:

      X1 = delta + phi1<br /> X2 = delta + phi2

      The covariance is equal to the scale of information limiting noise, Var[delta], plus three terms:

      Cov[X1, X2] = Var[delta] + Cov[delta, phi1] + Cov[delta, phi2] + Cov[phi1, phi2].

      We can define phi1 as the part of X1 that is orthogonal to delta and likewise define phi2 as the part of X2 that is orthogonal to delta; thus, the cross terms evaluate to zero, and we are left with:

      Cov[X1, X2] = Var[delta] + Cov[phi1, phi2]

      Now the authors introduce an assumption that Cov[phi1, phi2] = 0. This leaves us with Cov[X1, X2] = Var[delta], but the question is: when is it justified to assume that Cov[phi1, phi2] = 0? For example, it is possible that

      phi1 = c(N) * z + e1<br /> phi2 = c(N) * z + e2

      where z is another shared noise dimension that is not information limiting and e1 and e2 are truly independent. Here, c(N) is a constant that goes to zero as the number of neurons used to train the decoder, N, goes to infinity. Thus, in the limit of having very large neural populations at hand for the analysis, the author's assumption of Cov[phi1, phi2] = 0 can be justified. If the authors agree with this analysis, it would be nice to (a) flesh it out and include it in the methods / supplementary notes, and (b) to analyze in simulation how good this approximation is in finite N regimes. I suspect that the assumption works in finite N regimes if noise is low-dimensional, but that if there are many additional dimensions of correlation (i.e. many z's above), you will need a very large number of neurons before Cov[phi1, phi2] approaches zero.

      Along these lines, another worthwhile analysis would be to report outcomes when the neural populations are sub-sampled further. Intuitively, it should fail once you subsample to only a handful of neurons, e.g. 3, but I'm curious where the breaking point is and whether the decline is graceful.

      (2) In point 1, I raised the question of how the method behaves with a finite number of neurons. Another worry is that there is a finite number of trials. In particular, if you train two decoders on the same trials, I would worry that non-information-limiting fluctuations in those trials would induce correlations in the decoders that then would show up as correlations on the held-out test set. A more conservative approach would be to split trials into three disjoint subsets: a training set for decoder A, a training set for decoder B, and a common test set used to compute Cov[X1, X2].

      As a concrete example, suppose that on the particular trials used for training, the animal happened to be more aroused when theta = 1 and less aroused when theta = 0, and that arousal added a fluctuation on top of the neural response. This arousal-related signal is not information-limiting - it would average away given enough trials - but because both decoders are fit to these same trials, each one adjusts its weights to partially discount the same spurious high-arousal/low-arousal trend. Their weights are now distorted in a correlated way, so when both are applied to the shared test set, their errors covary, and the method reads this shared-training artifact as information-limiting noise.

      I think this dynamic should be acknowledged in the text and clarified in more detail. Ideally, simulations could be done to estimate how many trials are needed to average out this sort of confound, and similar to the suggestion in point 1 above, I would be interested in seeing what happens when the authors sub-sample trials before running their analysis. Together with point 1, the feedback is that I'd like to see more about "how many neurons and how many trials" are needed in order to trust your results. Similarly, are there diagnostics or resampling methods (e.g. bootstrapping) that could be helpful for a practitioner to know if they have enough neurons/trials?

      (3) Unless I've fundamentally misunderstood something, there is an error on page 17 in the methods. There we find sigma2 = Var[delta] = ... = Cov[phi1, phi2], but I believe this is meant to be Cov[X1, X2]. Indeed, the method assumes that Cov[phi1, phi2] = 0, as discussed in point 1.

      Additionally, on page 4, the authors introduce the main quantity as Cov[\hat{theta}_1, \hat{theta}_2] instead of Cov[X1, X2]. However, if theta is changing from trial to trial, then these two quantities are not technically equal to each other, so it would be more accurate to write down the conditioning on theta. That is, assuming conditionally unbiased decoders, Cov[X1, X2] = Cov[\hat{theta}_1, \hat{theta}_2 | theta] for a fixed theta.

      More generally, I found it hard to wrap my head around the underlying math on my first read through the paper. The polarization identity, 1/4 * (Var(X1 + X2) - Var(X1 - X2)), seems like a very roundabout way to derive the method. This identity is very helpful for the deconvolution extension, but I would have thought that a simpler and more straightforward derivation would have just used the expansion, Cov[X1, X2] = Var[delta] + Cov[delta, phi1] + Cov[delta, phi2] + Cov[phi1, phi2], as I did in point 1. I suggest the authors revise the mathematical presentation for clarity.

      Minor Points

      (1) A very nice feature of the authors' method is that they make no parametric assumption on the distribution of noise. This is in contrast to Kanitscheider et al. [12]'s finite-sample bias correction using the inverse-Wishart distribution of $\hat\Sigma^{-1}$, which is derived under an assumption of multivariate Gaussianity. I think it is worth adding a sentence to highlight this feature of the model.

      (2) Statistical inference claims (across sessions and population sizes) are supported by reported s.d.'s but no formal tests or confidence-interval-based comparisons. Given that several claims are comparative (split-trial < naive; V1 < prior reports; PFC stable over windows), please add appropriate uncertainty quantification (e.g., bootstrap CIs over sessions) and, where a difference is claimed, a test or effect size.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Le and Wei present a novel estimation method for information-limiting correlations. Information-limited correlations are shared noise fluctuations that affect neural encoding, but they can be hard to estimate (even to detect their presence) because they can be very small and buried under other common sources of variability that do not affect encoding. The newly proposed method bypasses two central limitations of previous approaches: extrapolation or assuming the noise structure to be Gaussian. The authors proposed a split-trial analysis where the population is split into two, and the correlations between the decoding errors arising from each population are computed. These correlations provide an unbiased measure of information-limiting correlations. The method is very simple and sound, and it is shown to deliver stable estimates with sensible magnitudes across several brain data sets. Further, even if the decoders are suboptimal, the method can detect the presence of information-limiting correlations, as only shared fluctuations of the two population decoders can possibly be observed if there are correlations that limit information.

      Comments:

      (1) The name "split-trial analysis" does not seem to reflect well the nature of the method introduced. I would propose something like "split-ensemble analysis" or "split-population decoding-correlation analysis".

      (2) Previous work has proposed a related - but different - bootstrap method, which can be mentioned in the current paper (Nogueira et al, J of Neuroscience, 2020).

      (3) The authors proposed a deconvolution method to study the shape of the distribution of information-limiting noise. An alternative would be to split neural populations into 3 or more subpopulations and compute 3rd- and 4th-order correlations between the decoding errors. This would lead to estimates of higher-order moments that can be compared to Gaussian ones and test for non-Gaussian distributions. Further, this N-split-ensemble method could be used to compare the deconvolution method results to test their consistency.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Le and Wei proposed a new method to identify differential correlations in real recordings (and simulations) that is based on splitting the simultaneously recorded population of neurons into two disjoint subpopulations. The method is based on evaluating the correlation between the decoded stimulus for each sub-population across trials. The authors validate their method on simulations and find the magnitude of differential correlations on three different publicly available datasets.

      Strengths:

      We think that this is a solid and relevant study for the computational neuroscience community, especially for the originality of the method and the fact that it seems to bypass the problem of very large populations to identify differential correlations. Overall, the results are novel and significant, and it addresses an important gap in the field. The main results are presented clearly and are easy to follow.

      Weaknesses:

      However, we believe that there are some additional analyses and clarifications that should be made to increase the clarity and impact of this study. In general, we believe that the authors should make a better effort to explain how their novel method depends on the number of trials and the number of neurons. More specifically:

      Major

      (1) The authors should show a realistic case for the covariance matrix in Figure 1. Currently, they are showing only Poisson noise (Figure 1c-e), only gain + Poisson (Figure 1f-h), and only differential correlations + Poisson (Figure 1i-k). They should show these same plots with a biologically realistic non-differential correlation structure (limited-range correlations, see Kanitscheider PNAS 2015). Perhaps even show the case for limited-range + gain + differential correlations. They should do the same for Figure 2.

      (2) Throughout the manuscript, the role of population size (N) on the method is a bit confusing. Figures 1 and 2 give the impression that N is not particularly important, which is counterintuitive and surprising. We understand that that is one of the strengths of the split-trial method, but the authors should explain in much more detail in the results and methods the role of population size on their novel method. Why is large N crucial for the other methods, but not for them? There is a little bit of population-size dependency on Figures 3-5, especially on Figure 4g. The authors should explain in more detail those effects.

      (3a) For dataset [27], the stimulus density was ~12 samples per deg for uniform sampling and ~1000 samples per deg for dense sampling. Figure S12 shows an overestimate of information-limiting noise when the number of trials used was significantly downsampled, which is, first of all, in disagreement with simulation results showing "when only a small number of trials are available to infer a large d-prime, split-trial analysis exhibits an under-estimation". It is true that we are not strictly in a binary classification task setting, but we are wondering if the authors have any justification for this result for [27].

      (3b) Related to this point, the estimated info-limiting noise was 0.26 deg with all neurons and 0.6 deg with downsampling (we guess that is the first value of red lines in Figure S12). The only difference here, if we understand correctly, is the number of trials used. Otherwise, it's exactly the same neural responses used for estimation. So, a similar magnitude should be expected. If the latter is due to an insufficient number of trials used, would the same problem apply to the uniform sampling dataset? In other words, if there were more trials recorded with uniformly sampled stimuli, would the authors expect to see a further and significant decrease of sigma as well?

  3. Jul 2026
    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Nagvekar et al. studies engulfing macrophages in the killifish brain upon aging. It first describes the development of a transgenic knock-in killifish line overexpressing a secreted fluorescent protein in neurons. This becomes a tool for isolating myeloid cells that are capable of endocytosis or phagocytosis of the fluorescent protein, which seem to comprise the majority of the myeloid cells within the young adult brain. The paper then demonstrates the similarities of what they call "engulfing macrophages" to brain myeloid cell types of other species and investigates changes to this population upon aging. Overall, the study combines multiple complementary technologies to support their data, that are nicely presented and well described in the legends, while the textual description remains very concise. The findings are of interest to scientists studying brain aging, and microglia/macrophages.

      Major comments:

      (1) Although the authors describe and analyze their data from the viewpoint of engulfing macrophages, the paper would benefit from a broader perspective and a comparison to other studies on microglia in different species. Along this line, the title does not really seem to cover the data presented here very well, and the introduction lacks a proper explanation of terminology on microglia/brain macrophages and their known roles, cell types versus cell states and the current state of the art in fish versus other model species in the context of aging.

      (2) The result that nearly all myeloid cells in the killifish brain are of the engulfing macrophage type is somewhat surprising. This appears to differ from other studies in for instance zebrafish (e.g. ref 80, that describes the heterogeneity of the myeloid cells in detail). There are two questions we like to raise: (Q1) What is the evidence towards this homogeneity? and (Q2) Could there be a technical bias?

      Regarding (Q1): What is the evidence towards this homogeneity? The markers used are overlapping with markers for microglia. It would be helpful to clarify how canonical microglia populations are represented in the dataset. What is the heterogeneity of the oScarletHIGH cells? On several plots (Fig1f, Fig2d, Fig4a) this population of cells seems more heterogeneous than described. Are there different cell states or types? What is the percentage of myeloid cells that is oScarletLOW? To what extent do these cells compare transcriptionally to the oScarletHIGH cells?<br /> a. Fig1f-i depict an enriched oScarletHIGH group alongside oScarletLOW cells. This representation is a bit misleading since it seems to indicate that really all myeloid cells are of the engulfing macrophage type whereas it is the majority, but not all.<br /> b. Line 52: The authors describe that the oScarletHIGH cell group is "enriched for signatures characteristic of macrophage functions". This finding is logical, as the isolation procedure of this population of cells was based on the endocytic and phagocytic properties of the cells. This result appears more consistent with a validation of the isolation strategy than with definitive evidence for myeloid cell identity.

      Regarding (Q2): Could there be a technical bias? An alternative explanation that may warrant discussion is whether aspects of the experimental pipeline (cell dissociation, FACS, scRNA-seq) could influence myeloid cell states. For instance, it is conceivable that dissociation induces a reactive program that enhances uptake of fluorescent protein, potentially enriching for oScarletHIGH cells. As the authors use a similar experimental setup to prove uptake of dextran and ovalbumin, such a technical artefact may merit consideration. As this would influence the major conclusions of the paper, the authors might want to address this comment with additional experimental controls, such as single-nuclei RNA-seq on control young and aged brains to profile the natural myeloid population when not submitted to a cell dissociation and FACS procedure.

      (3) The authors compare the oScarletHIGH cell transcriptomes to mouse and killifish datasets. Both the mouse (Barr et al) and killifish (Nagvekar, this paper) dataset are from enriched immune cells (mouse= CD45+ cells, and the 3 cell types selected from that). Why did the authors not compare to the whole mouse CD45+ dataset? Including zebrafish (Rovira et al, 2025) here would strengthen the evolutionary comparison. I also feel that the additional comparison with young killifish (Ayana et al) might not be that solid since this dataset was initially not enriched and has a significantly lower number of myeloid cells, and thus much less power. The old age time point in that study contained more myeloid cells and might be interesting to include for cell type comparison. There are other, perhaps more unbiased ways of comparing cell types across species, for instance SAMap, developed by co-author Bo Wang. Did the authors consider using this or other methods?

      (4) Regarding the comparison with the aged brain:<br /> a. Figure 4: It would be nice to include the same comparisons as for young fish (cfr Fig.1 panels F-I).<br /> The percentage of oScarletHIGH cells in the aged condition is 8% (Fig1-suppl1) compared to 4% at young age. On the other hand, a lower number of cells was isolated at old age compared to young age (Figure4a). Can the authors elaborate on this difference? Later on, it is stated that the engulfing capacity declines with aging, but could this be linked to the lower or potentially biased recovery of cells?

      b. Figure4a: Transcriptional differences are stated between young and old (line 226), can a relevant selection be shown in e.g. a dot plot or heatmap?<br /> The UMAP clustering does seem to indicate batch effects on panels a and g. Can the authors provide sub clustering and show that young and old/ FACS sorted high and low cover similar cell types/states? The PCA plot (panel f) and marker analysis is not fully convincing, as PC1 and 2 alone do not suffice to explain all the variance in these cells, and the markers are common ones for many microglia/macrophage cell types (and thus likely to be expressed similarly).

      c. Figure 5: It would be informative to include the corresponding aged condition for panels c and e.

      Significance:

      General assessment

      Strengths: This manuscript introduces a valuable new transgenic tool to isolate and characterize myeloid cells in the brain of the fast-aging killifish (Nothobranchius furzeri), an emerging model organism in aging research. The study combines multiple complementary approaches, including transgenesis, FACS, histology, and single-cell transcriptomics, to investigate brain immune populations and their changes upon aging. The cross-species comparison and aging analyses provide useful datasets and candidate markers for the field of neuroimmunology and comparative brain aging. Overall, the data are clearly presented, the experiments are logically structured, and the manuscript provides a useful resource for future studies on brain immune cells in teleosts.

      Limitations/points for improvement: The major limitation of the study concerns a potential technical bias introduced by the experimental pipeline (cell dissociation, FACS isolation, and transcriptomic profiling), which may have influenced the observed predominance and transcriptional state of the oScarletHIGH/engulfing macrophage population. At present, it remains difficult to fully exclude whether the protocol itself contributes to the apparent homogeneity of the myeloid compartment or induces a shared reactive state. Because this issue affects some of the central conclusions, the manuscript would benefit either from additional controls (e.g., dissociation-independent approaches such as single-nuclei RNA-seq) or from a more cautious interpretation and discussion of this possibility in the text.

      Advance: The fast-aging killifish is becoming an important vertebrate model for studying aging, yet the brain immune compartment in this species remains relatively underexplored. This manuscript provides both a novel experimental tool and a transcriptomic resource for studying myeloid cells in the killifish brain. To my knowledge, the study is among the first to profile engulfing/endocytic myeloid populations in the context of brain aging in this model organism and to compare these cells across species. The advance is primarily technical and descriptive/resource-generating, while also offering conceptual insight into how brain myeloid populations may change during aging and how they compare evolutionarily across vertebrates. Although the mechanistic interpretation would benefit from additional validation, the study clearly extends current knowledge and provides a framework for future work on neuroimmune aging in fish.

      Audience: The manuscript will primarily be of interest to a specialized basic research audience, including researchers in neuroimmunology, brain aging, microglia/macrophage biology, and comparative neuroscience. It will also be relevant to scientists using killifish or other emerging vertebrate models for aging research. Beyond the immediate field, the study may be of broader interest to researchers investigating immune-brain interactions and the evolutionary conservation of myeloid cell states across species. The transgenic line and transcriptomic datasets are likely to serve as a useful resource for future comparative and functional studies.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The work by Nagvekar et. al., reports the development of a new model in the African Killifish to study the engulfment of extracellular proteins. Specifically, they expressed oScarlet with a signaling peptide under the control of a neuronal promoter/gene to induce secretion into the extracellular space. Using this model, they found that the secreted protein was predominantly taken up by brain macrophages. Leveraging this finding, they were able to conduct RNAseq on brain macrophages from young and aged fish, where they reported differences in translation and vacuolar acidification at the transcriptional level among others. Finally, they show that the engulfment capacity of brain macrophages from old killifish is reduced when compared to their young counterparts.

      Major comments:

      (1) Red fluorescent proteins are notorious for being prone to aggregation. Are oScarlet proteins being internalized by macrophages aggregates or soluble proteins? This distinction is important as the clearance of extracellular molecules could be mediated by most cells, yet aggregates could be removed specifically by macrophages. Can experiments be conducted to distinguish between these two possibilities? We realize this may be challenging. If not feasible, the discussion should be tempered to reflect this possibility.

      (2) Brain dissociation tends to generate a lot of debris, especially from sheared neurons. Therefore, the high level of oScarlet inside macrophages could be an artifact of dissociation rather than a reflection of in vivo clearance. Authors should use internalization inhibitors during dissociation (CytoD, Dynasore, and pitstop) to exclude this possibility. Alternatively, if they have a transgenic killifish that expresses another fluorescent reporter in neurons (and preferably at a similar level to that of oScarlet), authors should dissociate brains together and quantify how many oScarlet+ cells are now also positive for that other fluorescent reporter. This could give an idea of how much engulfment is occurring due to the dissociation processes. It is not ideal, as macrophage eating could be happening during dissociation but before cells are in single cell suspension. However, given that RNAseq is needed to identify macrophages, this reviewer would be satisfied by this alternative approach if the aforementioned pitfall is also presented in the discussion.

      (3) Related to the above, it appears based on the scRNAseq that dissociation heavily enriched for brain macrophages. Therefore, the claim that clearance is mostly macrophage mediated could be due to an enrichment of this population during dissociation rather than this cell type being responsible for most of the extracellular waste disposal. Authors should quantify the % of total oScarlet that is specifically in macrophages in the brain sections they already have that are stained against oScarlet and CSF1R/ApoEB transcript.

      (4) The flow cytometry strategy used does not distinguish between oScarlet protein that has been internalized versus that which is sticking to the surface of macrophages. Authors should stain non-premeabilized and permeabilized cell suspensions with a flow antibody against mCherry/RFP to get a sense of how much oScarlet is inside versus outside of the macrophage. For most antibodies this can be done on the same sample sequentially if the antibodies have a different fluorophore.

      (5) It is concerning that dextran and oScarlet are almost perfectly colocalized in the image presented (Figure 3a). It raises the possibility, among others, that dextran is sticking to potential oScarlet aggregates and then being internalized by macrophages. Therefore, it could be an artifact of the transgenic line. Authors should repeat the experiment in wildtype fish and use HCR against CSF1R/ApoEB to address this issue.

      Significance:

      We believe that this is an important finding as such a model in African Killifish lays the groundwork to study the pathways that mediate the clearance of extracellular molecules by brain macrophages, the impact that this process has on brain homeostasis, and how it changes in aging. In particular, this reviewer is excited about the future potential of this model to uncover the molecular processes behind macropinocytosis, a process that occurs frequently in brain macrophages yet the mechanisms regulating it remain elusive, and how it contributes to overall brain health.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Rahul Nagvekar et al. generated a novel genetic model (SP-oScarlet) to label brain macrophages via their engulfment activity in the naturally short-lived African turquoise killifish. They found that these brain phagocytes exhibit transcriptional features resembling mammalian BAMs/MDMs and provided evidence that their engulfment capacity declines with age. The model and topic are interesting, but some of the central conclusions require more precise calibration to match the strength of the supporting evidence.

      Major comments:

      The SP-oScarlet model enriches cells based on phagocytic capacity - by design, any phagocytic cell, including microglia, can be labeled. Only 0.5% of oScarlet<sup>LOW</sup> cells were myeloid cells, confirming that this method captures virtually the entire myeloid population. The transcriptional resemblance to BAMs/MDMs is therefore a post hoc characterization of brain phagocytes broadly, rather than evidence for a selectively labeled subset. The authors show examples of apoeb<sup>+</sup> cells near vasculature (Fig. 3b), but do not provide a comprehensive quantification of the full spatial distribution of oScarlet<sup>HIGH</sup> cells. Importantly, neither the SP-oScarlet macrophages nor previously published wild-type killifish brain macrophages could be transcriptionally separated into three subgroups analogous to mammalian microglia, BAMs, and MDMs by PCA. This suggests that fish brain macrophages may not exist as subpopulations that correspond with their mammalian counterparts. The authors should therefore describe these cells as brain myeloid cells that exhibit BAM/MDM-like transcriptional characteristics, rather than implying they are a population equivalent to mammalian BAMs/MDMs.

      The age-related decline in oScarlet fluorescence in oScarlet<sup>HIGH</sup> cells in vivo could reflect either reduced phagocytic capacity of macrophages, or reduced oScarlet secretion by neurons, as the authors have discussed (Fig. 5a). The ex vivo assay addresses this by standardizing substrate concentration, which is a strength, but an in vivo functional assessment would provide a more physiologically relevant complement. The authors have already established the methodology for in vivo substrate injection (Fig. 3a, dextran). A similar experiment comparing substrate uptake in young and old fish would circumvent potential artifacts of the ex vivo approach, such as enzymatic dissociation altering surface receptor availability, and would directly test whether engulfment declines in the native brain environment.

      Significance:

      General assessment: This study presents a novel genetic model (SP-oScarlet) for visualizing chronic engulfment by brain macrophages in a short-lived vertebrate. The finding that killifish brain phagocytes exhibit BAM/MDM-like transcriptional features is interesting. Leveraging the killifish's naturally short lifespan, the authors further provide functional evidence that brain macrophage engulfment capacity declines with age. However, the authors should exercise caution when defining these cells as a distinct population specialized for engulfment of material from the brain extracellular space, since the SP-oScarlet model labels nearly the entire myeloid population in the brain.

      Advance: This study establishes a novel genetic model for chronic, in vivo visualization of engulfment in a vertebrate brain. The conceptual insight that killifish brain phagocytes transcriptionally resemble BAMs/MDMs rather than classical microglia is novel and may reflect evolutionary differences in brain clearance strategies.

      Audience: This research will interest a broad audience across developmental biology, genetics, neuroimmunology, aging research, and evolutionary biology.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Due to the low SNR of cryo-EM micrographs necessitated by radiation damage, determining the structure of proteins smaller than 50 kDa is exceedingly challenging, such that only a handful have been solved to date. This work aims to improve the reconstruction of small proteins in single-particle cryo-EM by using high-resolution 2D template matching, an algorithm previously used to locate and align macromolecules in situ, to align and reconstruct small proteins. This approach uses an existing macromolecular structure, either experimentally determined or predicted by AlphaFold, to simulate a noise-free 3D reference and generates whitened projections, crucially including high-spatial-frequency information, to align particles by the orientation with maximal cross-correlation. They demonstrate the success of this approach by generating a 3D reconstruction from an existing dataset of a 41.3 kDa protein kinase that had previously evaded attempts at high-resolution structure determination. To alleviate concerns that this is purely from template bias, they demonstrate clear density at two regions that were not present in the template: 6 residues in an alpha helix and an ATP in the ligand binding pocket. The latter is particularly important for its implications in determining structures of ligand-bound proteins for drug discovery. They also produce a composite omit map from 36 partial-deletion reconstructions spanning the entire protein, demonstrating a reconstruction can be obtained without template bias. Additionally, the authors provide an update to the classic calculation in Henderson 1995 to predict the minimum molecular mass of a protein that can be solved by single-particle cryo-EM.

      Strengths:

      I am in no doubt that this technique can be used to gain valuable insights into the structures of small proteins, and this is an important advancement for the field. It is complementary to single-particle cryo-EM and provides an extra tool for the experimentalist that may work better in certain cases. For cases where only a small region of the structure is of interest, such as in drug screening, this method provides a simple workflow to screen many structures.

      The claim that using high-spatial frequency information is essential for aligning small proteins is a valuable insight. A recent pre-print published at a similar time to this manuscript used high-resolution information in standard ab-initio reconstruction to generate a high-resolution reconstruction from the same dataset, supporting the claims made in the manuscript.

      The theoretical section outlined in the appendix is also theoretically sound. It uses the same logic as Henderson, but applies more up-to-date knowledge, such as incorporating dose-weighting and altering the cross-correlation based noise estimation. This update is valuable for understanding factors preventing us from reaching the theoretical limit.

      Weaknesses:

      This method is a complementary technique to determine the structure of small macromolecules to existing methods such as Blush regularization and HR-HAIR. Although the authors have demonstrated convincingly that their method selects a stack of high-quality particles, it is less clear whether it performs better than RELION when using the same stack of particles, particularly in the ATP binding pocket. As the authors discuss, systematic benchmarks comparing these methods over more targets than the one presented here, will be important for determining the utility of this method.

      The method presented here also introduces template bias. Omit maps are used to reduce template bias by removing the region of interest from the template. Producing a full reconstruction through a composite omit map is computationally expensive and can introduce artifacts at boundaries. Therefore, unless this method outperforms modern SPA methods, its major use case will likely be restricted to ligand binding studies rather than full 3D reconstructions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Hanako and colleagues demonstrated that glycolipid MPIase is essential for the TAT system, and they successfully reconstituted the TAT system in vitro for the first time. This will facilitate the understanding of the mechanism of the TAT system.

      My major points are listed below for the authors to consider:

      (1) The authors successfully reconstituted the TAT system using the purified TatA/B/C, but the translocation efficiency was much lower than that of native INV. The authors partly attributed this to the reason that "MPIase recovery would be too low to detect the TAT activity" in the Discussion part. So, what would happen to the translocation efficiency if you added more MPIase to the reconstituted system? How about the abundance of MPIase from the INV and reconstituted proteoliposomes?

      (2) Why were only TatC levels measured in Figure 2C, whereas the expression levels of TatA were not detected? Also, from my observation, the amount of TatC in the third lane is lower than that in the previous two lanes.

      (3) The authors should explain why the TatA/B/C ratios in Figure 3C (1:1:1) and Figure 3D (10:1:1) are inconsistent.

      (4) ~30% of the fluorescence was recovered in the membrane fraction (Figure 4A) both in the functional TAT signal sequence (RR) and in the inactivating mutant signal sequence (KK), which suggests that MPIase acts as a relatively broad recognition factor. Given that MPIase does not discriminate between RR and KK, why do un-translocated substrates remain in the cytoplasm rather than non-specifically adhering to the membrane when MPIase is depleted in vivo?

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors investigated the relationship between the Tat system and MPIase, a glycolipid that facilitates protein integration into the bacterial cell membrane. The TAT (twin-arginine translocation) system is a unique membrane transport machinery that exports fully folded proteins containing a twin-arginine signal peptide. Using both in vivo and in vitro approaches, the authors demonstrated that a sufficient amount of MPIase is required for Tat-dependent protein translocation. Furthermore, the authors successfully reconstituted the Tat transport system by combining recombinant TatA, TatB, TatC, MPIase, and FoF1-ATP synthase.

      Strengths:

      The reconstituted system clearly demonstrated the requirement for each component, as substrate translocation occurred only when all components were present. Based on these findings, the authors proposed a mechanistic role for MPIase in facilitating Tat-mediated membrane translocation. Previous studies have shown that MPIase is involved in Sec-dependent protein translocation and membrane protein integration, as well as YidC-dependent membrane insertion. The present study further demonstrated that MPIase also plays an essential role in the Tat translocation pathway. Overall, this work highlights the central importance of MPIase in bacterial membrane protein biogenesis and provides new insights into the molecular mechanism of Tat-dependent protein transport.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) To show the importance of the Tat system in bacterial cells, it would be good to describe in the introduction how many proteins are translocated via the Tat system.

      (2) Figure 2B and D show that a sufficient amount of MPIase is important in SufI translocation. However, the reason why MPIase level was upregulated in the BL21 strain but not in the KS46 strain remains unexplained. The authors should address this point.

      (3) In Figures 4A and B, the authors explain that MPIase first works as a receptor of TorA-GFP without recognizing the RR motif. This conclusion is based on the results of the fractionation assays, where "sup" indicates the cytoplasmic and periplasmic fractions, and "ppt" indicates the membrane fraction. In Figure 4B, under the TatABC+++, (RR), +MPIase condition, the substrate is secreted most efficiently via the Tat pathway and should therefore be recovered in the periplasm fraction (sup). However, the authors point out that efficiently processed substrate was recovered in the ppt fraction rather than the sup fraction. The authors should explain why this occurred.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors study how the migration of distal visceral endoderm (DVE) cells in early mouse embryos becomes channeled towards one direction and the corresponding movement of the epiblast on which the DVE cells migrate. To this end, they develop an analysis pipeline of an in toto live data set previously obtained by the authors, which includes superpixel motion tracking of the visceral endoderm surface and subregions thereof. They find that a morphological asymmetry of the ectoplacental cone is indicative of anterior-posterior axis orientation. Even during the phases prior to and after collective migration, DVE cell speed was larger than in the surrounding tissue. The crossover from the pre-migratory to the migratory phase relies on the alignment of DVE cell motion. During the migration phase, counter-rotating vortices appeared in the emVE as expected when a rigid body moves through an incompressible fluid. Furthermore, DVE migration exhibits what the authors term a ratchet-like behavior, where the cells alternate between bursts of collective migration and periods of essentially no net motion. This behavior could be reproduced in vertex-model simulations, where DVE cells were subjected to a constant external force in an otherwise passive environment of cells. The observed intermittent behavior results from building up stress in the surrounding tissue that is released through cell rearrangements involving T1 transitions. These findings are in line with experimental results, although in embryos, T1 transitions are not as abundant as in the simulations and are largely confined to the region ahead of the DVE. Finally, the authors report a distally directed planar motion in the anterior epiblast underlying the visceral endoderm and thus opposite to the motion of the DVE. Cell migration in the posterior epiblast was slower and more random than in the anterior.

      Strengths:

      The authors provide a detailed analysis of the cell migration patterns in the embryo and show through vertex-model simulations that some of the observed features are really consequences of the properties of incompressible fluids.

      Weaknesses:

      Naming the intermittent dynamics of DVE cells as ratchet-like seems inappropriate, as it is rather reminiscent of stick-slip dynamics.. Quantitatively, the simulations do not provide much more insight beyond providing the flow profile of the (complex) fluid behavior of the tissue surrounding the DVE. It would be interesting to identify mechanisms that underlie migration alignment of DVE cells and to study in detail the T1 transitions - why are they confined to certain regions of the tissue? Furthermore, the theoretical analysis should be extended so that it also considers the dynamics of epiblast cells.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The work provides mechanistic insights into the establishment of the anterior-posterior axis of the mouse embryo by quantifying multiple cellular and tissular parameters from high-quality live imaging data. It shows that the direction of the axis is predetermined by the embryo geometry, that the cells whose migration defines the direction of the axis (the anterior visceral endoderm) have a ratchet-like movement probably depending on transient relaxation events of the epithelial cells lying in their way, and that the adjacent cell layer (the epiblast) moves in the opposite direction.

      Strengths:

      The dataset is large, with multiple embryos from relevant reporter lines integrally imaged at high resolution for long periods of time, and the analysis tools are novel, original and powerful.

      Weaknesses:

      Since all data are obtained from wild-type unchallenged embryos, the direct causality between events may not be fully guaranteed.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors investigate the dynamics of distal visceral endoderm (DVE) migration during early anterior-posterior axis formation in the mouse embryo. Using long-term light-sheet imaging combined with geodesic projections and quantitative motion analysis, they characterize DVE migration at both the cellular and tissue levels. The study identifies three distinct phases of DVE migration, describes the intermittent "stop-and-go" nature of DVE movement, and quantifies coordinated tissue behaviors within the visceral endoderm. The authors further report a previously unrecognized posterior movement of the underlying epiblast that occurs concomitantly with anterior DVE migration. Finally, they develop a two-dimensional vertex model to investigate the mechanical basis of the observed intermittent migration, proposing that cycles of stress accumulation and T1-mediated stress relaxation within the surrounding visceral endoderm account for the observed dynamics

      Strengths:

      Overall, this is a very interesting study combining state-of-the-art live imaging with an impressive quantitative image analysis framework. The imaging quality is excellent, and the authors provide one of the most detailed quantitative descriptions of visceral endoderm (VE) dynamics to date. In particular, the combination of whole-embryo light-sheet imaging, geodesic projections and quantitative analysis provides a rich dataset that will undoubtedly be valuable for the community. The model is also informative and provides a mechanistic hypothesis for the start and stop motion of the VE.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Clarification of the Superpixel-based image analysis

      The image analysis pipeline is impressive but could be explained more clearly for readers unfamiliar with the authors' previous work. In particular, the manuscript relies extensively on superpixel tracking, but it remains unclear what advantages this approach offers over more conventional Lagrangian particle image velocimetry (PIV). Since this paper should be self-contained, it would be helpful if the authors briefly explained the rationale for choosing superpixel tracking rather than referring readers to their previous eLife publication.

      Related to this point, the manuscript appears to use two different levels of coarse-graining. Motion is initially estimated from thousands of superpixels (1000-5000 according to the Methods), whereas the quantitative analyses are ultimately averaged over only 32 spatial sectors. The relationship between these two levels of representation is not entirely clear and would benefit from clarification. Why use such a dense superpixel seeding, which seems oversampled, if the intent is to eventually bin the result?

      Relatedly, how was the number of superpixels chosen? What is their effective size relative to the size of a VE or epiblast cell? This information is important because the analysis appears to be oversampled. This is particularly evident in Movie S14/Figure 7, where numerous superpixels appear to span a single epiblast cell. At this spatial scale, the measured motion is likely to include intracellular or subcellular movements, such as interkinetic nuclear migration or transient cell-shape changes, rather than pure tissue displacement. This may be somewhat misleading, as the visual impression is that the tissue itself is moving, whereas in some instances this reflects cellular/subcellular fluctuations. A discussion of the spatial scale of the superpixel analysis, together with a demonstration that the conclusions are robust to the degree of coarse-graining, would greatly strengthen the manuscript, especially regarding he movement of the epiblast (see point 4).

      (2) Use of the term "ratchet-like"

      We would recommend avoiding the term ratchet-like and instead using start-stop or stop-and-go migration throughout the manuscript. While these terms describe the same observed behavior, ratchet-like implicitly suggests an irreversible mechanism underlying the motion, whereas the present study primarily documents an intermittent migration pattern. In my opinion, stop-and-go is a more descriptive and mechanistically neutral terminology, leaving the mechanistic interpretation to the modelling section.

      (3) Mechanistic interpretation of the stop-and-go behavior

      The vertex model constitutes the principal mechanistic component of the study and provides an interesting explanation for intermittent DVE migration through stress accumulation followed by T1-mediated stress relaxation. However, the comparison between the model and the experimental data reveals an important discrepancy. As acknowledged by the authors, the model predicts a broader distribution of T1 transitions than observed experimentally, whereas in vivo T1 events appear largely confined to the embryonic visceral endoderm ahead of the migrating DVE.

      This discrepancy suggests that an important aspect of junctional mechanics may be missing from the current formulation. Have the authors considered whether an asymmetric constitutive description, in which junctions remodel more readily under compression than under tension, could better account for the observed spatial restriction of T1 events? Such constitutive asymmetry may provide a more biologically realistic mechanism for intermittent migration while preserving the overall framework proposed here.

      Overall, we find the modelling direction promising, but at present the model appears somewhat premature or overly simplified relative to the experimental observations. The simulations convincingly demonstrate that T1-mediated stress relaxation can generate intermittent migration, but they do not yet quantitatively, if not qualitatively, reproduce the spatial distribution of T1 events observed in vivo. Since the authors have segmented some samples, could all the cells then provide a movie with T1 annotated? That would be helpful to get an intuition on the level of performance of the model compared to experimental data.

      Related to this point, the stop-and-go behavior shown in Figure S7 is not immediately obvious. It would be helpful to display the instantaneous DVE velocity together with the timing of T1 transitions, allowing the proposed correlation to be appreciated more directly. In addition, in Figure 5E, the lower panel appears to be labelled "DVE position", whereas the text suggests that DVE velocity is intended. This should be clarified.

      (4) Motion of the epiblast

      The observation of coordinated epiblast motion is intriguing. However, it would be helpful if the authors quantified the magnitude of the net displacement. From the movies, the overall displacement appears relatively modest, perhaps on the order of one cell diameter. Is this indeed the case?

      More generally, we have some concerns regarding the quantification and representation of epiblast motion. As discussed above, the superpixel analysis appears to operate at a subcellular scale, with many superpixels spanning the apico-basal extent of individual epiblast cells. Consequently, the measured motion may partly reflect transient cell deformations, for example during mitosis or interkinetic nuclear migration, rather than displacement of the tissue itself. Finally, we wonder whether the flattened representation is the most appropriate way to present the epiblast data. Such projections are clearly helpful for analyzing the whole VE motion over a curved epithelial surface. However, the epiblast motion described here is essentially linear, and it is therefore less obvious how the flattening affects the apparent displacement. It would be helpful if the authors could also present the epiblast movement in the original, non-flattened imaging data (e.g. using an optical transverse section through the embryo). At present, the motion is only shown either as a geodesic projection or as a flattened transverse view, such that the reader never directly observes the movement in its native three-dimensional geometry.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Shpektor et al. propose a link between how humans learn abstract and hierarchical structures to support memory (for example, remembering the event of the first landing on the moon) and the medial temporal lobe (MTL) and grid cells in particular. Given that there is solid work on how grid cells in different modules jointly encode position in rodents, providing evidence for the existence of a similar code in humans in the non-spatial domain and in relation to memory formation, would constitute a valuable finding.

      The authors first examine a small human intracranial dataset to demonstrate that sequence position is decodable in MTL population codes. They then examine behavioral data from two larger groups of participants who passively viewed content presented in a hierarchical sequence and show that errors in recall of positions within that sequence qualitatively match hierarchical predictions. The task design enabled distinct signatures of memory representations at different levels of hierarchy. While there were no multivariate patterns in MTL or any brain region that matched these patterns reliably, a follow-up analysis in MTL revealed a gradient along the anterior-posterior axis, such that lower levels of the hierarchy tended to have representational peaks in more anterior regions of the MTL, which was consistent across the two fMRI datasets.

      Major strengths of the study include the novelty of the experimental paradigm and data.

      In particular, single cell recording in MTL from a small number of human participants during sequence learning and testing a larger group of human participants on a sequence amenable to hierarchical structure learning, and collecting fMRI data during retrieval.

      Furthermore, the paper tackles an important question and does so from both directions, using inspirations from both biology and computational science to navigate it.

      The primary weaknesses of the paper are a lack of compelling support for the overarching claim about hierarchical representation and a lack of clarity and consistency about exactly what those hierarchical representations should and do look like. My concerns regarding these weaknesses are described below, and I believe that most, if not all, of them could be addressed through additional analysis and paper revisions.

      In the first part of the paper, the authors provide single-cell recordings in MTL, and they report the existence of cells that are sensitive to position (more so than to picture). However, they don't elaborate on this result with a model for an abstract sequence code. This is an issue because one possible explanation for the sequential position decoding is that neurons just fire at the presentation of the first image and decay at different rates, or ramp up toward action or feedback. One might be able to decode the position in sequence from these cells' activity, but can hardly call this an abstract code of position in a sequence. However, the authors don't provide further investigation into what the single-cell result might suggest and move on to a completely different fMRI experiment in the second part of the paper. Being able to decode sequence position does not, in my view, necessarily imply an abstract positional code - and I felt that further analysis of the single unit data would be required to identify what representations gave rise to that decoding ability.

      The most compelling evidence that participants were encoding temporal order hierarchically came from behavioral data in the second part of the paper. However, these results were not presented clearly enough to evaluate their reliability and specificity. Figure 2i shows histograms of errors across participants with arrows pointing to bars that apparently correspond to errors of different levels of hierarchy. There are three colored bars, corresponding to errors of one unit at the first, second, or third levels of hierarchy. The first level is not diagnostic of hierarchy, but the other two colored bars appear higher than the colors nearby them. However, my understanding is that these bars correspond to situations with the same tone - which seems like an obvious reason that two positions might be confused, which in my view would weaken the argument for hierarchical encoding. Furthermore, there is no display of variability in the plot or indication of individual differences, so it is hard to tell whether the histogram is dominated by a few participants who made a lot of errors or is reflective of a general tendency across participants.

      The fMRI analyses, while creative, raise questions regarding interpretability. The authors report no representations of hierarchical position at any level, either in MTL or across the whole brain, which would typically be taken as a lack of evidence for the representations existing. Follow-up analyses revealed that what shadows of representations do exist seem to line up along the anterior-posterior gradient. But what does that mean if we can't be sure that the representations are really there? Typically, we tally up evidence supporting an overarching claim by testing multiple predictions that are all consistent with the same story - but in this case, it seems that not all such test results are consistent.

      In many cases, it was difficult to judge the strength of evidence due to somewhat minimal reporting on the exact hypotheses tested and test statistics.

      On a high level, I found the overarching story linking the two datasets together to be somewhat tenuous. While I understand that science rarely rolls out as a coherent story, presenting the authors' valuable experiments in this fashion makes it harder for the reader to digest the information and reach a conclusion. The relevance of the first section of the paper to the second is not immediately apparent. Each section provides somewhat incomplete evidence for a set of claims on its own - but my view was that combining the two studies led to more questions than answers - since the paradigms and measurements are so different.

      In conclusion, the authors propose an interesting account of how memories are formed in the human brain, by building an abstract and hierarchical code. The paper identifies a few separate findings that are suggestive of hierarchical abstract memory encoding in the MTL - yet I believe that more work would need to be done to irrefutably support that claim.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Overall, I think these are exciting results that make a very nice contribution to the literature. I thought the picture-tagging of sequence locations in the fMRI study was clever, and the across-sequence RSA results were especially compelling. But there are several aspects of the presentation of the results that reduced my confidence and enthusiasm.

      (1) This is an unusual paper in that there is one human intracranial study and two fMRI studies. The paradigm for the intracranial study is very different than the fMRI paradigm. The key differences are that the fMRI paradigm is hierarchical, while the intracranial is flat, with no sequence learning component, and the fMRI is auditory, while the intracranial is auditory. The justification for the switch from intracranial to fMRI was that intracranial does not allow anterior-posterior axis analysis, but there are so many differences between the studies that this feels like an awkward transition and justification. Also, anterior-posterior analysis in the MTL may not be feasible in EC with intracranial data, but it can be feasible in the hippocampus, and indeed this could be very worthwhile and relevant to pursue (see point 2).

      While the two independent fMRI datasets is a strength, the replications would have been much more compelling had the analysis for the second dataset been preregistered.

      (2) The intracranial results are pitched as a novel "abstract coordinate representation" but there is a substantial prior literature on MTL "ordinal position codes", which I believe is the same thing in this paradigm. Most of this literature is in the hippocampus, which is, of course, very relevant given the hippocampal findings here, but there is also evidence for this kind of information in EC, e.g., https://elifesciences.org/articles/45333.

      (3) Given the intracranial results in the hippocampus as well as the prior relevant literature on position coding, it was not clear why the hippocampus was not an ROI in the fMRI studies.

      (4) It wasn't until reading the Methods section carefully that I understood that the results do not hold for the right EC, only the left. This deserves more acknowledgment.

      (5) The use of one-sided t-tests with an alpha of .05 reduced my confidence in the robustness of the results.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Shpektor et al. investigate how hierarchical sequence structure is represented in the entorhinal cortex (EC) and medial temporal lobe (MTL) using a combination of single-unit recordings and fMRI. In the single-unit recordings, they find abstract representations of ordinal position within short sequences in both the EC and the hippocampus. Next, they use two fMRI datasets to examine representations of hierarchical sequence structure in EC. They find that these representations (1) are organized along a posterior-to-anterior hierarchy, with finer sequence structure represented in posterior EC and coarser structure in anterior EC, and (2) generalize across sensory features, suggesting an abstract representation of sequence position. The authors take these findings as evidence of a non-spatial hierarchical coordinate system in the human EC, analogous to grid cells in rodents.

      Strengths:

      The methodological approach presented in this study is commendable, combining single-unit recordings in the MTL with two fMRI datasets. The finding of hierarchical and abstract sequence representations in the EC is compelling and is replicated across these datasets and modalities. The manuscript addresses important questions about how the MTL abstracts across experiences that share hierarchical structure, a topic of considerable current interest. As such, the work is likely to be of broad interest to researchers studying these processes in both rodents and humans.

      Weaknesses:

      In my view, the main weaknesses concern the interpretation of the results, as well as several areas where additional analyses and methodological clarification would strengthen the manuscript. My point-by-point comments are as follows:

      (1) I found the evidence for hierarchical and abstract sequence-position representations interesting. However, I am less convinced by the stronger claim that these findings demonstrate a coordinate system analogous to grid-cell coding. The current results appear to provide stronger support for abstract sequence-position coding than for grid-like coding per se. In particular, it is not clear to me that hierarchical sequence representations necessarily imply a grid-like representational format or a coordinate system. Many neural systems exhibit gradients of representational scale along the anterior-posterior axis, both within and across brain regions, without being considered grid-like. I would encourage the authors to clarify why it should be interpreted specifically in terms of a coordinate system rather than more general hierarchical sequence representations. The manuscript would benefit either from a more explicit justification of this link to grid-cell coding or from a more cautious framing of the conclusions.

      (2) Relatedly, the emphasis on grid-cell-like coding naturally centers the story on entorhinal cortex (EC). Yet, the single-neuron results indicate that the hippocampus contained a comparable number of position-selective cells. In addition, a large body of literature has implicated the hippocampus in hierarchical representations of memories, sequences, and relational structure. For completeness, I encourage the authors to repeat the key fMRI analyses within the hippocampus, rather than focusing exclusively on EC.

      (3) I have some concerns regarding the amount of information available to distinguish representations at different levels of the sequence hierarchy. As I understand the design, each 113-tone sequence was associated with only eight images, meaning there were approximately 14 tones between successive image events. It would be helpful to provide additional detail regarding how image coordinates were assigned and selected, how many observations contributed to each hierarchical level, and how much statistical power was available to distinguish representations at different scales.

      (4) I was also uncertain about the potential influence of visual similarity in Dataset 1. My understanding is that the images were not entirely unique but instead consisted of rotated versions of the same images. If so, this visual similarity could potentially complicate the interpretation of representational structure. It would therefore be useful to clarify whether repeated images occurred within the same or different locations in the hierarchy and to provide analyses demonstrating that the reported effects cannot be explained by visual similarity. This seems particularly important given that the corresponding effects in Dataset 2 were weaker.

      (5) The rationale for using a custom orderness metric could be explained more clearly. It would be helpful to understand why a custom metric was preferred over rank-order measures such as Kendall's tau or Spearman's rho. I would be interested in seeing whether the orderness results replicate using one of these more conventional metrics.

      (6) I had difficulty reconciling the finding that sequence representation effects are stronger across rather than within sequences. Intuitively, I would have expected representations within a sequence to reflect both shared hierarchical position and sensory experience, thus yielding stronger within-sequence effects than across sequences. The opposite pattern seems somewhat counterintuitive. I would appreciate additional discussion of this pattern and what it implies about the nature of the underlying representation. It would also be informative to know whether similar effects are observed elsewhere in the brain, and why EC might preferentially express a purely abstract representation more strongly than representations that additionally share sensory features.

      (7) The authors' theory is that hierarchical representations of sequences in EC are used as a scaffold for memory, yet the current paper does not link their behavioural results to their neural ones. I think making such a link would greatly strengthen the results presented here. For example, is displacement error or sequence memory related to ordered representations of the sequence structure?

      (8) I thought the manuscript would benefit from a broader discussion of prior work on (1) sequence representations and (2) hierarchical representations in the hippocampus and related regions. As it stands, the manuscript does a good job of situating its findings within the literature on grid cells in the EC but gives comparatively little attention to the literature on sequence representations in the hippocampus. Placing the current findings within this broader body of work would help clarify which aspects of the results are specific to a grid-like interpretation and which may instead reflect more general principles of hierarchical representation in the MTL or across the brain.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors investigate whether glycogen phosphorylase represents a molecular target of benzoylphenylurea insecticides and evaluate the physiological consequences of suppressing glycogen phosphorylase activity in the diamondback moth Plutella xylostella. The authors combine recombinant protein biochemistry, enzyme inhibition assays, RNA interference, structural modelling, metabolite profiling, gene expression analyses, and physiological measurements to determine whether diflubenzuron directly inhibits glycogen phosphorylase and whether suppression of this enzyme is sufficient to impair insect development. Based on these experiments, the authors conclude that diflubenzuron does not directly inhibit glycogen phosphorylase and that insects tolerate substantial suppression of this enzyme through compensatory metabolic responses.

      Strengths:

      This study addresses an important question in insect toxicology by systematically evaluating glycogen phosphorylase as a potential insecticidal target. The authors combine complementary biochemical, molecular, physiological, and structural approaches, including recombinant enzyme characterization, inhibitor assays, RNA interference, metabolite profiling, structural modelling, and measurements of fitness-related traits. This integrative approach provides a comprehensive evaluation of the biological consequences of glycogen phosphorylase suppression. In particular, the biochemical evidence that diflubenzuron does not inhibit glycogen phosphorylase, together with the observation that strong suppression of glycogen phosphorylase produces only transient physiological effects without measurable impacts on development or reproduction, provides strong support for the conclusion that glycogen phosphorylase is unlikely to represent an effective standalone insecticidal target.

      Weaknesses:

      The main limitation concerns the proposed mechanism underlying metabolic compensation. The observed increases in gluconeogenic gene expression, changes in metabolite abundance, and reductions in total protein are consistent with activation of compensatory metabolism, but are insufficient to directly demonstrate increased gluconeogenic flux or establish that amino acid-derived carbon is incorporated into newly synthesized glucose. Similarly, although the analyses of glycogen-associated enzymes strengthen the discussion of alternative metabolic pathways, changes in gene expression alone do not demonstrate that these pathways contribute to glycogen utilization in vivo.

      Some mechanistic interpretations therefore extend beyond the data presented. For example, decreases in total protein are interpreted as evidence of protein catabolism fuelling gluconeogenesis, yet they do not directly demonstrate amino acid mobilization or incorporation into glucose. Likewise, increased expression of gluconeogenic genes is interpreted as evidence of increased pathway activity, although transcriptional changes do not necessarily reflect metabolic flux. Finally, the absence of major developmental defects following glycogen phosphorylase suppression is attributed primarily to metabolic compensation, but an alternative explanation is not fully considered. Such explanation could be that glycogen phosphorylase is not rate-limiting for glucose homeostasis under the nutrient-rich experimental conditions, where dietary carbohydrates are continuously available. Consequently, the proposed compensatory mechanism remains plausible and well supported by indirect evidence, but several aspects would benefit from more cautious interpretation.

      Overall, the authors successfully achieve their primary objective of evaluating glycogen phosphorylase as a candidate insecticidal target. The study provides useful biochemical and physiological evidence that this enzyme is unlikely to represent an effective target for insecticide development in P. xylostella, while highlighting the importance of metabolic plasticity when assessing metabolic targets. The experimental approaches and datasets presented here should be valuable to researchers studying insect metabolism, insecticide mode of action, and target validation, although the precise mechanisms underlying the proposed metabolic compensation remain an important subject for future investigation.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The revision clarifies terminology, more carefully distinguishes element intactness from demonstrated transpositional activity, and better acknowledges the roles of lineage-specific loss and localized horizontal transfer alongside vertical inheritance.]

      Summary:

      This manuscript provides a comprehensive systematic analysis of envelope-containing Ty3/gypsy retrotransposons (errantiviruses) across metazoan genomes, including both invertebrates and ancient animal lineages. Using iterative tBLASTn mining of over 1,900 genomes, the authors catalog 1,512 intact retrotransposons with uninterrupted gag, pol, and env open reading frames. They show that these elements are widespread-present in most metazoan phyla, including cnidarians, ctenophores, and tunicates-with active proliferation indicated by their multicopy status. Phylogenetic analyses distinguish "ancient" and "insect" errantivirus clades, while structural characterization (including AlphaFold2 modeling) reveals two major env types: paramyxovirus F-like and herpesvirus gB-like proteins. Although bot envelope types were identified in previous analyses two decades ago, the evolutionary provenance of these envelope genes was almost rudimentary and anecdotal (I can say this because I authored one of these studies). The results in the present study support an ancient origin for env acquisition in metazoan Ty3/gypsy elements, with subsequent vertical inheritance and limited recombination between env and pol domains. The paper also proposes an expanded definition of 'errantivirus' for env-carrying Ty3/gypsy elements outside Drosophila.

      Strengths:

      (1) Comprehensive Genomic Survey:

      The breadth of the genome search across non-model metazoan phyla yields an impressive dataset covering evolutionary breadth, with clear documentation of search iterations and validation criteria for intact elements.

      (2) Robust Phylogenetic Inference:

      The use of maximum likelihood trees on both pol and env domains, with thorough congruence analysis, convincingly separates ancient from lineage-specific elements and demonstrates co-evolution of env and pol within clades.

      (3) Structural Insights:

      AlphaFold2-based predictions provide high-confidence structural evidence that both env types have retained fusion-competent architectures, supporting the hypothesis of preserved functional potential.

      (4) Novelty and Scope:

      The study challenges previous assumptions of insect-centric or recent env acquisition and makes a compelling case for a Pre-Cambrian origin, significantly advancing our understanding of animal retroelement diversity and evolution. THIS IS A MAJOR ADVANCE.

      (5) Data Transparency:

      I appreciate that all data, code, and predicted structures are made openly available, facilitating reproducibility and future comparative analyses.

      Original Major Weaknesses:

      (1) Functional Evidence Gaps:

      The work rests largely on sequence and structure prediction. No direct expression or experimental validation of envelope gene function or infectivity outside Drosophila is attempted, which would be valuable to corroborate the inferred roles of these glycoproteins in non-insect lineages. At least for some of these species, there are RNA-seq datasets that could be leveraged.

      (2) Horizontal Transfer vs. Loss Hypotheses:

      The discussion argues primarily for vertical inheritance, but the somewhat sporadic phylogenetic distributions and long-branch effects suggest that loss and possibly rare horizontal events may contribute more than acknowledged. Explicit quantitative tests for horizontal transfer, or reconciliation analyses, would strengthen this conclusion. It's also worth pointing out that, unlike retrotransposons that can be found in genomes, any potential related viral envelopes must, by definition, have a spottier distribution due to sampling. I don't think this challenges any of the conclusions, but it must be acknowledged as something that could affect the strength of this conclusion

      (3) Limited Taxon Sampling for Certain Phyla:

      Despite the impressive breadth, some ancient lineages (e.g., Porifera, Echinodermata) are negative, but the manuscript does not fully explore whether this reflects real biological absence, assembly quality, or insufficient sampling. A more systematic treatment of negative findings would clarify claims of ubiquity. However, I also believe this falls beyond the scope of this study.

      (4) Mechanistic Ambiguity:

      The proposed model that env-containing elements exploit ovarian somatic niches is plausible but extrapolated from Drosophila data; for most taxa, actual tissue specificity, lifecycle, or host interaction mechanisms remain speculative and, to me, a bit unreasonable.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors first surveyed metazoan genomes to identify homologs of Drosophila errantiviruses and classified them into two groups, "insect" and "ancient" elements, supporting the hypothesis of an early evolutionary origin for these retrotransposons. They subsequently identified two distinct types of envelope proteins, one resembling the glycoprotein F of paramyxoviruses and the other akin to the glycoprotein B of herpesviruses. Despite differences in their primary amino acid sequences, these proteins display notable structural similarity in their predicted domain architectures. The congruence between the phylogenies of the envelope and pol genes further supports the ancient origin of the envelope genes, challenging earlier hypotheses that proposed recent recombination events with baculoviruses. Additional analysis of the Pol "bridge region" corroborated the divergence among these elements, consistent with a pattern of limited cross-species recombination. Finally, by comparing these elements with non-envelope-containing Gypsy retrotransposons, the authors concluded that errantiviruses originated from multiple elements independently.

      Strengths:

      The conclusions of this study are based on a comprehensive collection of errantiviruses identified across a wide range of metazoan genomes. These findings are further supported by multiple lines of evidence, including phylogenetic congruence and the diverse evolutionary origins of envelope genes. AlphaFold2-assisted protein domain structure analyses also provided key insights into the characterization of these elements. Together, these results present a compelling case that errantiviruses arose independently through multiple evolutionary events, extending well beyond previous hypotheses.

      Original Weaknesses:

      It would be beneficial to emphasize in the Abstract the potential impact of this work by more clearly articulating the current knowledge gap in the field. While the second paragraph of the Introduction briefly touches on this point, highlighting the broader significance in the Abstract would better capture readers' interest. Additionally, some methodological choices would benefit from clearer justification and explanation. For instance, in Figure 6, the selection of the bridge region/RNase H domain is not explicitly explained, leaving the rationale for its choice unclear.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary and Significance:

      In this work, Cary and Hayashi address the important question of when, in evolution, certain mobile genetic elements (Ty3/gypsy-like non-LTR retrotransposons) associated with certain membrane fusion proteins (viral glycoprotein F or B-like proteins), which could allow these mobile genetic elements to be transferred between individual cells of a given host. It is debated in the literature whether the acquisition of membrane fusion proteins by non-LTR retrotransposons is a rather recent phenomenon that separately occurred in the ancestors of certain host species or whether the association with membrane fusion proteins is a much more ancient one, pre-dating the Cambrian explosion. Obviously, this question also touches upon the origin of the retroviruses, which can spread between individuals of a given host but seem restricted to vertebrates. Based on convincing data, Cary and Hayashi argue that an ancient association of non-LTR retrotransposons with membrane fusion proteins is most probable.

      Strengths:

      The authors take the smart approach to systematically retrieve apparently complete, intact, and recently functional Ty3/gypsy-like non-LTR retrotransposons that, next to their characteristic gag and pol genes, additionally carry sequences that are homologous to viral glycoprotein F (env-F) or viral glycoprotein B (env-B). They then construct and compare phylogenetic trees of the host species and individual encoded proteins and protein domains, where 3D-structure calculations and other features explain and corroborate the clustering within the phylogenetic trees. Congruence of phylogenetic trees and correlation of structural features is then taken as evidence for an infrequent recombination and a long-term co-evolution of the reverse transcriptase (encoded by the pol gene) and its respective putative membrane fusion gene (encoded by env-F or env-B). Importantly, the env-F and env-B containing retrotransposons do not form a monophyletic group among the Ty3/gypsy-like non-LTR retrotransposons, but are scattered throughout, supporting the idea of an originally ancient association followed by a random loss of env-F/env-B in individual branches of the tree (and rather rare re-associations via more recent recombinations).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: The authors addressed reviewer comments well, further strengthening the conclusions of the study.]

      Summary:

      A whole-organism drug screen was performed to identify molecules that decrease Apolipoprotein B (ApoB) as a target for agents to reduce atherosclerosis. Kelpsch et al. used a zebrafish reporter line, LipoGlo, which is a fusion of the Nano-luciferase protein to the ApoB protein as a proxy for the presence of ApoB-containing lipoproteins (B-lps) in larval stages. The LipoGlo line was screened against a well-characterized drug library and identified 49 hits from their primary screen. Follow-up studies further refined this list to 19 molecules that reproducibly reduced B-lps significantly. The authors focused their studies on enoxolone, a licorice root extract, and showed that larvae treated with this agent can reduce the production of B-lps. As enoxolone has been reported to suppress Hepatocyte Nuclear factor 4a (HNF4a), the authors investigated whether loss-of-hnf4a or pharmacological inhibition of hnf4a in zebrafish also produced similar phenotypes as enoxolone treatment. Their studies showed that this was the case. Transcriptomic studies after enoxolone treatment resulted in altered expression of genes involved in cholesterol biosynthesis and in glucose/insulin signaling pathways. This study highlights the utility of a zebrafish whole-organism chemical screen for modifiers of B-lps production and/or its clearance. A significant finding is that enoxolone inhibits hnf4a in zebrafish to reduce B-lps production and supports targeting HNF4a as a therapeutic means to reduce the emergence of atherosclerosis.

      Strengths:

      The authors performed a whole-organism chemical screen with over 3000 agents. Such screens are challenging, and the authors used strict criteria for determining hits. The conclusions of this study are well supported by the presented data.

      Comment on revised version:

      The authors have addressed all my comments.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aimed to develop a large-scale drug screen to identify B-lp modulators in a vertebrate whole-animal system. Using the zebrafish LipoGlo system that the authors had previously published and validated, the authors screened 2762 drug candidates to generate 49 hits and ultimately validated 19 drugs as genuine ApoB-lowering drugs. Using LipoGlo-Electrophoresis, the authors are able to obtain insights into the ApoB-lipoprotein size/subclass distribution. The authors further validate and study the mechanism of a strong hit, Enoxolone, known as also known as 18β-Glycyrrhetinic acid, which has previously been reported to modulate lipid metabolism. The authors also show that Enoxolone effects are mediated through HNF4⍺, which has been previously shown in the mouse system, but this is the first time it has been shown in the zebrafish.

      Strengths:

      The study was methodical and robust, using a published and well-validated zebrafish LipoGlo model. The authors validated the hits from the screen independently and considered the possibility that some drugs may have been detected as false positive results due to effects on the enzymatic activity of NanoLuciferase; only one hit, verteporfin, was shown to be a false positive. Using LipoGlo-Electrophoresis, the authors are able to obtain extra insights into the ApoB-lipoprotein size/subclass distribution. They showed that while enoxolone treatment reduces total B-lps, there are no overt changes in B-lp size distribution compared to vehicle-treated animals, other than a slight increase in the zero mobility (ZM) fraction, which contains very large particles and/or tissue aggregates. In contrast, the positive control, lomitapide, does show a change in B-lp size distribution compared to vehicle-treated animals - an increase in frequency of LDLs (low-density lipoprotein), but a decrease in VLDLs (very low-density lipoprotein). This study also assesses the LipoGlo-Electrophoresis profile of HNF4⍺ inhibitors. Work in the zebrafish larvae means that the effect on overall development and an entire vertebrate organism can also be assessed. Finally, the authors applied a thorough statistical measure to define a hit, using the Strictly Standardized Mean Difference (SSMD) method.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In "A‬‭ whole-animal‬‭ phenotypic‬‭ drug‬‭ screen‬‭ identifies‬‭ suppressors‬‭ of‬‭ atherogenic‬ lipoproteins", Kelpsch et al seek to identify new, chemically targetable pathways that regulate ApoB function and could ultimately serve as treatments for elevated lipid disorders and/or cardiovascular disease. Given the interconnected nature of lipid regulation in the whole organism with interdependent organs and secreted components (i.e. lipoproteins), they use the vertebrate model zebrafish to screen a large library of ~3000 compounds for their ability to lower the important ApoB-containing lipoproteins. They find 49 hits with 19 compounds passing a higher level of scrutiny, and focus on the role of enoxolone in modulating B-Ip levels at least partly through the HNF4alpha transcription factor and, putatively, through downstream cholesterol/lipid biosynthetic pathways.

      Strengths:

      The study uses a well-validated in vivo stain (LipoGlo) for measuring lipoproteins in the context of a developing whole organism with a quantitative read-out on a high-throughput platform, allowing for screening of thousands of compounds altering the complex metabolic/physiologic functions necessary for lipoprotein production.

      The use of genetic mutant HNF4alpha to assign the mechanism of action to the prime candidate compound studied (enoxolone) is a powerful approach for this challenging aspect of chemical genetics studies.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This is an interesting study on the nature of representations across the visual field. The question of how peripheral vision differs from foveal vision is a fascinating and important one. The majority of our visual field is extra-foveal, yet our sensory and perceptual capabilities decline in pronounced and well-documented ways away from the fovea. Part of the decline is thought to be due to spatial averaging ('pooling') of features. Here, the authors contrast two models of such feature pooling with human judgments of image content. They use much larger visual stimuli than in most previous studies, and some sophisticated image synthesis methods to tease apart the prediction of the distinct models.

      More importantly, in so doing, the researchers thoroughly explore the general approach of probing visual representations through metamers-stimuli that are physically distinct but perceptually indistinguishable. The work is embedded within a rigorous and general mathematical framework for expressing equivalence classes of images and how visual representations influence these. They describe how image-computable models can be used to make predictions about metamers, which can then be compared to make inferences about the underlying sensory representations. The main merit of the work lies in providing a formal framework for reasoning about metamers and their implications, for comparing models of sensory processing in terms of the metamers that they predict, and for mapping such models onto physiology. Importantly, they also consider the limits of what can be inferred about sensory processing from metamers derived from different models.

      Overall, the work is of a very high standard and represents a significant advance over our current understanding of perceptual representations of image structure at different locations across the visual field. The authors do a good job of capturing the limits of their approach I particularly appreciated the detailed and thoughtful Discussion section and the suggestion to extend the metamer-based approach described in the MS with observer models. The work will have an impact on researchers studying many different aspects of visual function including texture perception, crowding, natural image statistics and the physiology of low- and mid-level vision.

      The main weaknesses of the original submission relate to the writing. A clearer motivation could have been provided for the specific models that they consider, and the text could have been written in a more didactic and easy to follow manner. The authors could also have been more explicit about the assumptions that they make.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have now fully addressed my concerns and I think the paper is a valuable contribution. In future studies within the same research program I would appreciate seeing further consideration of how metamerism at different stages of visual processing interact to determine behaviour in tasks. For example, there are presumably interesting impacts of feedback that may modify feature spaces, thereby rendering aspects of appearance that were previously metameric perceptually discriminable.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors have improved clarity overall and have spoken to most of the issues raised by the reviewers. There are still two outstanding problems however, where issues raised during the review were inappropriately dismissed in the manuscript. These should be explicitly addressed as limitations to the results presented (no eye tracking), and early pilot experiments that informed the experiments as presented (pink noise) rather than brushed off as 'unnecessary' and 'would be uninformative'.

      Eye tracking:<br /> It is generally accepted that experiments testing stimuli presented at specific locations in peripheral vision require eye tracking to ensure that the stimulus is presented as expected, in particular, in the correct location. As I stated in the previous round of review, while a stimulus presentation time of 200ms does help eliminate some saccades, it does not eliminate the possibility that subjects were not fixating well during stimulus onset. I am also unclear what the authors mean by 'trained observer' in this context, though the authors state that an author subject in a different portion of the paper is an 'expert observer'. Does this mean the 'trained observers' are non-expert recruited subjects? Given the conditions tested differ from previous work (Freeman & Simoncelli, 2011) *these differences are a main contribution of the paper!* which DID include eye tracking in a subset of subjects, it is entirely possible to get similar results to this work in the context of non eye-tracking controlled stimulus presentation. The reasons now in the manuscript are not reasons that make eye tracking 'considered unnecessary'.

      I appreciate that the authors now state the lack of eye tracking explicitly, but believe the paper needs to at least state that this is a limitation of the results reported, and eyetracking being 'considered unnecessary' is unreasonable, nor a norm in this subfield.

      N=1:<br /> The authors now state clearly the limitations of a single subject in the manuscript, and state the expertise level of this subject.

      Large number of trials:<br /> The authors now address this, and include an enumeration of the large number of trials.

      Simple Models / Physiology comparison:<br /> I support the choice to reduce claims regarding tight connections to physiology, and appreciate the explanation of the luminance model.

      Previous Work:<br /> I appreciate the author's changes to the introduction, both in discussing previous work and citation fixes.

      Blurred White, Pink Noise:<br /> While the authors now address pink noise, the explanation for such stimuli being expected to be uninformative is confusing to me. The manuscript now first states that pink noise is a natural choice, then claims it would be uninformative, while also stating in the rebuttal (not the manuscript) that they tried it and it indeed reduced the artifacts they note. The logic of the experiments indeed relies on finding the smallest critical scaling value, which is measured by subjects determining if a synthesis is similar or different to a target or second synth. A synthesis free from artifacts would surely affect the subjects' responses and the smallest critical scaling measured.

      The statement that the authors experimented with pink noise early on and found this able to address the artifacts should be stated in the manuscript itself, not just in the rebuttal, and the blanket statement that this experiment would be 'uninformative' is incorrect. Surely this early pilot the authors mention in the rebuttal was informative to designing the experiments that appear in the final paper and would be an informative experiment to include.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have addressed my outstanding concerns, adding discussion about the limitations of not having eye tracking in the study, details about the subject pool, limitations of a subset of the study which contains a single subject, and experiments with pink noise seeds, and this relationship to largest vs smallest critical scaling. In addition, they have added clarity around internal noise vs metamerism in the context of this study as raised by the other reviewer.